Dodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.

Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN. ROBINSON Editor-in-chief.

FRANK SHIPLEY COLLINS
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD Associate Editors.
HOLLIS WEBSTER

WILLIAM PENN RICH

lication Committee.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND } uere committo

VOLUME 14

1912

Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. T.
1052 Exchange Building. Preston and Rounds Co.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF
THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 14, January, 1912. No. 157.

NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND HEPATICAE,— IX.
ALEXANDER W. EVANS.

Except in New Jersey and California the species of Riccia (in its
restricted sense) have not been very diligently collected in North
America. This has been true even in New England, where the dis-
tribution of the Hepaticae has been studied more thoroughly than in
most other parts of the United States. Until about a year ago,
when R. sorocarpa was reported from several localities,! R. arvensis
was the only member of the genus definitely known to occur within
our limits. During the past season, however, four additional species.
have been detected in Connecticut. Three of these, R. Austini,.
R. dictyospora, and R. Lescuriana, were found in or near New Haven,
while the fourth, R. hirta, was found near Hartford. These four
species, together with R. arvensis, are discussed in the present paper.
Three other additions to the New England flora are likewise included.
The first is Nardia scalaris, a species common in Europe but rare in
America; the second is an Odontoschisma which European writers
consider a variety of O. denudatum but which seems worthy of recog-
nition as a distinct species; the third is Anthoceros crispulus, a species
recently segregated from A. punctatus. At the close of the paper
several additions to local state floras are enumerated.

]. RiccrA ARVENSIS Aust., Proc. Acad. Philadelphia for 1869:
232. Muddy shores of ponds and rivers, more rarely in fields. Rhode
Island: listed in Bennett's Catalogue but without definite stations.
Connecticut: Hartford (E. B. Harger); Wethersfield and West
Hartford (Miss Lorenz); Orange and Middlefield (4. W. E.); East

18ee Sheldon, Bryologist 13: 64. 1910. Also Evans, RHopoma 12: 193. 1910.

a Rhodora [JANUARY

Haven (G. E. Nichols). The species has been reported also from the
following localities: Closter, New Jersey (Austin), where the original
material was collected; near Hull, Quebee (Macoun); Ottawa,
Ontario (Macoun); near Richmond, Staten Island, New York
(Howe); Highlands, New Jersey (Miss Haynes); Lehigh Mountain,
Pennsylvania (Rau); Georgetown, District of Columbia (Coville).
The color of R. arvensis is a dull grayish green, sometimes pigmented
with purple along the margin. The older parts of the thallus often
show a yellowish hue. Although the species sometimes forms rosettes
0.75-1 cm. in diameter, the plants frequently grow scattered or in
irregular mats. Under unfavorable conditions the thallus is minute
and unbranched, and specimens with mature capsules have been
observed in which the entire plant was only 1 mm. long and 0.5 mm.
wide. It is much more usual, however, for the thallus to fork from
one to three times, and the branches when well developed measure
1.5-2 mm. in width and 2-3 mm. in length. The terminal branches
are very bluntly pointed, rounded, or subemarginate at their extremi-
ties and bear on the upper surface a shallow median groove, occupy-
ing about one third the width of the thallus. This groove contracts
abruptly at the apical end into a very narrow sulcus; toward the
base of the branch it usually becomes more or less obliterated, especi-
ally after capsules are developed, the upper surface thereby appearing
plane or nearly so. In some cases, however, the groove can be demon-
strated, more or less clearly, almost to the base of the plant. From
the sides of the groove the flanks of the thallus gently curve away,
and the branches are bounded laterally by rounded ridges. The
ventral scales do not extend beyond the margin; they are usually
hyaline and inconspicuous but are sometimes tinged with purple.
In most cases cilia are absent altogether. When present they are
commonly scanty and poorly developed, being scarcely more than
slightly projecting cells with rounded ends. In cross section the
lower surface of the thallus is seen to be plane or a little convex in the
median region, the sides rising obliquely or abruptly and meeting
the upper surface at an angle of 90 degrees or less. The section is
therefore approximately a rectangle or trapezoid. "The thickness of
the thallus is from one third to one half as great as the width. The
epidermal cells are thin walled, rounded, and hyaline; they soon
collapse and disappear more or less completely, the cells of the next
layer then losing their chlorophyll and functioning as an epidermis.

1912] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— IX 3

The species is monoicous, and the capsules, which are abundantly
produced, are irregularly scattered along the median portion of the
thallus. At maturity they can readily be seen through the trans-
lucent tissues as a series of dark spots, and when the plants become
dry the capsules protrude above the upper surface. The spores are
dark brown and average about 85 u in diameter. All four faces are
clearly reticulated, and a distinct wing 5-10 u wide is developed at
the junction between the convex face and the three plane faces. The
wing is yellowish brown and crispate, the margin being more or less
crenulate and the surface minutely verruculose. On the convex
face of the spore there are about eight meshes across the diameter,
and the meshes measure about 10 uw in width. In profile view the
ridges which bound the meshes appear low but project at the angles
of the meshes as truncate points, perhaps 5 u in length. The plane
faces have lower ridges than the convex face but are otherwise much
the same.

There seems to be little to distinguish R. arvensis from the European
plant which is now usually known as R. bifurca Hoffm. This species
was published in 1795,! but the original description is very incomplete
and would apply equally well to a number of distinct plants. The
type material is apparently no longer in existence. For these reasons
the name R. bifurca, although it continued to be used by authors, had
no definite signification until the end of the last century. As late
as 1892 Camus,? in reviewing what was known about the species,
pronounced it very badly understood and even hypothetical. It was
not until 1898, when the subject was investigated by Heeg,’ that the
species became defined in its present sense. He based his conclusions
upon the specimens which Lindenberg,‘ in 1836, referred to R. bifurca,
but unfortunately even these specimens did aot lead to definite results.
In the fascicle labeled R. bifurca, Heeg found four distinct species and
simply selected the one which seemed to him to coincide best with
Lindenberg’s description and figures. He reserved the name for
this particular species and referred to R. bifurca, as thus restricted,
a number of specimens from various localities in Sweden, Switzerland,
and Austria. These he described clearly and fully. His conclusions

1 Deutschlands Flora 2: 95. 1795.

? Bull. Soc. Bot. France 39: 229. 1892.

3 Bot. Not. 1898: 107.

4 Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. Carol. 18: 425. pl. 20, f. 1. 1836.

4 Rhodora [JANUARY

soon became accepted by European writers, and R. bifurca is now
recognized as a definite species throughout northern Europe. Whether
or not the course pursued by Heeg was justifiable is a question. It
would probably have been better if he had given up the name R.
bifurca altogether and had chosen a new name fer the species. At any
rate it must be admitted that the present definition of R. bifurca is
Heeg’s and that it is very doubtful whether his conception of the
species would agree with Hoffmann’s or even with Lindenberg’s.
In case it should be proved beyond question that R. arvensis and
Heeg’s R. bifurca were identical, the writer suggests that the species
should bear the name given it by Austin.

One of the closest allies of R. arvensis is apparently R. glauca L.,
a common European species which is known in North America from
California only. This species is perhaps to be expected in the eastern
United States. Its thallus differs from that of R. arvensis in having
sharper margins and in being relatively thinner, the thickness being
only one fourth as great as the width or even less. The spores of
R. glauca are much like those of R. arvensis, except that the meshes
of the convex face average a little larger.

2. Riccra Austini Steph., Bull. de l'Herb. Boissier 6: 336. 1898.
R. lamellosa Aust., Hep. Bor.-Amer. 140. 1873 (not Raddi). R.
lamellosa, var. americana M. A. Howe, Bull. Torrey Club 25: 189.
1898 (in part). On moist black earth in paths among rocks, some-
times in company with R. Lescuriana and R. sorocarpa. West Rock
Ridge, Connecticut; first discovered in the town of New Haven (G. E.
Nichols, 1911) and afterwards in the town of Woodbridge (A. W. E.).
Since collected on South Mountain, Meriden, Connecticut (Miss
Lorenz). The species was based on material collected by Austin
near Closter, New Jersey, and issued as R. lamellosa. Its geographi-
cal distribution is very incompletely known. Underwood ! reported
R. lamellosa from Ontario, Alabama, and California, as well as from
New Jersey, and the same species is listed without definite stations in
Bennett’s Plants of Rhode Island. The Californian material in the
Underwood herbarium has since been described by Howe? as a dis-
tinct species under the name R. americana, but it is probable that
some of the eastern specimens would now be referred to R. Austini.
Unfortunately the question cannot be answered at the present time.

1 Bot. Gaz. 19: 278. 1894.
2 Mem. Torrey Club 7: 24. pl. 90. 1899.

ae ee ee

1912] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— IX 5

The true R. lamellosa is a species of the Mediterranean region, and
all records of its occurrence in North America need careful inves-
tigation.

The thallus of R. Austini is of a pale glaucous green color and is
apparently never pigmented with purple. It sometimes forms a
complete rosette about 1.5 cm. in diameter but often fails to do so,
and the plants then occur irregularly scattered or in more or less com-
pact mats. The thallus forks from one to three times, the branches
measuring 1.5-3 mm. in width and 3-4 mm. in length. The terminal
branches taper gradually to blunt points. On the upper surface in
the apical region a deep and narrow sulcus is visible, from which the
flanks curve abruptly away. The sulcus is usually very short and the
older parts of the thallus are plane or nearly so. The ventral scales
are large, crowded and hyaline and project considerably beyond the
margin of the thallus, thus forming a distinct translucent border.
The margins of the scales are either entire or minutely and irregularly
crenulate from projecting cells. The plant is quite destitute of
marginal or surface cilia. In cross section the lower surface appears
plane or slightly convex in the median region, while the sides ascend
obliquely and meet the upper surface at a sharp angle of about 60
degrees. The thickness of the thallus is usually from one fourth to
one third as great as the width. The epidermis consists of colorless
and rounded thin-walled cells, which soon break down. Their place
is taken by the second series of cells, which gradually lose their green
contents but retain their thin walls.

Although the species is monoicous the capsules are not abundantly
produced. In fresh material they are completely hidden until the
tissue above them begins to discolor and to become disintegrated.
The spores are brown and measure 85-100 u in maximum diameter
The angles between the faces of the spore are rounded, and there is
no wing developed at the junction between the convex face and the
three triangular faces. The convex face is covered over with anasto-
mosing ridges about 2 u high, which form a distinct reticulum, and the
ridges do not project appreciably at the angles of the meshes. The
latter number about nine across the face of the spore and average
about 10 u in width. The triangular faces are marked with still
lower ridges, irregularly arranged and not forming a network.

The three related species, R. Austini, R. americana, and R. lamellosa,
form a definite group characterized by a flat thallus destitute of cilia

6 Rhodora [JANUARY

but bordered by a series of imbricated, hyaline scales. "The spores
in the two American species afford the best differential characters
in separating them from R. lamellosa, in which a distinct wing is
developed at the junction between the convex face of the spore and
the three plane faces. The absence of a wing in the American plants
which had been referred to R. lamellosa was first pointed out by Under-
wood.' The spores in the true R. lamellosa are further distinguished
from those of R. Austini by their slightly larger size (90-120 u accord-
ing to Müller ?) and by the fact that all four faces are reticulated. In
R. americana, also, the spores are larger than in R. Austini, measuring
90-126 u according to Howe, and the meshes of the convex face are
likewise larger, averaging about 15 u in width. The thallus has even
more conspicuous scales than in the eastern plant and is slightly more
robust, measuring 2.5-4 mm. in width. Howe’s figures of R. ameri-
cana should be carefully consulted in studying R. Austini.

3. Riccra picryospora M. A. Howe, Bull. Torrey Club 28: 163.
1901. On moist black earth in a path among rocks, in company with
R. sorocarpa and Grimaldia fragans. West Rock Ridge, Woodbridge,
Connecticut (4. W. E.). New to New England. Known from only
two other stations, namely: Athens, Georgia (H. M. Harper), the
type locality, and Glencoe, Missouri (N. L. T. Nelson). A portion
of the original material, kindly communicated by Howe, agrees
closely with the specimens from Connecticut, except that the spores
are a little larger.

In R. dictyospora the color is a more decided green than in either
of the preceding species and is only slightly glaucous. The plants
sometimes form irregular rosettes 1.5-2 cm. in diameter but are much
more likely to grow in intricate mats or irregularly scattered. The
thallus is narrow, measuring about 1 mm. in width, and the branches
are mostly 2-3 mm. long. They tend to spread less widely than in
most species of Riccia. The terminal branches have rounded or
slightly emarginate apices. Near the tip a narrow median sulcus
can be demonstrated, but this extends backward for a short distance
only, the older parts of the thallus being plane or nearly so on the
upper surface. The thallus is destitute of marginal hairs but bears
a series of ventral scales, which extend slightly beyond the margin.
These are usually deeply pigmented with purple and form a narrow

! Bot. Gaz. 19: 274. 1894.
? Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen-Flora 6: 187. 1907.

Eo pena ae

1912) Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— IX 7

border visible from above. As seen in cross section the lower surface
is convex in the median region, the sides rising obliquely and meeting
the upper surface at a sharp angle. The thickness of the thallus is
usually about half as great as the width. The epidermal layer is
composed of thin-walled rounded cells without chloroplasts. These
soon collapse and either disappear completely or persist as cup-shaped
vestiges. In most cases the second layer of cells, which are likewise
rounded and thin-walled, remains intact and assumes the functions
of an epidermis.

The plants are monoicous. The capsules are sparingly produced
and are difficult to discover until the tissue above them has become
broken down. The spores are brown and average about 100 u in
diameter in the type specimen and about 90 u in the Connecticut
material. They agree with the spores of R. Austini in having no wing
developed at the junction between the convex face and the three
plane faces. "The whole surface is covered over with a distinct reticu-
lum which is not interrupted even at the rounded angles of the spore.
The reticulum is formed by a system of low ridges which project at
the angles of the meshes as truncate papillae. "These papillae, as
Howe shows, are 6-9 u long on the convex face of the spore and only
4-5 u on the triangular faces. He brings out the fact also that the
meshes on the convex face measure 8-12 u in diameter, while those
on the other faces are slightly larger. Howe’s account of the species
is so full that the above description adds no new points of importance.

The remarkable spores of R. dictyospora will serve to distinguish
the species from most of the other members of the genus. In size
and general appearance the plant bears considerable resemblance to
R. sorocarpa, in which the thallus bears a similar narrow sulcus in the
apical region. In R. sorocarpa, however, the sulcus is even sharper,
and the color of the plant is more distinctly glaucous. The species
is further distinguished by its delicate and hyaline ventral scales and
by its very different spores, which measure 70-90 u in maximum diam-
eter and develop a distinct though narrow wing. In R. nigrella DC.
the thallus agrees with that of R. dictyospora in being bordered bya
series of slightly projecting purple scales. The spores, however, are
smaller, measuring 60-80 u, and are further characterized by the
presence of a narrow wing. R. nigrella is widely distributed in south-
ern Europe and in North America is definitely known from California.
According to Austin it occurs also in New York and Pennsylvania,

8 | Rhodora [JANUARY

but no recent collections of the species have been made in the eastern
United States.

4. Riccra HIRTA Aust., Proc. Acad. Philadelphia for 1869: 232
(as synonym). Underwood, Bot. Gaz. 19: 274. 1894. R. arvensis,
var. hirta Aust., Proc. Acad. Philadelphia for 1869: 232. In the bed
of an old canal. West Hartford, Connecticut (Miss Lorenz, 1911).
New to New England. The species has a confused history and its
range is very incompletely known. It was based on specimens col-
lected by Austin at Closter, New Jersey, and distributed in his Hep.
Bor.-Amer. 142 as a variety hirta of R. arvensis. When Underwood
raised the variety to specific rank he associated with 1t specimens from
California and drew his account of the spores largely from these speci-
mens. The Californian plant was soon afterwards described as a
distinct species by Howe under the name R. trichocarpa,! thus leaving
nothing except the New Jersey plant to represent the true R. hirta.
According to Howe the material issued under No. 142 is not homogene-
ous, some of it being clearly R. Lescuriana, but in the set of Hep.
Bor.-Amer. examined by the writer the specimens under this number
seem to be free from admixture and. agree very well with those from
Connecticut. They agree also in most respects with the description
of R. hirta given by Stephani,” assuming that his spore-measurements
are increased 20 per cent., as Schiffner? suggests. Stephani records
the species from Louisiana (Langlois), as well as from New Jersey.

The Connecticut specimens of R. hirta do not form rosettes but grow
in intricate mats. The color is a grayish green, much like that of
R: arvensis, and the margin is sometimes tinged with purple. An
individual thallus is occasionally simple but is usually once to three
times dichotomous. It measures 1-1.5 mm. in width, and the
branches are mostly 2-3 mm. long. The terminal branches are
rounded at the extremity and show a very narrow but shallow median
sulcus which extends back from the apex for a distance of about a
millimeter. At the basal end the suleus is usually abruptly oblit-
erated but occasionally widens out into a very short groove. The
older parts of the thallus are plane or nearly so on the upper surface.
'The ventral scales are hyaline and inconspicuous and do not extend
beyond the margin. "The cilia or hairs, which give the species its

1 Bull. Torrey Club 28: 184. pl. 337. 1898. Mem. Torrey Club 7: 17. pl. 88, 1899.
2 Bull. de l'Herb. Boissier 6: 317. 1898.
-3 Lotos 1901: [7]. r

1912] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— IX , 9

name, are not numerous. They are mostly confined to the margin
but a few sometimes appear scattered over the upper surface. Those
on the margin occur singly or in pairs. The cilia are whitish and
usually sharp-pointed and have a length of 0.07-0.15 mm. In cross
section the lower surface appears more or less convex in the median
region, while the sides rise obliquely and meet the upper surface at a
sharp angle of about 60 degrees. The thickness of the thallus is
from one third to two thirds as great as the width. The epidermis
is much the same as in R. arvensis.

The species has a monoicous inflorescence and produces an abun-
dance of capsules, which show more or less clearly through the translu-
cent tissue above them. The mature spores are brown and measure
85-100 « in maximum diameter. At the junction between the convex
face and the three plane faces a narrow wing 5 u or less wide is devel-
oped, and this wing is indistinctly erenulate and very minutely verru-
culose. The convex face is covered with a regular reticulum, the
meshes numbering about seven across the diameter and measuring
about 12 » in width. At the angles of the meshes the bounding
ridges project as short and rounded protuberances. On the triangular
faces of the spore the ridges are lower than on the convex face; they
sometimes form an incomplete reticulum but are usually vermicular
and unconnected.

Although a strong superficial resemblance exists between R. hirta
and R. arvensis it is not difficult to distinguish them. The cilia of R.
hirta afford the most striking difference, the thallus of R. arvensis
being usually smooth throughout. European writers, however, have
shown that cilia oecur exceptionally in species which are usually
smooth and that they are sometimes absent in species which are
usually ciliate. It is therefore unwise to emphasize too strongly a
difference derived from the presence or absence of cilia alone. For-
tunately A. arvensis and R. hirta show other differences of a more
trustworthy character. In R. arvensis, for example, the upper sur-
face of the thallus bears a broad median groove, while in R. hirta
it usually bears a narrow sulcus only. R. arvensis is further distin-
guished by its slightly smaller spores, reticulate on all four faces; in
R. hirta the reticulum is usually distinet on the convex face only. In
R. trichocarpa, according to Howe, the spores are more opaque and
slightly larger than in R. hirta, the margins of the thallus are rounded
rather than acute, and the cilia are much more numerous and longer,
attaining a length of 0.3—0.65 mm.

10 Rhodora [JANUARY

5. Riccta Lescurtana Aust., Proc. Acad. Philadelphia for 1869:
232. R. glaucescens Carringt., Grevillea 8: 41. 1879. On moist
black earth in paths among rocks, in company with R. Austini and
R. sorocarpa. West Rock Ridge, New Haven, Connecticut (G. E.
Nichols, 1911). New to New England. The original material of
R. Lescuriana was collected by Austin near Closter, New Jersey,
and distributed in Hep. Bor.-Amer. /43. "The species has since been
recorded from Jacksonville, Florida (J. D. Smith), from Fort Ross,
California (M. A. Howe), and from Illinois (on the authority of
Austin). In 1898 Heeg! reported its occurrence in Europe, citing
specimens from numerous localities, and reduced R. glaucescens to
synonymy.

In its most typical condition R. Lescuriana forms rosettes 1.5-2 cm.
in diameter, but the plants more frequently grow irregularly scattered
or in indefinite mats. Their color is green when fresh with a somewhat
glaucous cast, much less marked, however, than in R. Austini and R.
sorocarpa. As the plants grow older they sometimes become more or
less tinged with yellow. "The margin is often the same color as the
rest of the upper surface but is occasionally pigmented with purple,
and purple spots usually appear over the capsules as they approach
maturity. The thallus forks from one to four times, the branches
measuring 2-3 mm. in width and about 3 mm. in length. "The termi-
nal branches are rounded or bluntly pointed at the apex; on the upper
surface they show a shallow median groove about one third the width
of the thallus, bounded on each side by a rounded ridge. The groove
is usually about a millimeter in length; at its apical end it becomes
abruptly obliterated through the convergence of the lateral ridges;
toward its basal end it gradually becomes flattened out, leaving the
older portions of the thallus plane or nearly so. The ventral scales
do not extend beyond the margin; they are commonly hyaline and
inconspicuous but sometimes show a purple pigmentation. Near
the margin of the thallus several series of cilia can often be demon-
strated. They average about 0.15 mm. in length and are usually
bluntly pointed. According to Heeg these cilia are short-lived and
are sometimes scanty or absent altogether. In the West Rock
specimens they are very well developed, and their presence is empha-
sized by Austin in his original description. He even describes two
varieties, cruciata and trichotoma, based largely on differences in the

! Bot. Not. 1898: 111.

1912] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— IX 11

length of the cilia. In cross section a convex median region becomes
apparent on the lower surface of the thallus, the sides rising obliquely
and meeting the upper surface at an angle of 90 degrees or somewhat
less. The thickness of the thallus is from one third to one half as great
as the width. The epidermal cells are thin-walled and hyaline, the
shape varying from broadly ellipsoidal to pyriform. They soon
collapse and disappear, but the cells of the next layer then become
hyaline also and apparently act as an epidermis.

'The inflorescence is monoicous but the capsules are not always
abundant. The spores are brown and average about 100 u in diame-
ter. The convex face develops a regular reticulum with about eight
meshes across the diameter, the individual meshes measuring about
12 u in width. The ridges bounding the meshes are very low but
sometimes project slightly at the angles as truncate or rounded papil-
lae. Between the convex face and the three plane faces a narrow
hyaline wing, 2-10 u wide, is formed, the margin of which is minutely
and irregularly crenulate. The plane faces are marked with still
lower ridges than the convex face; in most cases they scarcely anasto-
mose, but sometimes a more definite reticulum is formed.

Lindberg! referred R. Lescuriana as a synonym to R. Michelii
Raddi, a species of southern Europe, which has since been described
in detail and figured by Levier? The two species are, indeed, very
closely related, and Müller? emphasizes the fact that the ciliate form
of R. Lescuriana can be distinguished from R. Michelii only with
difficulty. Apparently the median groove extends farther backward
in R. Micheli than in R. Lescuriana, and the epidermal cells are rarely
or never pyriform. The most important difference between the two
species, however, is in the inflorescence, R. Michelii being dioicous
and R. Lescuriana monoicous. Among the species of the eastern
United States R. arvensis bears some resemblance to R. Lescuriana
and agrees with it in having a broad median groove on the upper
surface of the thallus. But A. arvensis is a smaller plant, more
glaucous in appearance, and its spores are smaller and more regularly
reticulated on the plane faces.

6. NARDIA SCALARIS (Schrad.) S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. British Pl. 1:
694. 1821. Jungermannia scalaris Schrad., Syst. Samml. Krypt.

1 Musc. Scand. 2. 1879.
? Bull. dei'Herb. Boissier 2: 229-240. pl. 5. 1894.
3 Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen-Flora 6: 176. 1907.

12 Rhodora [JANUARY

Gewüchse 2: 4. 1797. Mesophylla scalaris Dumort., Comm.
Bot. 112. 1822. Alicularia scalaris Corda; Opiz, Beitr. zur Naturk.
1: 652. 1829. On rocks. Eastport, Maine (A. W. E., 1911).
New to New England. Although Nardia scalaris is so abundant
in northern Europe, only a few records of its occurrence in North
America have been published. The writer is now able to cite the
following localities for the species, several of which have already been
noted elsewhere: ! Greenland, according to C. Jensen; Battle Harbor,
Labrador, and Lantern Cove, Newfoundland (W'aghorne); Arichat,
Cape Breton, Nova Scotia (0. D. Allen); Campobello Island, New
Brunswick (Farlow); Dawson, Yukon (Williams); Yes Bay, Alaska
(Howell); Juneau, Alaska (Brewer and Coe); Nanaimo, British Colum-
bia (J. Macoun); Port Renfrew, British Columbia (Mss Gibbs);
Mt. Ranier, Washington (0. D. Allen, Foster, Flett); Olympic Moun-
tains, Washington (Frye). The specimens from Nova Scotia and New
Brunswick grew on low cliffs by the sea, and those from, Eastport were
collected in a similar habitat. The plants formed dense mats,
scarcely ten feet above high water mark and only a few feet below the
edge of the woods.

The species is dioicous and most of the material from North America
is completely sterile. The shoots are normally prostrate but become
suberect when growing in compact masses. On account of their
rotund undivided leaves, usually imbricated and concave, the plants
bear a considerable resemblance to such species as N. crenulata and
Jungermannia sphaerocarpa. They can be at once distinguished, how-
ever, by their small but persistent underleaves, which are lanceolate
or subulate in form and taper out to slender points. These under-
leaves show clearly, even when a shoot is viewed from one side, be-
cause they are not closely appressed to the stem but spread out from
it at the base almost at right angles. "The leaf-cells have small but
distinct trigones and each encloses a small number of large and
glistening oil-bodies with a smooth surface. ‘These peculiarities will
also assist in distinguishing the species.

The closest relative of N. scalaris is N. Geoscyphus (DeNot.) Lindb.,
known in New England from New Hampshire and Massachusetts.?
This species being paroicous is frequently fertile. ‘The plants rarely
occur in dense mats, so that the shoots are usually prostrate and

1 See especially Macoun, Cat. Canadian Pl. 7: 12. 1902.
2 See Evans, Ruopora 9: 57. 1907.

1912] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— IX 13

closely adherent to the soil. The leaves, although sometimes undi-
vided, are often bifid, and in the variety insecta most of the leaves
show the bifid character. The underleaves, although present, are
often short-lived and difficult to demonstrate. The trigones in the
leaf-cells are usually smaller than in N. scalaris and the oil-bodies
are less conspicuous on account of their granular surface. Unfor-
tunately in both species the oil-bodies lose their peculiarities in old
material, and sometimes disappear completely from specimens which
have been long preserved.

7. Odontoschisma elongatum (Lindb.) sp. nov. O. denudatum,
var. elongatum Lindb., Not. Soc. F. et Fl. Fenn. 13: 361. 1874.
In bogs on the margins of ponds. Maine: Upper Wilson Pond, near
Greenville, Maine (A. W. E. 1911). New Hampshire: Lower
Greeley Pond, Waterville (Miss Lorenz, 1908). Specimens from
Scoresby Sound, Greenland, collected by N. Hartz in 1892 and listed
by C. Jensen ! as O. denudatum, also belong here. The species like-
wise occurs mixed with the type material of O. Macounii, collected
in 1869 by Macoun in the Lake Superior region of Ontario. Lind-
berg's variety elongatum was based on a series of specimens from
Iceland, Lapland, and Finland. Among these was one collected by
Angstrém at Lycksele in Lapland and distributed by Gottsche and
Rabenhorst, under the name Sphagnoecetis communis, in their Hep.
Europ. 440. This specimen, which agrees fully with the American
specimens noted above, may be considered the type of O. elongatum.
According to published records the species grows also in northern
Germany;? in the Faroe Islands,’ in Scotland,* and in Austria. One
of the Austrian specimens cited was collected by Breidler near Mitten-
dorf in Styria and distributed in Flora Exsic. Austro-Hungarica 2340.
Unfortunately this plant (of which the writer owes an example to
the kindness of Miss Haynes) does not agree with Lindberg's type
and should not be included under O. elongatum. The other Austrian
specimens reported should therefore be further investigated.

Although O. elongatum sometimes grows mixed with Sphagnum
and other bryophytes, it often forms large mats which are free from
admixture. The type specimen is associated with Lophozia inflata

1 Meddel. om Grønland 15: 369. 1898.
? Warnstorf, Kryptogamenfl. der Mark Brandenburg 1: 238. 1902.
3 C. Jensen, Bot. of Feeróes 1: 125. 1901.

1 Macvicar, Jour. Bot. 43: 118. 1905.
5 Breidler, Mitt. Naturw. Ver. Steiermark 30: 335. 1894.

as

14 Rhodora [JANUARY

(Huds.) M. A. Howe, and it is interesting to note that the same
species occurs in connection with the material from New Hampshire.
The color of O. elongatum is sometimes a bright green, but a yellowish
or brownish pigmentation is usually present and a deep blackish
purple hue is not uncommon. The shoots at first produce branches
very sparingly, and the long unbranched ascending axes are a striking
feature of the species. As the stems become prostrate with their
increase in length, branches of the usual intercalary kind are pro-
duced, some lateral in position and some ventral. Among the latter,
as in other members of the genus, a few show a flagelliform char-
acter and grow downward, holding the plant firmly in place. Except
on these specialized branches rhizoids are sparingly developed.

The orbicular leaves, which usually measure 0.5-0.7 mm. in diame-
ter, are sometimes distant but more frequently contiguous or imbri-
cated. In most cases they are distinctly concave. "The leaf-cells
average about 20 u along the margin and about 23 u in the median
and basal portions of the leaf. The marginal cells sometimes form an
indistinct border, but the texture of the leaves is usually uniform
throughout. When the trigones are well developed they are orbicular
and project into the cell-cavities; when poorly developed they may
be triangular with concave sides.

Lindberg considered his variety elongatum poorly supplied with
underleaves, but they are really better developed than in most spe-
cles of Odontoschisma and often acquire a size of 0.2 X 0.15 mm.
They are not very definite in outline but tend to be ovate from a
broad base. In some cases they may be shortly bidentate at the
apex but this condition is far from constant; occasionally an indis-
tinct lateral tooth is present. Slime papillae are unusually abundant;
they occur not only along the margin but also on the surfaces, being
especially numerous on the upper or inner surface. "The writer!
has already called attention to the constant presence of underleaves
in Odontoschisma and has emphasized the fact that they yield specific
characters of importance. Unfortunately, on account of their
fragility, they are often overlooked. A clear idea of them can be
readily obtained by dissecting off the tip of a vigorous shoot, mount-
ing it in the usual way, and then crushing it by a gentle rubbing
pressure on the cover-glass. In this way the underleaves can be
separated from the other parts and examined by themselves. Since

1 Bot. Gaz. 36: 330. 1903.

1912] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— IX 15

they acquire their characteristics while still close to the growing point,
the underleaves secured in this way will give a better idea of their
true structure than the weathered underleaves dissected from the
older parts of a shoot.

The male plants of O. elongatum have not yet been observed, but
the inflorescence is evidently dioicous. The female branches are
sometimes ventral and sometimes lateral. 'They are usually very
short but are occasionally somewhat elongated. "Their leaves, how-
ever, are always more or less modified. The bracts proper are in
two or three pairs. "Those next the perianth, which are of course the
most characteristic, are typically ovate and bifid for one third to one
half their length, showing a narrow sinus and acute lobes. Their
margins are irregularly crenate or dentate, and sometimes one or two
basal lobes or divisions are present. The corresponding bracteole
is much like the bracts, except that its divisions are blunter and
less definite. Deviations from these typical conditions are not infre-
quent, the lobes of the bracts being sometimes short and blunt and
the bracteole sometimes showing little or no indication of an apical
sinus. 'The tendency to vary in this way becomes even more ap-
parent in the other bracts and bracteoles, several of which may be
quite undivided at the apex. Unfortunately mature perianths of O.
elongatum. are still unknown. In the very immature perianths found
in unfertilized flowers the mouth is slightly and irregularly lobed and
the margin is finely crenulate from projecting cells. "These peculi-
arities doubtless persist until maturity.

Gemmae are comparatively rare in the present species, and many
tufts fail to show them altogether. The gemmiparous shoots are
suberect and much resemble those of O. denudatum, except that
they are usually shorter, the development of the gemmae leading
more rapidly to the limitation of their growth. In most cases the
transition between normal leaves and gemmiparous leaves is very
abrupt, but it is sometimes more gradual and a few cases have been
observed in which a shoot recovered from the tendency to form gem-
mae and developed new normal leaves. The gemmae themselves,
which measure about 25 X 33 y, are oval, two-celled bodies with
delicate walls.

One of the closest allies of O. elongatum is O. Macounii (Aust.)
Underw., and it is possible that Austin did not distinguish clearly
between them when he published his description of the latter plant.

16 `- Rhodora [JANUARY

In commenting upon the type-material of this species the writer !
called attention to the fact that it consisted of an admixture composed
of a pale plant with gemmae and a more or less pigmented plant with-
out gemmae. It was recommended that the pale material, from which
the original description was evidently largely drawn, should be con-
sidered the actual type of the species. With regard to the pigmented
material judgment was withheld, although the possibility was sug-
gested that it might perhaps represent a divergent form of O. Macounii.
It now appears, as noted above, that this pigmented material repre-
sents 0. elongatum. The species agrees with O. Macounii in its con-
cave leaves and relatively large underleaves. Its leaves, however,
are less densely imbricated, the leaf-cells have smaller trigones, the
slime papillae on the surface of the underleaves are more numerous,
the gemmiparous shoots are shorter, their leaves are smaller, and the
gemmae themselves have thinner walls. In O. denudatum, which
also is closely related, the plants are somewhat more robust than in
O. elongatum, and the plants are frequently pigmented with reddish,
a type of coloration which the new species apparently never shows.
O. denudatum is further distinguished by its smaller underleaves (on
shoots with normal leaves), by the absence of surface papillae, and
by the more acuminate divisions of the perichaetial bracts. The leaf-
cells are much the same in the two species, and the similarity in the
gemmiparous shoots has already been mentioned.

8. ANTHOCEROS CRISPULUS (Mont.) Douin, Rev. Bryol. 32:
27. f. 1-15. 1905. A. punctatus, B. multifidus Nees, Naturgeschichte
der europ. Lebermoose 4: 340. 1838. A. punctatus, a. crispulus
Mont.; Webb & Berthelot, Hist. Ins. Canar. Bot. 2': 64. 1840. On
moist earth along roadsides. Andover and West Hartford, Connecti-
cut (Miss Lorenz, 1911). Not before recorded from North America.
Although A. crispulus was included by Nees von Esenbeck among
the varieties of 4. punctatus L., he recognized some of its most import-
ant characteristics and intimated that it might perhaps represent a
distinct species. Douin, however, was apparently the first one to
raise it definitely to specific rank. His description and figures were
drawn from specimens collected in the department of Eure-et-Loir, in
France, and the species has since been reported by C. Müller ? from
various scattered localities in Germany. It will probably be found

1 Bot. Gaz. 36: 321. 1903.
? Beih. zum Bot. Centralbl. 222: 253. 1907.

1912] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— IX 17

to have a wide distribution in Europe. In addition to the synonyms
quoted above Douin gives Anthoceros multifidus L., Sp. Plant. 1140.
1753. If this were actually the same plant the species should of
course bear the Linnaean name. 4. multifidus, however, was based

upon a non-binomial species of Dillenius, which Lindberg,’ after ,

examining the type in the Dillenian herbarium, pronounced the same
as Riccardia multifida (L.) S. F. Gray (Jungermannia multifida L.).
A. multifidus, therefore, becomes reduced to synonymy and the
name is not available for future use. The type specimen of Mon-
tagne's variety was collected in the Canary Islands, and Douin does
not state whether or not he had examined it personally.

The differences between A. punctatus and A. crispulus are brought
out very clearly by Douin, and the following notes are drawn entirely
from his paper. Both the thallus and the capsule yield differential
characters. In A. punctatus the thallus is only slightly lobed; in
A. crispulus the lobing is much more extensive, the lobes arising
from the surface of the thallus as well as from the margin, thus giving
it a strongly crispate appearance. In A. punctatus the capsule is
from thirty to forty times as long as wide at the time of dehiscence;
in A. crispulus it attains a length of from fifty to seventy times the
width. In A. punctatus the pseudo-elaters are usually only one or
two cells long and apparently never exceed a length of three cells;
in A. crispulus, although short pseudo-elaters occur in abundance,
much longer ones are also present, some of them being from four to
nine cells in length. Both species bear dark colored spores, roughened,
especially on the convex face, by numerous sharp or furcate papillae.

The additions to local state floras, not already mentioned, are as
follows:—

For Maine. Bazzania tricrenata; Greenville (A. W. E.). Caly-
pogeia Neesiana; Upper Wilson Pond, near Greenville (A. W. E.).
Lejeunea cavifolia; Greenville (A. W. E.). Lophozia excisa; Lubec
(A. W. E.). .Radula tenax and Sphenolobus exsectus; Greenville
(A. W. E.).

. For New Hampshire. Calypogeia Neesiana; Waterville (Miss
Lorenz). Cephalozia connivens; Waterville (A. W. E.). Cephaloziella
Hampeana; various localities in the White Mountains (W. G. Farlow,
Miss Lorenz, A. W. E. y Leucolejeunea clypeata; opposite Brattle-

1 Krit. Gransk. 37. 1883.
_ ? The determinations of the Cephaloziellae in this list were mostly made or confirmed
by, Professor Douin, ,of Chartres.

18 Rhodora [JANUARY

boro (J. W. Russell, 1844), specimen communicated by L. W.
Riddle.

For Vermont. Metzgeria pubescens and Riccardia palmata; Ja-
maica (F. Dobbin). Cephaloziella Hampeana; Jerico (A. W. E.).
C. myriantha; Killington Peak (E. H. Lorenz). Porella rivularis;
Jamaica (F. Dobbin). Radula obconica; Salisbury (Miss Lorenz).

For Massachusetts. Calypogeia Neesiana; Reading (C. C. King-
man). Cephalozia serriflora; West Harwich (C. A. Weatherby)?
Cephaloziella Hampeana; Nahant (W. G. Farlow). Lophozia porphy-
roleuca; Mt. Greylock, Adams (A. LeR. Andrews).

For Rhode Island. Calypogeia tenuis and Cephaloziella elachista;
Hopkinton (4. W. E.). C. myriantha; Wickford (A. W. E.). Lepi-
dozia sylvatica; Westerly and Hopkinton (A. W. E.) Lophozia
excisa; Hopkinton (A. W. E.). It should also be noted that the
Rhode Island records from Riccardia pinguis and Cephalozia lunulae-
folia may now be marked with the sign “+,” the necessary specimens
having been collected by the writer.

For Connecticut. Calypogeia Neesiana; Ledyard and Stoning-
ton (4. W. E). Lophozia alpestris and Sphenolobus Hellerianus;
Salisbury (4. W. E.).

The census of New England Hepaticae now stands as follows:
Total number of species recorded, 169; number recorded from Maine,
116; from New Hampshire, 128; from Vermont, 103; from Massachu-
setts, 90; from Rhode Island, 71; from Connecticut, 128; common to
all six states, 47.

YALE UNIVERSITY.

NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DUXBURY, MASSACHUSETTS.
CLARENCE H. KNow tron.

THe Committee which is working on the Flora of the Boston
District has had very little information from the southern, and
especially the southeastern towns. Except for the Blue Hills and the
high land in Sharon and vicinity, this section of country is very flat,
rising from sea-level in the east to a height of about 300 feet in Belling-

! See Grout, Bryologist 14: 53. 1911.

? Miss Greenwood reports this species from Worcester (Bryologist 13: 8. 1910),
but her record was based on specimens which the writer would refer to C. lunulaefolia.

1912] Knowlton,— Flora of Duxbury, Massachusetts 19

ham, Medway and Holliston, where it merges into the central Massa-
chusetts plateau. It is a region of obstructed drainage and sluggish
streams, with many ponds, and the waters find their way gradually
into the North River, the Taunton and the Charles, which flow east,
south and north respectively. The low hills and ridges are naturally
covered with oak or pine. Some of the ridges are fertile and pro-
ductive, but agriculture seems to find its best land in the meadows.
The real interests of the people are in the manufacturing of the larger
towns. The people merely occupy the country, without doing over-
much to develop it.

Thousands of acres are in the broad sand-plains so typical of the
section. These and the low glacial knolls are covered with the
inevitable Andropogon scoparius and Betula populifolia. The mead-
ows seem to be low-lying sand-plains, containing much humus, but
little or no clay, and the swamps and ponds are underlaid by water-
washed sand and gravel of glacial origin. The swamps are occupied
by Acer rubrum or Chamaecyparis thyoides, but many of them, and
some of the wetter meadows and shallow ponds have been made over
into cranberry bogs.

The eastern portion of this sand-plain country, comprising the
northern half of Plymouth County, has been very little known botani-
cally. It is especially interesting from its proximity to the sea, and
because it runs into the big terminal moraine which begins in Kingston
and Plymouth. I have made several trips of exploration to Hanson,
Halifax and Pembroke, which lie just back from the coast, in this
corner of our district, but outside of a few characteristic plants like
Solidago Elliottii, S. tenuifolia, Leucothoe racemosa, Ilex opaca, I.
glabra, Woodwardia areolata and Aspidium simulatum, the sand-
plains and swamps might have been in the Merrimac valley, around
Lowell, Tewksbury or Chelmsford, 45 miles further north. When
I came to explore Duxbury I expected to find much the same flora,
plus the halophytes and xerophytes of salt marsh and sea-beach.
In general I found this to be true, for most of the species mentioned
above seem to flourish there, but I found in addition enough other
plants of interest to warrant this publication.

Along the seashore grew some 35 maritime species. Among these
may be noted Salicornia ambigua growing freely with S. europaea,
S. mucronata, Atriplex arenaria, Suaeda linearis and S. maritima.
Xanthium echinatum flourished on the shore edge of the salt-marsh,

20 Rhodora [JANUARY

and Hierochloe odorata and Phragmites communis were abundant here
as elsewhere along the South Shore.

It was of special interest to find some of these seashore plants
extending inland. Prunus maritima fruited heavily this year in the
gravelly soil it likes best. It extends inland to Halifax and Hanson,
some ten miles, and is equally abundant in the Merrimac valley,
35 miles from the sea. Lechea maritima has an even broader landward
range, as I have observed it. Atriplex patula grew lustily on the
Duxbury dump, two miles back from the coast, with numerous garden
escapes. Salsola Kali flourished in a barnyard, as vigorous as its
var. tenuifolia, but still rigid and prickly. Hudsonia tomentosa,
Ammophila arenaria and Artemisia caudata also occurred away from
the shore.

As might be expected in one of the oldest Pilgrim settlements, I
found many introduced plants, over 50 species. Most interesting of
these was the English oak, Quercus Robur L. It has been set out for
shade and ornament at Powder Point and elsewhere in the village,
but at South Duxbury it has become thoroughly established and is
rapidly spreading. In the triangle of wild land between the railroad
and the old graveyard where Myles Standish lies buried I discovered
a large number of these trees, of all sizes, with much fruit. So far
as I know this tree has never become established elsewhere in America.
It may be distinguished by its rosettes of round-lobed, crinkly-edged
leaves, and its large pedicellate fruit, the acorn five times the height
of the cup. Another very conspicuous introduced plant, from the
West, Oxybaphus nyctagineus, was abundant and widely scattered
over the settled part of the town. Other pilgrims from abroad were
Artemisia Stelleriana, Populus alba, Berteroa incana, and Dianthus
plumarius. There were but a few plants of the last growing in a
railroad cut very near the John Alden house.

I observed exactly 50 species of Gramineae, a:few of which deserve
mention. Sporobolus asper was in perfect condition on Sept. 24, the
dark spikelets fully developed, and well emerged from the upper
sheath. Paspalum setaceum was easily distinguishable from P. Muh-

_lenbergii by its hairy sheaths and bright blue-green foliage. I have

also found these two at Halifax, Plymouth and West Barnstable.
Aristida purpurascens and Calamagrostis cinnoides I found each at
one place only. : Andropogon glomeratus was abundant in a wet
meadow. Agrostis perennans here, as elsewhere, was a characteristic
plant of the dry oak woods.

1912] Knowlton,— Flora of Duxbury, Massachusetts 21

My visits to Duxbury have been late for Carex, but on Sept. 10, in a
cleared Chamaecyparis swamp, I found Carex trisperma, var. Billingsi,
and splendid fresh green plants of C. bullata, var. Greenii, growing in
sphagnum moss. I have noticed seven other common species in the
township. Along the mucky shore of Cranberry Pond grew a form of
Scirpus cyperinus, with cylindrical spikelets, 8 mm. long, which
proved to be var. Andrewsii. The type is abundant.

The *South Shore," so-called, including the coast towns from
Boston to Plymouth, is a veritable paradise for shrubs and woody
vines. The numerous forms of Vaccinium corymbosum, Cephalanthus
occidentalis in all shapes and sizes, Rhododendron viscosum, Clethra
alnifolia, Ilex verticillata, I. glabra and I. laevigata, and Nemopanthus
fascicularis are typical shrubs of the swampy woods, and were all
flourishing in Duxbury. Ilex opaca I have not yet found, but as it is
frequent in near-by towns, and ranges as far southeast as Sandwich
on Cape Cod, it is to be expected almost anywhere in moist woods.!
Leucothoe racemosa is also a well-distributed shrub in the region, and
I found a little of it in Duxbury. Psedera quinquefolia, Smilax
rotundifolia and S. glauca were frequent, the last species in the open,
in dryer soil than its congener. The only alder was Alnus rugosa,
the only grape Vitis Labrusca. Rhus was well represented by R.
typhina, R. glabra, R. copallina, R. Vernix and R. Toxicodendron (the
creeping form).

Solidago Elliottii grew very abundantly in swamps and moist soil
generally, and it is a typical plant of the region. In many ways it is
our handsomest species, its large dark green foliage forming a pleasing
contrast to the clear yellow flowers. I found a little of S. tenuifolia,
and a great deal of S. odora, already past blooming on Sept. 10. Aster
spectabilis grew well in dry gravelly woods, but A. laevis seemed to be
absolutely missing from the flora. Hieracium Gronovii was frequent
in dry soil, H. venosum with green leaves was common, but I only
found one plant of H. canadense and none of the other species.

Asclepias amplexicaule occurred here and there on the sand-plains
in some abundance. One sterile shoot I collected because it bore three
whorls of three leaves each. Galium pilosum, Gentiana crinita, Poly-
gonella articulata and Polygonum arifolium deserve passing mention.

1 As the Pilgrims found '' holly ” on their first exploring trip from Provincetown,
in November, 1620, it is reasonable to suppose that this tree had a wider range on
Cape Cod, originally.

22 Rhodora [JANUARY

Last, and in size surely least, was Lemma perpusilla, which covered
the surface of a small and treacherous kettle-hole pond in a pasture.
This species is credited to “Massachusetts (Clark)” without further
data, in Thompson’s monograph on Lemnaceae. There are no other
records given from New England. The indefinite printed record
is thus confirmed and made definite, and a new species added to the
Local Flora list. Prof. M. L. Fernald collected specimens of this
plant in Barrington, R. I., May 30, 1911, on the New England Botani-
cal Club Field Day, thus adding a new species to the Rhode Island
Flora.

In closing it may be well to call attention to the conspicuous lack
of native Leguminosae. Aside from Lathyrus maritimus, the only
species I noticed were Baptisia tinctoria, Lespedeza Nultallii, L. hirta
and L. capitata.

In general, the flora of Duxbury is that of seashore and sand-plain,
with oak and pine woods, red maple and Chamaecyparis swamps.
There are many wanderers northward from Plymouth and Cape
Cod, but yet the flora is decidedly different from that of the morainal
region and warmer shores only a few miles south.

HiNGHAM, MASSACHUSETTS.

A Seconp STATION FOR CYPERUS Gmavim IN Essex County,
MASSACHUSETTS.— When the Committee on the Local Flora reported
in February, 1911, upon the occurrence of Cyperus in the Boston
District, C. Grayüi was known within the area only from Plum Island
and "never reported at any other station north of Plymouth." It
may therefore interest students of our local flora to know that the
species occurs upon the sand dunes at Ipswicb. While crossing the
dunes with a party of students upon October 12th, I found a single
small colony of not more than half a dozen plants. They had all
fruited well and most of the achenes had fallen, so that the colony
(presumably of recent derivation from Plum Island) is likely to in-
crease. A specimen was taken for the Club Herbarium and another
was collected by Mr. Harold St. John.— M. L. FERNALD, Gray
Herbarium.

REGARDING VIOLA PEDATA, FORMA ROSEA.— Miss Sanders’s report
of this plant from Wayland, Mass. (Ruopora, xiii. 172) leads me to

1912] Fernald,— Sclerolepis uniflora in Massachusetts 23

state my experiences with it. Occasionally during several years past
I have found on a sandplain in Framingham where the bird’s-fc ot
violet occurs in great abundance plants bearing flowers varying in
color from a light to a deep magenta, or almost red. Though the
positicn of these individuals was carefully noted, I have never been
able to find flowers of the same color in the same spot the succeeding
season. Finally two of the unusual plants were transplanted to a
garden. A year later these very plants bore the usual lilac-purple
flowers. The cause of my inability to rediscover these reddish flowers
at their old stations was thus suggested, and I uprooted the fickle
things.

A similar experience befell me with Rudbeckia hirta. In July 1910
a specimen of this handsome weed was noticed differing from the
thousands of others about it on a dry hillside in that the proximal half
of each ray was a deep brownish-purple, somewhat brighter than the
disk. It was carefully transplanted to good garden soil. But
prosperity ruined it, too; this summer’s flowers were plebeian in every
way. Hence it suffered the fate of the violets.

It seems, therefore, that in these two cases, weak or pathological
conditions are *esponsible for the color forms, the death or recovery of
the abnormal individuals making their rediscovery impossible.—
A. J. EAMES, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

SCLEROLEPIS UNIFLORA IN MassACHUSETTS.— On the 29th of
October, 1909, Messrs. J.-F. Collins, Thomas Hcpe and H. W. Preston
found the unique little pine barren Composite, Sclerolepis, on the
shores of Wallum Pond in Burrillville, Rhode Island,! the only station
in New England except Dr. Lewis's at Bradford, New Hampshire.?
Having occasion recently to look up the location of Wallum Pond,
the writer was interested to note that it lies partly within the town of
Douglas in Worcester County, Massachusetts; and since the Com-
mittee on the Massachusetts Flora had nc record of Sclerolepis from
the state it seemed worth while to settle whether the plant is as
localized (found only in Rhode Island) as might be inferred from Pro-
fessor Collins's note. Accordingly plans were made to visit the pond
with Mr. F. F. Forbes on October 29 last — on which date in 1909 the

1 Collins, Ruopora, xii. 13 (1910).
? F. T. Lewis, RHuoponza, vii. 186 (1005).

24 Rhodora [JANUARY
plant was “just coming into bloom.” We had expected to go from
Brookline to Douglas by automobile, but the freezing weather of the
preceding night rendered a motor trip somewhat unattractive, so we
went by train and drove from the station in Douglas to the northern
end of the pond. All the vegetation of the sandy beach was blackened
by frost, but searching on our hands and knees among the shriveled
remnants of Feria, Ilysanthes, etc. we soon found a dried and fruiting
plant of Sclerolepis within a stone's throw of the northern end of the
pond — about one mile north of the Rhode Island line. Prolonged
search revealed no more of the plant on the dry beach, but after
giving up the hunt and starting upon a circuit of the pond we were
delighted to find Sclerolepis green and in all stages of development from
young bud to mature fruit in a spring-rill (also in Massachusetts)
upon the northeastern shore. After tbat little of the plant was found
upon the eastern shore, but on making our way over and amongst
the granitic boulders which strew the western shore we came upon it
in great quantity at every spring and seepy bank among the boulders.
Such stations, with Sclerolepis the only green and flowering plant at
this late date, were found at frequent intervals along the entire length
of the western shore, in both Rhode Island and Massachusetts. "The
point which struck us was that, although abundant in and around
springs and often completely submersed, Sclerolepis was nowhere seen
in rapidly flowing streams.

'The abundance of the plant about Wallum Pond, which is a clear
sheet of water with a clean beach of granitic gravel and sand, suggests
the probability that search about other such ponds — which are
numerous — in Worcester County and the eastern section of Massa-
chusetts as well as in eastern Connecticut, will show Sclerolepis to be
more generally distributed than we know. It is highly probable
that the late flowering season of the plant — after most plants of
such shores are past maturity — has -prevented its detection, but
from our experience at Wallum Pond we should advise watching for
the plant in September and early October. Superficially Sclerolepis
suggests the Mare's Tail, Hippuris vulgaris, or a very attenuated
Aster nemoralis with tiny flesh-cclored heads.— M. L. FERNALD.

Volume 18, no. 156, including pages 241 to 269 and title-page of volume, was
issued 19 December, 1911.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 14. February, 1912. No. 158.

THE POND FLORA OF CAPE COD.
Epmunp W. SINNOTT.

Tue flora of Cape Cod presents many features of interest to the
botanist, for it includes scores of plants which are unknown or rare
on the rest of the mainland of Massachusetts and which find their
best development on the sandy soil of the coastal plain. Botanizing
anywhere on the peninsula is consequently attended, at least to the
new-comer, by the formation of many new acquaintances among the
plants of the beaches, the salt-marshes, the barrens and the swamps,
which have each their distinct vegetation and their particular interest.

Perhaps the most fascinating collecting-ground for the field botanist,
however, is furnished by the hundreds of ponds scattered everywhere
over the Cape. These range in size from the tiny sloughs in every
hollow to such large lakes as Wakeby Pond in Mashpee, Nine-Mile
Pond in Barnstable and Pleasant Lake and Long Pond in Harwich.
It is in the waters and along the shores of these ponds that are found
many of the characteristic coastal-plain plants which here reach their
northern limit in the United States. During the past five summers
the writer has been fortunate enough to visit nearly all the large
ponds on Cape Cod and many of the smaller ones in almost every
town of Barnstable County. The object of the present paper is to
record certain observations as to the general character of the pond
vegetation and as to the distribution of the various plants of which
it is composed.

The ponds of Cape Cod fall naturally into two main groups: those
which are well drained and have practically the same level throughout
the year, and which include all mill-ponds, herring-ponds and others

26 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

from which streams are continuously flowing; and those which have
poor drainage or none at all. To the latter group belong the great
majority of the small ponds as well as most of the larger ones.

The vegetation along the shores of the well-drained ponds is not
distinctive and is very much like that found in similar situations
throughout southeastern New England, save that it is somewhat less
luxuriant. Wide sandy shores are, of course, absent. Where the
bottom shelves off deeply and the banks are at all precipitous, the pine
and oak flora of the barrens comes down to the water’s edge and the
sandy or pebbly bottom near the shore will support only such plants
as Nymphoides lacunosum, Lobelia Dortmanna and Scirpus americanus.
In the majority of cases, however, the slope of the shore-line is much
more gradual, and allows the accumulation of a considerable deposit
of mud and silt, which forms a congenial habitat for a large group of
plants, of which Pontederia cordata and Decodon verticellatus are per-
haps the most characteristic. These are found along the shores of
all ponds whose water-level is approximately stable, and with them
are such familiar things as Typha latifolia, T. angustifolia, Spar-
ganium americanum var. androcladum, Sagittaria latifolia, Scirpus
validus, Acorus Calamus, Impatiens biflora, Ludvigia palustris, Ascle-
pias incarnata var. pulchra, Bidens connata and very many others,
which form the dense and (for the Cape) luxuriant vegetation of
such pond-shores. In the water flourish Castalia odorata, Nymphaea
advena, Myriophyllum humile, various species of Potamogeton, notably
P. Robbinsii, and other equally familiar plants. This general group
of mud-loving things, particularly Sparganium americanum var.
androcladum and Sagittaria latifolia are also characteristic of cran-
berry-bog ditches and sloughs wherever alluvial mud has been de-
posited. This whole mud flora is practically identical with that
of similar situations throughout southeastern New England but com-
prises a very different group of plants from those growing on the
peaty mud of the undrained ponds in the sand-barrens.

The ponds where drainage is incomplete or absent constitute the
great majority of all the bodies of water on Cape Cod, and have associ-
ated with them a large and distinctive flora. The water-level here
is subject to great fluctuations, and the surrounding dry-ground vege-
tation is consequently forced to stop at the extreme high-water mark,
with the result that in the summer months, when all the ponds are apt
to be rather low, a sandy beach extends for some distance upwards

1912] Sinnott,— Pond Flora of Cape Cod 27

from the water’s edge. In ponds with absolutely no outlet, the rise
and fall of the water is greatest, and the beach here is of considerable
width, but in many cases the pond overflows into a drainage-brook
at a little above its normal summer height and is consequently sur-
rounded at that season by only a narrow belt of sandy shore. This
is the case with most of the large lakes.

The character and extent of the vegetation on these beaches and
in the shallow water at the pond-edge vary considerably from one
pond to another and seem to be under the control of several different
factors.

Small ponds, in general, show a much more luxuriant plant-growth
around their shores than do larger ones, which are apt to have long
stretches of pure sand or gravel beach and bottom, practically devoid
of vegetation. This may well be explained by the fact that the wave-
action, which is much more vigorous on extensive sheets of water than
on smaller ones, has in these larger ponds pretty thoroughly washed
out all the mud and fine material in the sand, and left it in much the
condition of a barren sea-beach. It is also conceivable that in the
winter and spring, when the water is usually highest and storms are
most frequent, the waves should wash out and destroy seeds and young
plants which had found lodgment along the shore. It is noticeable
that wherever the soil next the shore has been disturbed and broken
up, as by a cutting or a road, the waves have spread the sand up and
down the beach for a considerable distance, to the practical exclusion
of all vegetation. These same sterile sandy beaches are also occa-
sionally found on small ponds, but in such cases a good depth of water
and an abruptly sloping bottom are always observable. Wherever
conditions are favorable, therefore, for washing out fine material of
all kinds from the shores and depositing on the bottom, a sterile
beach of pure sand and gravel will result.

Most of the smaller ponds, which are protected by their size from
violent wave action, have bottoms sloping gently to no great depth
and consequently both the beaches and the shallow shores are well
able to support a considerable vegetation.

It is also noticeable that on the same pond such portions of the
shoreline as are most exposed to the waves or which have especially
steep slopes are much less thickly covered with plants than are the
protected stretches, and that the coves or sheltered places always
show a more luxuriant vegetation than do the open straight beaches.

28 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

This condition has had an important influence on the process of filling
which has been going on since the ponds were left at the retreat of
the ice-sheet. Their original shape seems in most cases to have been
decidedly irregular, for every pond of any size has along its shore a
number of indentations in all stages of filling, from shallow pools with
thickly covered shores to peat-filled swamp-holes. These are cut off
from the rest of the pond, at least in their later stages, by a barrier
of sandy beach, and simply represent small arms of the original pond
which from their sheltered position have filled rapidly and been con-
stricted off from the main body of water. The tendency is always for
a pond to smooth off its shores, thus approaching more and more to
a roughly circular shape, and for the large, and especially the long
and narrow ponds to become divided up into a number of smaller
ones, each of which centers about some particularly broad and deep
portion of the original.

The flora of the pond-shores is varied and, as has been said, contains
many characteristic Cape Cod plants which from their distribution
are worthy of note.

The upper edge of the beach is dry sand or gravel in summer and is
apt to be invaded by herbaceous members of the surrounding sand-
barren flora. Here Aletris farinosa, Polygala polygama, Cassia
nictitans, Linum virginianum, Chrysopsis falcata and many other
common things find a congenial habitat.

The plants of the lower parts of the beach, however, whose roots
are in damp sand, form a distinct group, the members of which occur
in practically no other situation. A list of the commonest and most
characteristic beach plants, which would be found along almost every
undrained pond of any size on Cape Cod, includes the following:—

Lycopodium inundatum var. Bigelovii, on damp sand and also on
peaty mud.

Cyperus diandrus, universal and usually the first plant to gain a
foothold on the sterile portions of the beach.

Rynchospora glomerata.

Xyris caroliniana.

Polygonum Careyt.

Hypericum virginicum and Gratiola aurea, extremely common
everywhere and flourishing equally well on sand or mud.

Hypericum canadense.

Rhexia virginica.

1912] Sinnott,— Pond Flora of Cape Cod 29

Lysimachia terrestris.

Sabatia dodecandra, a beautiful flower and one of the glories of the
Cape. It is apparently absent below Eastham.

Drosera filiformis, flourishing everywhere and sometimes attaining
a height of 18 inches.

Drosera longifolia,

Polygala cruciata.

Stachys hyssopifolia, abundant on the upper Cape but rare beyond
Brewster.

Lycopus sessilifolius.

Gerardia purpurea.

Coreopsis rosea, extremely abundant.

Solidago tenuifolia, characteristic of dry sandy soil all over the
Cape, yet thriving on the damp sand of every pond-shore.

These are all very common and universally distributed, but there are
many others the occurrence of which is less general or which are rare
and local. Such plants are, —

Panicum Wrightianum Scribn., common on the middle Cape. This
species, based upon Cuban collections of Charles Wright's, was un-
known in the northern states at the date of issue of the 7th edition
of Gray's Manual; but it was collected on Cape May, New Jersey,
in 1909 by Mr. Witmer Stone and its discovery as a common grass on
Cape Cod makes a striking addition to our “pine barren” flora.
The material was determined by Mrs. Agnes Chase.

Scleria reticularis and Fuirena squarrosa, rare, collected by the
writer only from the “ Mary Dunn’s”’ Ponds in Barnstable.

Rynchospora macrostachya, rather common.

Hemicarpha micrantha, easily overlooked but probably pretty
common. It prefers pure sand.

Fimbristylis Frankii, occasional.

Eleocharis melanocarpa. On a few ponds.

Carex of several species, notablv C. lurida, but C. albolutescens,
C. hormathodes and others are often present.

Xyris flexuosa, rather common.

Lachnanthes tinctoria, abundant on many ponds but often lacking
especially on the lower Cape.

Drosera rotundifolia, common on Sphagnum, patches of which are
often present on well-covered shores.

Crotalaria sagittalis, local, found only on two ponds in Sandwich.

30 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Sabatia gracilis, found by the writer only on a few ponds in the
eastern part of Barnstable.

Lycopus rubellus, locally common.

Utricularia cornuta, rather frequent on sandy shores. It also
appears on Sphagnum and occasionally on the edge of brackish
marshes.

Certain members of this group of beach-plants, such as both species
of Sabatia, Drosera filiformis, Hemicarpha and Crotalaria prefer a
situation rather well up the beach, where the sand is not too wet,
while others, such as Rynchospora macrostachya, Gratiola, Hypericum
virginicum, Lysimachia terrestris and Lycopodium choose lower and
damper locations, and usually appear only after a perceptible amount
of fine material has accumulated. Most of the plants, however,
are satisfied with almost any situation where the soil is essentially
sandy and not too dry. They must of necessity be able to adapt
themselves to the migrating shoreline.

The nature of the vegetation in the shallow water along the shore
depends on the character of the pond and the amount of filling and
of deposition of mud that has taken place. On a bottom of pure sand
the first thing to make its appearance is Nymphoides lacunosum
which usually grows in a rather narrow zone at some distance from
the shore. Nearer the water’s edge flourishes Juncus militaris, the
most common and characteristic rush of the sandy ponds, and
growing with it and nearly as universal is Lobelia Dortmanna. Scirpus
americanus is always present, either scatteringly or in wide patches.
These four plants prefer a sandy bottom and until sediment begins
to accumulate comprise practically all the marginal vegetation.
The deposition of decaying plant remains and the formation of peat
accompany the filling of these ponds and the fine material is in this
instance different from the more or less alluvial mud of the drained
ponds and supports quite another group of plants. The most char-
acteristic things associated with these later stages in the pond’s
history and which flourish only in the calm and shallow waters of
the protected coves, or on their peaty shores and islands, are the
following: —

Sparganium lucidum, local, and found by the writer only in Barn-
stable.

Sagittaria Engelmanniana, very common everywhere and showing
great variety in the shape of its leaves.

1912] Sinnott,— Pond Flora of Cape Cod 3l

S. teres, probably rather common but found by the writer only in
Sandwich, Barnstable, Yarmouth and Wellfleet. In shallow water
and where the bottom is sandy it has short and stout phyllodes, but
more commonly they are long and tapering.

Eleocharis acicularis, on peaty shores everywhere.

E. Robbinsii, the dominant plant in very shallow, peaty ponds,
gradually encroaching from the shore and finally converting the whole
pond into a grassy swamp.

Cladium mariscoides, common on many ponds but often absent.

Dulichium arundinaceum, abundant and delighting in the thick
vegetation along the peaty shores.

Rynchospora alba, locally common on peat.

Eriocaulon septangulare, on muddy bottoms in shallow water
everywhere.

Xyris Smalliana, a striking species, usually confined to floating
masses of peat, and fairly common where they are present. The
writer has observed it in Barnstable, Harwich and Wellfleet.

Juncus pelocarpus, common everywhere, but exceedingly abundant
on certain ponds where there is a rather pebbly bottom and not
much mud. It also thrives well above the water-mark.

J. canadensis, often abundant at the water's edge.

J. marginatus, rather common.

Proserpinaca pectinata, locally common on mud.

P. palustris, rare, found only an Snake pond in Sandwich.

Myriophyllum tenellum, fairly common.

Utricularia vulgaris var. americana, occasional.

U. purpurea, common on muddy bottoms.

U. biflora, rare, on sandier shores.

Castalia and Pontederia are often present, and in the last stages of
filling, when the pond has become a bog, other plants appear, which
are more characteristic of the half-drained and muddy swamps. These
are Sparganium americanum var. androclodum, Sagittaria latifolia,
Cyperus dentatus, Eriophorum virginicum, Nymphaea advena, Bras-
enia Schreberi, Sium cicutaefolium and many others.

It will therefore be apparent that, as might be expected, a large
percentage of the flora of the undrained sandy and peaty ponds, where
conditions are very similar to those on Long Island and New Jersey,
is composed ,of plants whose distribution is confined to the Atlantic
coastal plain and its extensions.

32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

The distribution of the pond-plants, in common with that of the
rest of the flora, is influenced to a considerable extent by the topog-
raphy of Cape Cod. The “backbone of the Cape" is formed by two
fan-shaped terminal moraines, one of them of rather low hills running
north and south along the eastern shore of Buzzard’s Bay and string-
ing out into the Elizabeth Islands; and the other, with slightly higher
elevations, which sometimes reach nearly 300 feet, extending east
and west down the north shore of the main body of the Cape. East
and south of these moraines, respectively, the country is mostly
barren sand-plain from the soil of which practically all the fine material
was washed by the waters flowing from the glacial ice-front; while
on the narrow strips of land on the other side of the hills, in each case,
and between them and the water, the country is much more fertile.
This is particularly noticeable on the north shore of the Cape, in the
northern parts of the towns of Sandwich, Barnstable, Yarmouth and
Dennis, where there is considerable clay in the soil, deposited on the
bottom of a dammed-up glacial lake or scooped up by the ice-sheet
from the bottom of the bay. In these richer strips muddy drained
ponds and alluvial swamps are conspicuous, while the typical sandy
ponds, with their coastal-plain vegetation, are practically confined
to the above-mentioned barrens and to the very sandy “forearm,” from
Chatham to Provincetown.

Although conditions are very similar throughout these sandier parts
of the peninsula, the pond flora, in common with the rest of the vegeta-
tion, grows less varied as one goes eastward " down" the Cape. Of
course the commonest and most characteristic plants (with one or two
exceptions, such as Stachys hyssopifolia, which apparently does not
occur below Brewster) are nearly universal in their distribution, but
many of the less common things stop somewhere on the upper (west-
ern) part of the Cape. Sabatia dodecandra, for example, gets as far as
Eastham, but the smaller species, S. gracilis, together with such plants
as Scleria reticularis and Fuirena squarrosa reach their eastern limit
on the group of small ponds near the Barnstable-Yarmouth line.
Crotolaria, in the same way, does not come east of the town of Sand-
wich.

This central part of the Cape, including the towns of Sandwich,
Barnstable and Yarmouth, has by far the richest pond-flora in the
county. Snake, Peter’s, Triangle and Spectacle Ponds, in Sandwich
have wide sandy beaches and a large flora which, together with their

1912] Sinnott,— Pond Flora of Cape Cod 33

comparative inaccessibility, makes them a fascinating collecting-
ground. Wakeby Lake (really in Mashpee) with the Cotuit Ponds
and Great Nine-Mile Pond, in Barnstable, are all partially drained and
have narrow gravelly beaches for the most part, which are often un-
interesting, though in certain spots there is excellent collecting.
Perhaps the richest flora of all, however, is found on the “Mary
Dunn" Ponds near the eastern border of Barnstable township.
There are a score or more of these, of all sizes and in all stages of filling,
and a number of plants grow here which the writer has found nowhere
else on the Cape. In Yarmouth, also, there are many interesting
collecting-places, notably Dennis, Miller, Greenough and other
smaller ponds in the northern part of the town and Sandy, Basslot,
Flax and others nearer the south shore. Of course the ponds of the
lower Cape, such as those about Pleasant Lake in Brewster and near
the villages of Eastham and Wellfleet, have a large and varied flora,
as have the ponds in the Falmouth region, to the west, but many plants
are rare or absent there which occur commonly in the Barnstable
area.

The often sporadic and local distribution of many Cape plants
would conform to what one might naturally expect of the behavior
of a previously more extended coastal plain flora which is gradually
dying out, and, from other evidence, it seems very possible that
something like this is happening. On the other hand, the fact that
vegetation both to the eastward and to the westward of the above-
mentioned central region is progressively less and less rich in coastal-
plain plants makes it reasonable to suppose that we have here a center
of distribution for these things, which have come north not along the
southern coast of Connecticut and Rhode Island, probably, for they
are rare or absent there, but through Long Island, across to Martha’s
Vineyard and Nantucket and thence across Vineyard Sound to the
mainland of Cape Cod. Their distribution here perhaps marks out
roughly the position of an arm of the ancient coastal plain. The
whole question is of great interest in connection with Professor
Fernald’s discovery of a large coastal plain flora in Nova Scotia and
Newfoundland, but more data must be gathered before any very
definite conclusions can be drawn in regard to the origin of the flora
of Cape Cod.

The foregoing paper does not pretend to give a complete account
of the pond vegetation of Cape Cod, but the writer has attempted to

34 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

enumerate merely the common and distinctive members of the pond
flora, together with such of the more rare plants as have come within
his experience, and to set forth certain observations as to their behav-
ior and distribution. Much more active collecting must be done on
the Cape before we can feel sure that its flora is well known, and there
are few regions so near Boston which offer to the field botanist such
opportunities for interesting and valuable work.

The writer wishes to express his thanks to those who have aided
him in gathering data, especially to Mr. William G. Vinal, of the
Providence Normal School.

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

QUERCUS IMBRICARIA MICHX. IN MASSACHUSETTS.
Gro. G. KENNEDY.

SARGENT in his manual of the trees of North America (1905) gives
Lehigh county, Pennsylvania, as the northern limit of this species in
the Eastern United States and says of it: “occasionally planted as
an ornamental tree in the northern states and hardy as far north as
Massachusetts"; and in the Sylva, vol. VIII, p. 177, calls it “one of
the most beautiful of the American oaks, and a most distinct and
desirable ornament of the parks and gardens of eastern America,
where it is perfectly hardy as far north at least as the shores of Massa-
chusetts Bay.”

And yet it appears to be a rare tree in cultivation in this vicinity,
two trees only being reported outside the Arnold Arboretum. One of
these is near the entrance to the Chestnut Hill Reservoir, and the
other close to Brush Hill Road in the town of Milton.

Prof. Sargent informs me that he has had two plantings of this
species in the Arboretum: one in 1873, and one in 1887, and both
from Meehan of Philadelphia. The Reservoir tree is of the 1873
planting and was sent with other oaks from the Arboretum to be set
in the Boulevard adjacent to the Reservoir. There are several fine
trees of the 1873 planting in the Arboretum; the best one is growing
near the Motley house. This tree has a girth of 47 inches at three

1912] Fernald and Wiegand,— Juncus balticus 35

feet from the ground, a height of about 45 feet and a spread of 50 feet.
The Reservoir tree has a girth of 57 inches, a height of about 40 feet
and a spread of 45 feet. The Milton tree has a girth of 51 inches, a
height of about 40 feet and a spread of 41 feet.

These trees are apparently near enough together in size to belong
to the same planting; but to account for the Milton tree being where
it is, has puzzled many who recognized it as a stranger. It stands in
an open pasture about two feet from the street wall and was exposed
to public view in October, 1900, after severe roadside cutting and
removal of Viburnum and other shrubs by the Superintendent of
streets and his men. No trees have been planted along this wall for
at least thirty-three years to my certain knowledge, and I believe the
field has been an open pasture for many years longer.

To explain its presence on this Massachusetts highway the story has
gained credence that it sprang from an acorn thrown into the field by
a soldier just returned from the South. Readville camping ground
is a half mile away and regiments returning from the war were often
quartered here for weeks before discharge. The probable age and
general appearance of the tree and its surroundings lend color to this
invented story. No one imagines that the tree was planted by the
hand of man. It bears fruit pretty regularly, but no one has seen any
seedlings in the vicinity.

'The very persistent foliage makes it a conspicuous tree in the late
fall and winter: it is green till almost Christmas and its last leaves
have not fallen by the first of March. It is certainly “a distinct and
desirable ornament" of the country roadside and as it is owned by a
lover of trees we may hope it will be carefully guarded for another
century.

READVILLE, MASSACHUSETTS.

A NEW VARIETY OF JUNCUS BALTICUS.— Juncus balticus Willd.,
var. melanogenus, n. var., caulibus tenuibus teretibus 1-3 dm. altis
circa 1 mm. diametro; cataphyllis basilariis flavo-stramineis lucidis;
inflorescentia compactis circa 1 cm. diametro; bractea 6-11 em.
longa; sepalis 4.5-5 mm. longis subaristatis castaneis quam petalas
paullo longioribus; petalis similibus albo-marginatis; antheris fila-
mentis duplo vel triplo longioribus; capsulis ovoideis longe mu-
cronatis 3-locularibus atratis vel badiis perianthiis vix equantibus.

36 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Stems slender, terete, 1-3 dm. high, about 1 mm. in diameter: basal
sheaths yellowish-straw-color, shining: inflorescence compact, about
1 cm. in diameter: bract 6-11 cm. long: sepals 4.5-5 mm. long,
subaristate, castaneus, a little longer than the similar but white-
margined petals: anthers twice or thrice as long as the filaments:
capsule ovoid, long-mucronate, 3-celled, black or dark-chestnut,
scarcely equaling the perianth.— QuEBEC: sand dunes, Bradore,
Saguenay County, August 4, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2992.—
In its 3-celled capsule closely related to var. montanus Engelm. of the
Rocky Mountain region, but differing in its darker perianth and
capsule and lighter-colored basal sheaths, var. montanus having the
more elongate capsule paler than the perianth and the basal sheaths
brown or reddish.— M. L. FERNALD and K. M. WIEGAND.

SOME PANICUMS OF ESSEX COUNTY, MASSACHUSETTS.
F. Tracy HUBBARD.

Durine this autumn’s collecting of Gramineae and Cyperaceae in
and about Manchester, Massachusetts, several interesting species of
the genus Panicum were found. Among these there are several,
at present, rather rare species; one in particular, P. lucidum Ashe,/
which has not been reported from the state. Several others are range-
extensions and many of them do not seem to have been reported from
Essex County.

The following species are the more noteworthy.

Panicum LUCIDUM Ashe. Hitchcock and Chase, North American
Species of Panicum, do not cite this species from New England, though
Mrs. Chase informs me that since the revision of Panicum she has
seen specimens from Pomfret, Connecticut, July 4, 1901, A. W.
Driggs no. 4 and two collections from Stonington, Connecticut, June
23, 1901, C. H. Bissell no. 5576; L. Andrews, July 13, 1902; the
last doubtfully to be referred to this species. There is no specimen
of this species from New England in the Gray Herbarium, and it is
not represented in the Herbarium of the New England Botanical
Club. My specimens are: No. 129a, rich wooded roadside, near

1912] Hubbard,— Panicums of Essex County, Massachusetts 37

Ayer's Pond, Manchester, Sept. 28, 1911 and No. 193, hillside among
ledges, West Manchester, Oct. 11, 1911.

Specimens of these two numbers were sent to Mrs. Chase of the
Bureau of Plant Industry, and determined by her. She writes mé in
regard to No. 193 that "specimens from the northern limits of its
range do not seem to develop the almost vine-like habit in the autumnal
phase, characteristic of the species here and southward, though your
193 is the first late autumnal specimen we have received from New
England. We had not seen any from New England when the revision
was published. Yours is the northernmost record as yet, and your
specimen the nearest typical from New England." From a note on
No. 129a Mrs. Chase would seem to lay specific distinction on the
comparative conspicuousness of the epidermal cells of the under
surface of the blades.

PANICUM TENNESSEENSE Ashe. Hitchcock and Chase, l. c., cite
this from Massachusetts, Framingham, Smith, nos. 741, 743. Rep-
resented in the Gray Herbarium from Massachusetts, Framingham,
E. C. Smith, (no number). There are Massachusetts specimens in
the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club from Magnolia,
C. H. Clarke; Boston, 1882, Chas. E. Perkins. My specimens were
verified by Mrs. Chase and are No. 153, rich wooded roadside, Wen-
ham, Oct. 3, 1911; No. 170, rocky wooded hill, Manchester, Oct. 7,
1911, and No. 174, low hollow — prostrate —, Manchester, Oct. 8, 1911.

This species has been sparingly reported from Massachusetts and
if the Clarke collection is typical, as it seems though unverified, has
been previously found,— though apparently not recorded,— in Essex
County. As this species is represented in the Gray Herbarium by
specimens from New Brunswick, all the New England states and
southward, it seems as though careful collecting would show it to be
more widely distributed in Massachusetts than it is now known to be.

Panicum LANGUIDUM Hitche. & Chase. Hitchcock and Chase,
l. c., cite this species in Massachusetts from Ashburnham, Harris,
1896. Not represented from Massachusetts in the Gray Herbarium.
In the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club, Massachusetts,
is represented from Ashburnham, July 12, 1896, Sydney Harris
(two sheets). My specimen is No. 205, gravelly roadside, West
Gloucester, Oct. 13, 1911.

A specimen of this number was sent to Mrs. Chase and the deter-
mination is here. She writes, “ No. 205 is not typical, the blades being

38 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

glabrous above; but such ‘vernal’ culms shooting up in the fall often
depart from the usual characters of a species.”

This rare species, the type of which was collected by M. L. Fernald
in Maine has also been collected from Maine by Parlin and by Fernald
at several locations, and from Vermont, Hartland, Ruggles no. 49 (the
last on the authority of Mrs. Chase), as well as from Massachusetts,
as reported above. The Ashburnham specimens of Harris have a
noticeably different habital aspect from the Maine specimens of
Fernald and from my No. 205 and the lower branches of the panicle
do not have the same marked droop which is so noticeable in
Fernald’s Maine specimens and only slightly less marked in my No.
205. However these Harris specimens bear the verification of
Hitchcock and Chase as shown by their revision labels and con-
sequently must be accepted as correctly named. Seemingly new to
Essex County and eastern Massachusetts.

Panicum TsUGETORUM Nash. Hitchcock and Chase, l. c., cite
from Massachusetts, Framingham, Smith, no. 740. Represented
in the Gray Herbarium from Massachusetts, Woburn, M. L. Fernald &
E. F. Williams; Framingham, E. C. Smith (no number). In the
Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club, Massachusetts, is
represented from Boston, 1881, C. E. Perkins; Housatonic, Berk-
shire County, 1906, Ralph Hoffmann. My specimens are No. 169,
rich open woods, Manchester, Oct. 7, 1911; No. 180, sterile soil,
Beverly Farms, Oct. 9, 1911; and No. 187, bushy roadside, Conomo
Road, Essex, Oct. 9, 1911. j

Specimens of these numbers were sent to Mrs. Chase and deter-
mined by her. From her notes, good specific characters would seem
to be the long first glume, the short ligule, the short crisp pubescence
on culm and sheaths and the thin white margin of the blades.

This species is represented in the Gray Herbarium by specimens
from Maine, Vermont, Massachusetts as above cited, Connecticut,
New York, southward and westward,— hence it should prove more
widely distributed in Massachusetts.

PANICUM COLUMBIANUM Scribn. Hitchcock and Chase, l. c., cite
from Massachusetts, Wellesley, Smith, no. 738; Framingham, Smith,
nos. 742, 744. Not represented from New England in the Gray
Herbarium. In the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club
there is a Massachusetts specimen from Stoneham, W. P. Rich,
no. 343 in part. My specimens are No. 118, ballast of R.R., West

1912] Hubbard,— Panicums of Essex County, Massachusetts 39

Gloucester, Sept. 27, 1911, and No. 166 rich open woods, Manchester,
Oct. 7, 1911.

Specimens of these numbers were sent to Mrs. Chase and deter-
mined by her. Apparently this species is new to Essex County.
Other Massachusetts stations have been reported in Rhodora 1:
98 (1899) and 3: 126 (1901).

PaNICUM ORICOLA Hitche. & Chase. Hitchcock and Chase, l. c.,
cite from Massachusetts, Nantucket, Bartlett, no. 1368, 1379, et al.;
Plymouth, Oakes; Quanquisset, Bartlett, no. 1327. Represented
from Massachusetts in Gray Herbarium from Plymouth, Oakes.
In the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club, Massachusetts,
is represented by Eastham, F. S. Collins, nos. 248 & 293; Truro,
W. P. Rich; Hyannis, Churchill. My specimen, verified by Mrs.
Chase, is No. 158, dunes Ipswich Beach, Ipswich, Oct. 5, 1911.

There seems to be no previous record of this species north of Cape
Cod, but Mr. M. L. Fernald informs me that he collected it on the
Ipswich dunes about a week later than I.

Panicum AsHEI Pearson. Hitchcock and Chase, l. c., cite from
Massachusetts, Malden, Fernald, 1891, in part; West Quincy, 1894,
Churchill. Represented in the Gray Herbarium from Massachusetts,
Melrose, W. P. Rich; Middlesex Fells, Koehler. In the Herbarium
of the New England Botanical Club are Massachusetts specimens
from Melrose, W. P. Rich, nos. 235a, and 291; Weston, E. F. Williams;
Blue Hills, Warren H. Manning; Housatonic, Berkshire County,
Ralph Hoffmann. My specimen is No. 194, among bushes, rocky
hillside, West Manchester, Oct. 11, 1911.

A specimen of this number was sent to and verified by Mrs. Chase.
This collection extends the known range of the species slightly north-
ward.

A complete list of the Panicums collected in Essex County from
Sept. 26-Oct. 13, 1911, is as follows. Where there are specimens in
the Gray Herbarium or the Herbarium of the New England Botanical
Club or where there are published records of the species from Essex
County. I have noted the fact.

P. capillare L. N. E. Bot. Club; Robinson, Fl. Essex Co., 130
(1880).

P. dichotomiflorum Michx. Robinson, l. c., 129 (1880) sub. nom.
P. proliferum Lam.

P. virgatum L. N. E. Bot. Club; Robinson, l. c. 130 (1880).

40 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

P. agrostoides Spreng. N. E. Bot. Club; Rnopona 3: 101 (1901).
P. depauperatum Muhl. Gray; N. E. Bot. Club; Ruopona 3: 107
(1901).
P. linearifolium Scribn. Ruopora 3: 108 (1901).
P. dichotomum L.
P. lucidum Ashe.
P. spretum Schultes. N. E. Bot. Club; Hitche. & Chase, N. Am.
Sp. Pan. 202 (1910).
P. huachucae, Var. silvicola H. & C.: Hitche. & Chase, l. c., 217
(1910).
. mplicatum Scribn.
. oricola H. & C.
. subvillosum Ashe. Gray; Hitche. & Chase, l. c., 228 (1910).
. tennesseense Ashe. N. E. Bot. Club (Clarke specimen).
. languidum H. & C.
. tsugetorum Nash.
. columbianum Scribn.
. sphaerocarpon Ell. Gray.
Ashei Pearson.
. Seribnerianum Nash. Gray; Ruopoma 3: 113 (1901).
. clandestinum L. N. E. Bot. Club (a ? fragment); Raopora 3:
110 (1901).
This list is, of course, a very incomplete one of the Panicum of
Essex County, but it may prove of some interest and may also lead
others who have collected in this county to report their finds.

SYDYN

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

A THIRD STATION IN VERMONT FOR CypERUS HOUGHTONII.—
In an article in Ruopona for July, 1903, I told of my discovery of
the second station for Cyperus Houghtonii Torr. in Vermont in 1901.
Dr. Ezra Brainerd, who identified the plants for me, expressed doubt
at the time as to it being native since it occurred but a few rods from a
railroad. But during the past season his doubts were removed by
the finding by himself of a third station for the plant in Castleton.
This last station is so far from a railroad as to make him feel assured
that the species is indigenous. It is in the same habitat as the stations
spoken of in my article referred to above, dry shifting sand.— NELLIE
F. Fiynn, Burlington, Vermont.

Volume 14, no. 157, including pages 1 to 24, was issued 9 January, 1912

Rbodora |

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 14. March, 1912. No. 159.

FREDERICK WILLIAM BATCHELDER.

Marra L. OwEN. X

A gentle, unassuming, lovable life came to its earthly close when
Frederick W. Batchelder left us. The task of writing a fitting notice
of him for a botanical journal is a hard one; for those who knew him,
the man is so much more than the botanist, that with a heavy heart
and with eyes that scarcely see through tears, the tribute which he
well deserves in this magazine is attempted.

Frederick W. Batchelder was born in Pelham, N. H., in 1838, son
of Dr. Amos Batchelder and Rebecca (Atwood) Batchelder, a descend-
ant on his father’s side from the Rev. Stephen Bachiler who came
over from England in 1632. In the nearly three centuries which have
elapsed since that time, the spelling of the name has undergone many
changes, for every branch of the old divine’s posterity seems to have
had its own way. The common ancestor of all was excommunicated
in his own country for his independent religious opinions, and in this
country too, the sturdy and brave old parson was so persecuted for
his departure from the ecclesiastical ruts to which he was consti-
tutionally averse, even his moral character being assailed, that after
some twenty years here, he shook off the dust of New England from
his feet, and returned to Old Boston, England, where he died at the
age of 100, a man of great vigor physically and intellectually. His
character is thoroughly vindicated in our times from the injurious
charges which prevailed against it for two centuries.

On his mother’s side Mr. Batchelder came down from Hugh Tallant
of whom Whittier wrote in “The Sycamores.” The poet gives many
verses to him as a story-teller and musician, but Hugh was much more
than a “rustic Irish gleeman.” He was a man of great force of char-

42 Rhodora [Marcu

acter. Coming a poor immigrant, he soon acquired property in New
Hampshire, where he lived as a good citizen, adding to the happiness
of all who knew him “with his eyes brimful of laughter, and his
mouth as full of song." He came from Ireland, but he was a member
of the church of England, and probably from one of the “transplanted ”
English families of Cromwell's time. Our friend just lost had his
musical gifts in fullest measure, and his gaiety of temperament;
would that he might have inherited the vitality of these two ancestors,
for Hugh lived through a vigorous old age to be 108.

The young Batchelder was fitted for Harvard in the Boston Latin
School, and was graduated from college in the "fighting class" of
1860 — the class of whose 146 members 79 went to the war and 19
gave their lives. Mr. Batchelder entered the service as surgeon
steward in the navy, on the bark Kingfisher of the South Atlantic
blockading squadron, and after thirteen months of service was honor-
ably discharged on account of disability.

From that time he made Manchester, New Hampshire, his home
except for a few years spent in Springfield, Massachusetts. He
married, in Manchester, Miss Annie Varney, daughter of the Hon.
David Varney of that city.

The lifework of the young man was already outlined at his gradua-
tion. He had studied medicine under Dr. Oliver Wendell Holmes,
and had been a pupil of Agassiz. He became an excellent botanist
in after years and also an ornithologist of good standing. His cata-
logue of the plants of southern New Hampshire and his editing of -
Allen's “Birds of New Hampshire" and Wright's “Birds of the
Jefferson region" show what thorough work he could do in both
these branches of science. Thoroughness, indeed, was a characteristic
of all that he did.

Mr. Batchelder was gifted in many ways, but he was, first of all,
a musician. As a composer, particularly for the organ, he had high
rank; the fine quality and originality of his work were recognized
as admirable by the best judges; but his musical and scientific work
were both hampered by ill health. For the last fifteen years of his
life he worked constantly with more or less suffering, but always per-
sistently, cheerfully and with indomitable courage. Neither ill
health nor ill fortune could ever shake his beautiful optimism, as
prominent and winning a trait as any part of his character. He was
an organist for fifty-two years without interruption, from his college

1912] Owen,— Frederick William Batchelder 43

days at Harvard, when he played in Appleton Chapel, to his last ser-
vice in Manchester only two weeks before his death.

Music and bird lore were combined in his very careful and accurate
transcription of bird songs and calls which he used from time to time,
illustrating them on the piano, in the ornithological section of the
Manchester Institute of Arts and Sciences. They were very highly
thought of by those who heard them, though not satisfactory to Mr.
Batchelder, because the bird song needs the sliding scale, which the
piano does not have. He had studied carefully the birds of the Con-
necticut Valley, and later of the Merrimac Valley; indeed he observed
them wherever he was, but here again his work was limited by ill
health, particularly in the case of the game, water and shore birds.
He was a constant contributor to the magazine, Nature Study, pub-
lished by the Institute, where his articles, excellent for their matter
upon birds and plants, had an added value from the beauty of their
style. Whatever came from his pen was charming,— clear, direct
and simple, and with the delicious humor coming out suddenly in the
most unexpected places.

He loved to be with young people, and they, whatever their connec-
tion with him might be, were devoted to him — his choir, the young
botanists and ornithologists to whom he was always a helpful friend,
those engaged in various other branches of Institute work and those
who only knew him socially; they all enjoyed his society, and never
realized any disparity of years, so youthful was his spirit.

His knowledge was freely at the service of all who wanted it, and
those far advanced in science often had something to learn of him,
but for all this he sought no recognition. He was continually study-
ing and learning from pure love of nature, and the glad helpfulness
of his disposition made him always ready to impart from his gains;
whether he was making a name in the world was far from his thoughts.

A loyal son of Harvard, he was the beloved president of the Harvard
Club of Manchester, and the dean of the Alumni of the same city.
His last musical composition was *A Hymn to Harvard" with Latin
words which he wrote for the July meeting of the New Hampshire
Harvard Club at Walpole. He did not feel equal to attending, but
they had asked him for a poem, and he sent this as his contribution.

An attack of grip some ten years ago left him with chronic bronchitis
and asthma which, in their turn, induced a peculiar weakness of the
heart. These troubles incapacitated him for active work in his pro-

44 Rhodora . [Marcu

fession, but he could not give up his music entirely; he played the
organ in church, and directed his choir to the last. But work which
did not confine him to fixed hours was still in his power, and such
occupation he took up with unfailing courage. His indomitable
spirit was never impaired by his semi-invalidism, and work of lasting
value for the Manchester Institute mentioned elsewhere in this paper,
was begun and carried on through the rest of his life, and this courage
and persistence in work were lighted up with a gaiety and delightful
humor which pervaded and sweetened everything which he said or
wrote.

The summer of 1911 with its long heated term was very trying to
Mr. Batchelder and he weakened under it; he went with his wife and
her sister to the Isles of Shoals, a favorite resort of his; he enjoyed
his stay there, but the sea level did not agree with him. They went
next to another loved locality, Chocorua, amongst the Sandwich
mountains, where he had spent eight happy summers. Here too he
had great joy, although unable to walk beyond the house grounds.
They came home the 15th of September, and for a week he seemed to
have regained some strength; after that a slight shock from which
he was too weak to rally, proved the beginning of the end. He lived
two weeks longer gradually sinking, but with his mind clear to the last,
and on the 11th of October he passed away as peacefully as he had
lived. :

Although Mr. Batchelder had been interested in botany during
his college days, it was not until the death of his daughter in 1887
that, as a mental diversion, he took up serious botanical work. He
then began the accumulation of a private herbarium to represent his
region of the Merrimac Valley. Soon after the formation in 1898 of
the Manchester Institute of Science he presented his herbarium to
the Institute. In 1902 this collection, together with a large number of
additions made to it by Mr. Batchelder, was destroyed by fire, but
immediately thereafter he set to work upon a new herbarium. This,
at the time of his death, comprised 3,500 sheets. In 1900, in the
Proceedings of the Manchester Institute, he published his Preliminary
List of Plants growing without Cultivation in the Vicinity of Manchester,
. New Hampshire, followed in 1901 and 1902 by Additions to the Prelimi-
nary List of Plants, and in 1909 by a complete revision of the Prelimi-
nary List; a work which will always be used by students of geographic
distribution with the assurance that it was based upon accurate

1912] Nichols,— Notes on Connecticut Mosses,— ITI 45

knowledge of the local flora. Besides this List, which stands as Mr.
Batchelder's most important technical publication in botany, frequent
notes from his pen were published in Rnopoma, and his name is
familiar to New England botanists as the author of the combination
Glyceria borealis (Nash) Batchelder.

MANHASSET, NEw YORK.

NOTES ON CONNECTICUT MOSSES,— III.
G. E. NICHOLS.

In his last paper on Connecticut mosses ! the writer called attention
to the northwestern part of the state, and especially to the town
of Salisbury, as a favorable collecting ground. At that time eighteen
species of hepatics and mosses were known from no other locality.
This number has since been raised to twenty-six. In the present series
of notes eleven mosses are recorded from Connecticut for the first
time. Of these, nine represent additions due to recent explorations,
while the remaining two have previously been reported under other
names. |

FIssIDENS VIRIDULUS (Swartz) Wahl. Bolton and Danbury
(G. E. N.); Hamden (J. A. Allen, 1880); East Haven (Kleeberger).
For some time it has been evident to the writer that the Connecticut
material which has been passing as F. incurvus Schwaegr. (including
F. minutulus Sull.)? comprised a number of distinct forms. Recently
all of the available Connecticut specimens, some sixteen packets in
all, were submitted to Mr. H. N. Dixon of Northampton, England,
for examination, and some of his observations will be of interest
to American bryologists. The broad conclusion that he comes to is
that there is at any rate none of the true F. incurvus in the lot. More-
over, none of the specimens seem to agree with the descriptions of
F. minutulus. Mr. Dixon divides the Connecticut specimens into
several groups, one of which, as already indicated, he assigns defi-
nitely to F. viridulus. A second group, comprising specimens col-
lected by the writer in Salisbury and North Branford, he refers to
F. viridulus var. Lylei Wils. (= F. exiguus Sull.). The remaining

r
! RuHoponRA 13:40. 1911.
2? See Evans and Nichols: Bryophytes of Connecticut 104. 1908.

TY"

46 Rhodora _ [Maron
groups he hesitates to name definitely at the present time, although
he remarks that some of the specimens very likely represent forms of
F. viridulus while others approach F. obtusifolius.

F. incurvus and F. viridulus are both common and well known British
species. The probability that the latter is widely distributed in this
country has not, however, been generally appreciated. By many of
the European writers of the present day the two are considered con-
specific, but both Braithwaite and Dixon consider them distinct.
They are indeed uncomfortably close, but in a case like this it is neces-
sary to emphasize small dissimilarities. The most striking difference
between the two, and one that makes them appear distinct at a glance,
is seen in the form and degree of inclination of the capsules. In its
typical form F. incurvus possesses a strongly curved and cernuous or
horizontal capsule, while in F. viridulus the capsule is usually sym-
metric and erect or only slightly inclined. In a recent letter Mr.
Dixon remarks that he will not venture to say how far the curving
of the capsule is a constant character; there are indications that it
may not be; there are certainly intermediate forms. But so far as
the character goes the writer, after examining a number of British
specimens, agrees with Mr. Dixon that there is nothing among the
Connecticut specimens like the typical F. incurvus of Europe. Inci-
dentally, the habitats of the two mosses are suggestive. The Euro-
pean manuals describe F. incurvus as growing commonly on clay banks
and roadsides or in fields. The American plant, on the other hand,
is ordinarily associated with moist rocks and only rarely does it occur
on earth; in the writer's experience it is to be looked for on boulders
in streams or on rocks in shady ravines, but never in open fields.
The variety Lylei is a very small plant whose leaves, except on the
vaginant lamina, lack the narrow-celled border which is so character-
istic in the typical form of the species.

GYMNOSTOMUM RUPESTRE Schleich. On limestone in moist shaded
ravines, altitude about 800 feet, Salisbury (G. E. N., 1911). Deter-
mined by Mrs. E. G. Britton and Dr. A. LeR. Andrews. The Con-
necticut specimens are rather short, hardly 1 cm. in height, and pre-
sented somewhat the same general field aspect as a Rhabdoweisia.
The nearest relative among our local mosses and the only thing with
which there is really any danger of confusing it is Hymenostylium
curvirostre. The generic distinction between these two seems to be
derived from the fact that in Gymnostomum the lid falls off from the

1912] Nichols,— Notes on Connecticut Mosses,—III 47

capsule at maturity, whereas in Hymenostylium the lid remains at-
tached to the capsule by the dried-up columella. The leaf characters
of the species in question are also different. In G. rupestre the margin
is plane or nearly so, and the cells in the apical region are small and
poorly defined; in H. curvirostre one or both margins are recurved
below, while the cells in the apical region are larger and distinct.
The present species ranges more or less extensively through Canada
and reaches southward, principally along the mountains, into the
northern United States. It has previously been reported from at
least two of the New England States, Vermont and Massachusetts,
and is common to Europe, Asia, and Africa. The spores ripen in late
summer.

TORTULA MUCRONIFOLIA Schwaegr. On shaded calcareous shale
ledges along the Farmington River, altitude 100 feet, Windsor (col-
lected and determined by Miss Lorenz, 1911). This is the only
smooth-leaved Tortula that is likely to be found in New England.
The species is monoicous so that capsules are usually present, the
spores maturing in summer. It should be easy to recognize in the
field by the smooth hair-points on the leaves and by the peculiar peri-
stome, which conforms to the familiar Barbula type but has a basal
membrane nearly half the height of the entire structure. T. mucroni-
folia has been recorded from Vermont and Massachusetts; it is widely
scattered through Canada and the northern United States, extending
southward in the West to Colorado, Nevada, and California, and is
common to both Europe and Asia.

TorTULA RURALIS (L.) Ehrh. On dry sandy soil over limestone,
altitude about 750 feet, Salisbury and Canaan (G. E. N., 1911).
During dry weather there is at least a superficial resemblance between
this plant and the short, sterile form of Polytrichum piliferum which is
common in similar habitats. This is due mainly to the long, hyaline
arista which is such a conspicuous feature of the leaves in both mosses.
In T. ruralis and in the closely related T. montana this arista is thickly
beset with spiny teeth; in the other Connecticut species — T. muralis
T. papillosa, T. mucronifolia — it is smooth. T. ruralis and T.
montana can be distinguished from one another by the following leaf
characters: T. ruralis — leaves squarrose when moist, margin strongly |
recurved almost to the apex, upper cells 12-16 u in diameter; T.
montana — leaves erect-spreading when moist, margin recurved below
but plane in the apical region, upper cells 9-10 u in diameter. T.

48 Rhodora [Marcu

ruralis is one of the most cosmopolitan mosses, being known from all
of the great continental areas. In temperate North America it is
widely distributed, but it is apparently much commoner in the West
than in the East. The only other New England stations for it that
the writer has found record of are in Vermont and Massachusetts.
Fruit, when developed, matures in summer, but the plants are com-
monly sterile.

RacoMrrRIUM SUDETICUM (Funck) Br. & Sch. Mr. R. S. Williams
has referred to this species the specimens recently described by the
writer! as R. fasciculare. In general aspect the two species are often
similar. But in R. sudeticum some at least of the leaves possess short,
denticulate, hyaline hair-points, while the upper leaf-cells are roundish-
quadrate in shape. The leaves of R. fasciculare are always obtuse,
never developing hyaline points, and throughout the leaf the cells
are from three to five times as long as broad. R. sudeticum is quite
common in the Salisbury hills and is known from all of the New
England States except Rhode Island. Its general distribution is
similar to that already given for R. fasciculare.

ANOECTANGIUM LAPPONICUM Hedw. On precipitous schistose
rocks in a moist ravine, altitude 1600 feet, Salisbury (G. E. N., 1911).
Fortunately this moss usually fruits abundantly and the capsules,
strongly plicate when dry and empty and barely emergent above
the perichaetial bracts, render it easy of recognition. The other
Connecticut species, A. Mougeotii, is dioicous and rarely fruits. A.
lapponicum is autoicous, the antheridial buds being situated in the
axils of the upper leaves and readily demonstrable in most cases.
It has been recorded from Maine, New Hampshire, and Vermont,
but is evidently much less frequent in New England than the other
species. It ranges throughout the northern part of this continent,
with a southerly extension in the East as far as the mountains of
Alabama, and is found also in Europe and Asia. The capsules mature
in late summer.

LEUCODON SCIUROIDES (L.) Schwaegr. On the bark of a tree,
altitude 150 feet, Ledyard (G. E. N., 1911). As Grout observes,’
this species can usually be recognized in the field by the flagelliform
branches which are frequently produced in such abundance as to cause
the plant to appear deformed. The leaves differ from those of the

1 RuHopona 13:43. 1911.
? Mosses with Hand Lens and Microscope 389. 1910.

ine Uns E

1912] Nichols,— Notes on Connecticut Mosses,— III 49

other two American species, L. julaceus and L. brachypus, in their
more narrowly acuminate, longer-celled and nearly entire apices.
On this continent L. sciuroides appears to be occasional through
eastern Canada, while it has been reported from New York and Penn-
sylvania and from all of the New England States but Rhode Island.
It is a common European moss and is also known from Asia and
Africa.

Eropium Braxpowrn (Web. & Mohr) Broth. In a calcareous
swamp, altitude 750 feet, Salisbury (A. W. Evans, 1911). The larger
size, more ascending habit, and regularly pinnate branching give
to this handsome moss a quite different appearance in the field from
the common and closely related E. paludosum, the only other American
representative of the genus. When dry the plants bear a superficial
resemblance to Thuidium abietinum, but the different habitats of the
two, together with the softer texture of the present species, preclude
any possibility of confusion. Fruit is usually borne in more or less
abundance, the spores maturing in May or June. According to
Best ! the American distribution is as follows: Greenland; Labrador;
Canada and British Columbia; southward to Idaho; Colorado;
New York; Vermont. It has now been reported from all of the New
England States but Rhode Island. Native to Europe and Asia.

DREPANOCLADUS PSEUDOFLUITANS (San.) Warnst. At the margin
of Twin Lakes, altitude 750 feet, Salisbury (G. E. N., 1911). De-
termined by Warnstorf. This is one of those variable and intergrad-
ing forms which group themselves so closely about D. subaduncus
(L.) Warnst. (= D. aduncus of most authors). Whether or not it
has justifiable claim to specific rank seems open to question. Renauld,?
Mónkemeyer,? and Loeske,* after a critical study of numerous speci-
mens both in the field and in herbaria, are of the opinion that this
and similar forms, such as D. Kneiffii and D. gracilescens, represent
merely varieties of D. subaduncus which are due largely to seasonal
changes and ecological factors. Dixon, Grout, and Brotherus support
this same view. But on the other hand equally careful students,
prominent among whom are Limpricht and Warnstorf, regard many
of these forms as distinct species. In its typical form D. pseudo-

1 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 23: 89. 1896.

? Rev.. Bryol. 33: 89-100. 1906; 34: 7-14. 1907.

3 Sitzungsber. d. Naturf. Gesellsch. zu Leipzig 1-25. 1906.

4 Zur Morphologie und Systematik der Laubmoose 24. 1910.

50 Rhodora [Marcu
fluitans is more robust than any of the other species in the subaduncus
group, but it bears a marked resemblance to D. Kneiffii and the two
are very liable to be confused. In D. pseudofluitans the leaves often
reach a length of 5 mm. and throughout the plant are pretty uniformly
ovate-lanceolate in shape, tapering gradually toward the apex. In
D. Kneiffii the leaves almost never exceed 4 mm. in length and are
dimorphic; of the two types of leaves one resembles those of D.
pseudofluitans in shape, but the other is broadly ovate and tapers
rather abruptly. Both kinds of leaves are usually present in the same
individual. Furthermore, in D. pseudofluitans the leaves near the
tip of the shoot have a tendency, which is usually not evident in D.
Kneiffü, to wrap themselves more or less loosely around the stem.
The length of stem is also said to differ, but specimens of each species
have been collected by the writer in which the stem measured fully a
foot in length. On the whole, however, the distinctions which can
be brought out in a description are rather unsatisfactory for, as Loeske
remarks,! the two forms are more readily separated by their general
habit than through any anatomical differences. D. pseudofluitans
sometimes grows in ditches or in shallow depressions which are dry
during the summer, but in such habitats it is poorly developed. It
thrives most luxuriantly in places where it is almost completely sub-
merged throughout the year. In a locality of this sort along the lake-
ward margin of a swamp which borders one of the Twin Lakes there
are pure mats of D. pseudofluitans many square yards in extent. The
range of this species has not been definitely established, but for the
present it may be assumed that its distribution coincides approxi-
mately with that of D. subaduncus. So far as the writer is aware
no other New England stations have been published.

In passing it is worthy of note that this moss, together with D.
Sendtneri var. Wilsoni ?, which occurs in the same locality, may be of
considerable importance locally in connection with the production
of marl. Davis has shown? that the extensive marl accumulations,
which are a well known feature of lakes in limestone regions, are
largely the result of plant activity, and he has cited a number of algae
and seed plants which play an important róle in this connection. In

! Moosflora des Harzes 308. 1903.

? D. Wilsoni Schimp. is often treated as a separate species, but by Warnstorf it is
regarded merely as a variety of D. Sendtneri.

3 Geol. Surv. Mich. 83: 65-100. 1903.

1912] Nichols,— Notes on Connecticut Mosses,— III 51

the present case the leaves and stems of the two mosses referred to
above were covered with a thin, loose crust of calcium carbonate
which they had apparently precipitated from the water, and which
gave them an unnatural grayish-white appearance.

DREPANOCLADUS VERNICOSUS (Lindb.) Warnst. In a boggy swamp
at the margin of Twin Lakes, altitude 750 feet, Salisbury (G. E. N.,
1911). Determined by Warnstorf. With the exception of D. scorpi-
oides this is the only one of the Drepanocladi in which the stem lacks
a central strand. It also differs from all the other Drepanocladi
thus far recorded from Connecticut in the total absence of specially
differentiated alar cells. On the whole D. vernicosum is a northern
moss and has been rather infrequently collected in the United States,
the only stations in the East that have come to the writer's attention
being in Ohio, western New York, eastern Pennsylvania, northern
New Jersey, and northwestern Vermont. It is found in both Europe
and Asia.

According to the majority of the European authorities this moss is
confined to swamps and bogs that are free from lime; so that on first
thought it would hardly be looked for in the Twin Lakes swamp which
overlies marl deposits of considerable depth. So far as the writer
has observed, however, it does not ‘occur around the lakeward border
of the swamp but grows at a distance from the open water, in places
where a considerable thickness of peat has been laid down. And this
seemingly restricted distribution suggests a possible explanation for
the anomaly. As has been pointed out by Transeau ! humic acid,
which is particularly abundant in peaty soils, forms insoluble com-
pounds with alkaline earths. So that where there is an appreciable
depth of peat the vegetation growing at the surface may be affected
little or not at all by the calcareous nature of the substratum, owing
to the fact that whatever lime may be dissolved in the water will be
precipitated through the action of the humic acid before it has pene-
trated far into the peat.

CLIMACIUM DENDROIDES (L.) Web. & Mohr. On moist banks in
a ravine, altitude 1600 feet, Salisbury (G. E. N., 1911). Determina-
tion verified by Dr. Grout. The seeming rarity of this moss in most
parts of the East may in all probability be accounted for by the fact
that it is usually mistaken for the better known species, C. america-
num, which it closely resembles in habit and general appearance.

! Bot. Gaz. 40: 375. 1905.

52 Rhodora [Marcu

But the branch leaves and capsules in the two plants are quite distinct.
In C. americanum the leaf bases have broad, crispate auricles, and a
large proportion of the leaves are acute. In C. dendroides the leaves
may be slightly auriculate but the auricles are usually flat, while the
majority of the leaves are very obtuse. The areolation also differs,
the median cells in the former being from five to seven, in the latter
from seven to ten times as long as broad. The capsules of C. den-
droides ripen in late autumn and are much smaller than those of
C. americanum. It probably occurs throughout northern North
America and has been accredited to Maine, New Hampshire, and
Vermont. Also common to Europe and Asia.

In addition to the mosses listed above there are a number of new
stations for species which have heretofore been known from but one
or two localities. These are as follows: Fissidens bryoides forma
inconstans Schimp., Farmington (Miss Lorenz); Encalypta ciliata,
Salisbury (A. W. Evans); Schwetschkeopsis denticulata, Colebrook
(G. E. N.); Myurella julacea, Salisbury (Miss Lorenz); Thuidium
abietinum, Canaan (G. E. N.); Brachythecium acuminatum and
Amblystegium vacillans, Salisbury (G. E. N.). Anacamptodon splach-
noides may also be recorded from two more towns, Colebrook and
North Branford (G. E. N.). At the present writing 309 species of
mosses are known to occur within the limits of the state. Three spe-
cies have been dropped from the list and thirty have been added dur-
ing the last four years. During the same time the number of hepatics
has been increased from 107 to 128, thus making a total at this time
of 437 bryophytes in Connecticut.

In conclusion attention is called to a number of errors which have
been noted in the Bryophytes of Connecticut. P. 101, Dicranum
fulvum Hook. should read D. montanum Hedw.; synonym should
be omitted !: p. 109, in the key to species of Tortula the characters
should be interchanged to read as follows: T. montana — midrib
excurrent into a long toothed hair-point; T. muralis — midrib ex-
current into a long smooth hair-point. P. 111, in the key to species
of Grimmia the characters of the leaf-cells in G. conferta and G. apo-
carpa have been exactly transposed. Also, the Stafford station for
Polytrichum alpinum, reported in the last series of Notes?, must be
omitted; the mistake was due to a confusion of labels.

YALE UNIVERSITY.

1 Already noted by Howe: TUTON $: 37.. 1909.
2 Ruopora 18:46. 1911.

1912] Sherman,— Morels in October in Massachusetts 53

MORELS IN OCTOBER IN MASSACHUSETTS.

JuLIA WINGATE SHERMAN.

Prizinc mushrooms for their esculent qualities and having the
mushroom hunger upon me, I went out the first of October to gather
some Tricholoma personatum.

After having filled a large paper bag with that species and about
a quart of Marasmius oreades — which has been conspicuously
abundant the past season — I started for home well satisfied with my
luck, looking forward to the enjoyment of these delicacies. As I
was passing some recently turned soil where a granolithic sidewalk
had been made, my attention was arrested by some morels growing
at my feet. I picked about a dozen of varying size and shape.

When I reached home I attempted to look them up. I could find
no records of morels being found in the autumn, nor could I find any
description of a species which agreed perfectly with the specimens
found. I put the morels in a white enamel plate to dry near the gas
range. They gave off spores freely. These were of a rich pinkish
yellow, apricot, I think it would be called.

At short intervals during the month I visited the locality where
the morels grew. I found in all about seventy-five. 'The last were
picked October 28th. Although I looked for them several times
later none were found.

While I was inclined to think they were a form of Morchella conica,
I could not completely identify them with that species owing to their
manner of growth and to other peculiarities, for only the smaller
ones were conical As they increased in size the growth became
lateral in cap and stem. About fifty per cent had an opening in the
apex about a quarter of an inch in diameter.

They varied in size from the smaller conical ones, about the size
of a lady's little finger, to the large broad ones, about twice the size
of a hen's egg. The color of the pits, in fresh specimens, was smoky
and dark; in some nearly elephant gray. The edges of the ridges
between the pits were white or creamy, forming a beautiful contrast
of color. The stem was larger at the base than at the top, which
was wrinkled and brownish and rather squamulose or scurfy. Inside
the morel was creamy white.

Ur pm

54 Rhodora [Marcu

The location of these morels was peculiar. Many were growing
on or near rocks.’ Only the small amount of clayey subsoil, which
had adhered to the rocks, on their being thrown aside, made their
growth possible. One large specimen was growing from the side of a
square paving stone of granite. This clayey subsoil had been thrown
under an elm tree by workmen who had recently completed the side-
walk mentioned. All the morels were found in a space of about
fifteen square feet.

Specimens which I sent to Dr. Charles H. Peck of Albany, New
York, for examination proved to be the first living morels he had ever
seen in October. He found the spores from dried specimens to agree
well with those of M. conica, although a few ran up to 32 X 20 u in
size.

The specimens ran smaller than typical M. conica and the scurf
on the stem was darker colored. "The color of the hymenium and the
whitening of the edges of the ridges, the lateral growth and the
tendency of all the larger ones to depart from the conical form, and the
opening of the apex have led Dr. Peck to consider this plant a distinct
variety, of which a description may be looked for in his next report.
Hereafter, then, it will do no harm to look for morels in the fall.

Dr. Peck writes: “I have not before known of a morel appearing
in autumn, and it may be an interesting question whether this should
be considered a belated early summer form, or an extraordinary pre-
cocious spring form or an autumnal form pure and simple. If it
never appears except in autumn I think it should be deemed worthy
of specific distinction instead of varietal. Further observations must
settle this.”

ROSLINDALE, MASSACHUSETTS.

[Specimens of this collection are in the herbarium of the Boston Mycological
Club.]

SOLIDAGO CALCICOLA IN VERMONT.
GEORGE L. Krnk.

Ware botanizing on Mount Killington in September, 1910, in
company with Harold G. Rugg of Hanover, N. H., and D. Lewis
Dutton of Brandon, Vt., I found growing in an open spot by the road-

1912] Fernald,— Two Rare Junci of eastern Massachusetts — 55

side leading to the old hotel at about 3700 feet elevation a goldenrod
which attracted my attention from some distance because, unlike the
other large-headed species which was growing ia abundance all
about (S. macrophylla), its inflorescence consisted of close spike-like
racemes and it grew in a clump of considerable size. It was so late in
the season that the material obtained was poor and the plant could not
be determined satisfactorily but when some better specimens from the
same station were sent to Prof. M. L. Fernald in 1911 he pronounced
the plant to be Solidago. calcicola Fernald. This is a new goldenrod
for Vermont and a considerable extension of the range of this plant,
which has heretofore been found within the limits of the United States
only in northern Maine, having been collected elsewhere only in
Gaspé county, P. Q. The Vermont material was taken a quarter
of a mile below the rocky cone of Killington peak.

In gathering data for a revision of the Vermont Flora published
in 1900 by Brainerd, Jones and Eggleston the writer has received the
past season the following records of plants collected that are new to
this state: Bromus altissimus Pursh and B. incanus (Shear) Hitchc.,
in Pownal, R. W. Woodward; Carex Bicknellii Britton, in Leicester,
Woodward; Muhlenbergia foliosa Trin. and Leptoloma | cognatum
(Schultes) Chase, in Townshend, L. A. Wheeler; Elymus australis
Scrib. & Ball, in Jamaica, Wheeler; Molinia caerulea Moench and
Polygonum tomentosum Schrank., in Rutland, Kirk; Scirpus Smithir
Gray, var. sctosus Fernald, in Brandon, Kirk; Sisyrinchium mucrona-
tum Michx., in Hartland, J. G. Underwood; Oenothera pratensis
(Small) Robinson, in Hartland, Miss Nancy Darling; Mimulus
Langsdorfii Donn., in Reading, Whiting; Epilobium palustre L., in
Franklin, Underwood; Aster puniceus L., var. lucidus Gray, in
Brandon, Dutton.

RUTLAND, VERMONT.

Two RARE JUNCI OF EASTERN MaSSACHUSETTS.— In May, 1910,
when the Committee on Local Flora published their records for the
Juncaceae (Ruopora, xii. 95-99), only one station each was known
in eastern Massachusetts for Juncus brachycarpus and J. effusus, var.
decipiens — the former at Scituate, the latter at Ipswich. Since
these plants are so extremely local, not only in Massachusetts but in
all New England, it is worth recording that in the Charles W. Swan

56 Rhodora [MARCH

herbarium at Yale University there is a specimen of J. brachycarpus
collected by Dr. Swan in “ West Boston,” May 15, 1884, and a sheet
of J. effusus, var. decipiens collected by Dr. Swan at East Gloucester.—
M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

LINUM CATHARTICUM IN MaiNE.— As I was lately revising my
specimens of the genus Linum in my herbarium, I was surprised and
pleased to come across a sheet of four fruiting specimens of the
European Fairy Flax, Linum catharticum L., from “The Basin,”
Vinalhaven, Maine, collected by Mr. William W. Dodge, September 1,
1894. This is the first record for New England, but the Fairy Flax
has been found at three stations in British America. Prof. John
Macoun has reported it (Cat. Can. Pl., i. 501, 1886) “on waste ground
along the seashore at Pictou, N. S.” and Prof. M. L. Fernald has
discussed and recorded it (RHopoRA, v. 119, 1903) from Sydney,
Cape Breton, and also (Ruopora, xiii. 116, 1911) as growing along
the railway at Birchy Cove on the western coast of Newfoundland.
Vinalhaven is an island at the mouth of Penobscot Bay and is 300
miles in a straight line from Pictou, the nearest recorded station for
the species. Doubtless the plant occurs at other stations along the
coast.— WALTER DEANE, Cambridge, Massachusetts. :

ASTRAGALUS CONTORTUPLICATUS ON WooL-wasTE.— In June, 1911,
on the J. V. Fletcher farm in Westford, Massachusetts, where wool-
waste is used as a fertlizier, I found growing with Thlaspi arvense,
Sisymbrium Sophia, and Dracocephalum thymiflorum (see Rnopona,
xii. 212) one plant of a Milk Vetch, which with the help of the Gray
Herbarium has been named as: “ Astragalus contortuplicatus, a native
of eastern Europe, Siberia and Northern India. No American record
is found of this species."— Emity F. FLETCHER, Westford, Massachu-
setts.

Vol. 14, no. 158, including pages 25 to 40, was issued 1 February, 1912.

TRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 14. April, 1912. No. 160

THE BOTANICAL AND OTHER PAPERS OF THE WILKES
EXPLORING EXPEDITION.

FRANK S. COLLINS.

THE United States Exploring Expedition under the command of
Charles Wilkes, U. S. N., started in 1838 and continued until 1842;
the scientific results of the expedition were published in a series of
volumes, the first in 1846, the last in 1874. In 1862 separates of the
text and plates referring to the lower cryptogams are said to have been
issued, with some plates representing phaenogams; the text for the
former beginning with page 113; the text belonging to the latter,
beginning with page 205, did not appear until 1874, when all were
issued together as Vol. XVII, the title page bearing the double date
1862, 1874. In looking up the original descriptions of some species
of algae published here, I found that the references to them by later
authors were frequently erroneous, and I thought a note giving the
correct references might be of use. While getting together the data.
for this I came upon some rather interesting facts in regard to other
papers issued in the series, and my note has been gradually extended
beyond the original plan. I will first give the results of my investi-
gation as far as the algae are concerned, afterward and more concisely
what I have found of interest as regards the rest of the series.

The work seems to be little known to writers on algae; it is not
included in any of the bibliographies of De Toni, Sylloge Algarum,
with the exception of a reference in Vol. I, p. IX, to the Diatomaceae,
which occupy only 9 pages of the work; the reference is to Vol. VIII
of the series, which is incorrect. In the very full synonymy and

58 Rhodora [APRIL

lists of species inquirendae given by Bornet & Flahault! no reference
is made to Nostoc expansum, described and figured in the Wilkes paper,
p. 164, Pl. VI, figs. 1 & 2 Mme Weber-van Bosse,’ however, cites
the work, as do the Gepps,* but as will be seen later, the citations in
both these cases must be revised.

Page 153 is the subtitle for the algae, and reads "Algae. By
Jacob Whitman Bailey and William Henry Harvey,” but whenever in
the following pages the two names are given as Joint authors of a
species, the order, except among the diatoms, is reversed, being Harvey
and Bailey,* which as will be seen later, is the correct form.

There is seldom anything to show whether a name appears here for
the first time, either as a new species or as a new combination. A
Latin diagnosis is sometimes given for a species attributed to some
other author, without any citation; for instance Gymnogongrus
vermicularis J. Ag.; on p. 164. Few synonyms are given, and in
some instances they are printed exactly as independent species; for
instance Fucus vermicularis Turn., on p. 164. Errors in spelling occur,
like Ectocarpus namulosus for E. hamulosus on Plate VII. All these
things tend to confuse the writer who wishes to cite from this work,
but they are only the beginning of his troubles. One genus and four
species, which have the appearance of being here published, had al-
ready been mentioned, with sufficient description, by Harvey; the
genus Chlorodesmis in 1858, Dasya plumosa* Rhodymenia Wilkesii,
Gigartina mollis,’ G. exasperata? No reference is made in the
Wilkes paper to any of these earlier publications, with the exception
of Rhodymenia Wilkesii, where we have in the text, p. 162, “A very

1 Bornet & Flahault, Revision des Nostocacées Heterocystées, Ann. Sci. Nat.,
Ser. 7, Bot., Vol. VII, p. 177, 1888.

2 A. Weber-Van Bosse, Monographie des Caulerpes, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg,
Vol. XV, p. 243, 1898.

3A. & E. S. Gepp, The Codiaceae of the Siboga Expedition; Siboga-Expeditie,
Monogr. LXII, Leiden, 1911.

4The order ‘‘Bailey and Harvey” on the title, while the following species are
"Harvey and Bailey," seems mere carelessness, but a possible explanation was sug-
gested to me by an advertisement of a Philadelphia publishing house of a second edi-
tion of the narrative, Vols. I-V of the government issue. *'' Everything about this
work wil be STRICTLY AMERICAN...." It may have occurred to some one
that it would not be STRICTLY AMERICAN to put the name of Prof. Harvey
of Dublin before that of Prof. Bailey of West Point.

5 W. H. Harvey, Nereis Boreali-Americana, part 3, p. 29.

* W. H. Harvey, l. c., part 2, p. 66, 1853.

7 W. H. Harvey, l. c., part 2, p. 147.

8 W. H. Harvey, l. c., part 2, p. 175.

sW. H. Harvey, |. c., part 2, p. 177. d

,

1912] Collins,— Papers of Wilkes Exploring Expedition 59

fine species, quite unlike any of the genus hitherto described.” and a
footnote, p. 161, * For the reasons given in the Nereis Boreali-Ameri-
cana, 2, p. 147, the name of this species must be changed to Rhody-
menia pertusa, J. Ag., Sp. Alg. 2, p. 376. W. H. H.” Chlorodesmis
is characterized as “Nov. Gen.," p. 172, but on p. 173 we find “[A
second reputed species of this genus is described and figured in
Harvey, Ner. Bor. Amer. 3, p. 30-40, but that may possibly be a
Derbesia. W. H. H.J”

That these things should be published as new in 1862, with refer-
ences to earlier descriptions in 1853 and 1858, is not the worst; the
one genus and four species mentioned above, with another genus
Notheia, and twelve other species in the Wilkes paper of 1862, were all
properly published by Harvey and Bailey in 1851!! The species
in question are, in addition to those already mentioned, Notheia
anomala, Nostoc expansum, Ectocarpus hamulosus, Chondrus uncialis,
Gracilaria filiformis, Gymnogongrus ? dendroides, Gelidium unilaterale,
Liagora hirta, Caulerpa falcifolia, C. Pickeringii, Dictyota bidentata
and Chlorodesmis comosa. The seventeenth species of the 1851 list
is Hypriea (probably a misprint for Hypnea) Coulteri, which does not
appear in the 1862 work. There is no mention whatever of this
earlier paper in the later work, while in the Nereis, under Rhodymenia
pertusa we find the synonym “Rhodymenia Wilkesii Bail. & Harv.
in Bot. Expl. Exped. cum Icone, ined.," and under Chlorodesmis
the remark “ The genus Chlorodesmis was founded by the late lamented
Professor Bailey and myself on an alga brought by Captain Wilkes
from the Feejee Islands.”

It is not difficult to understand why the Harvey and Bailey paper
of 1851 has been forgotten. It is possible that a careful search would
find authors who mention it, but the only instances in algological
papers that have come to my notice are Setchell & Gardner,? and
Tilden? But the unfortunate fate that has pursued the Wilkes algae
from the start seems to have extended to both of these references;
Setchell & Gardner include both the 1851 and the 1862 papers in their

! W. H. Harvey & J. W. Bailey, Description of seventeen new species of algae col-
lected by the U. S. Exploring Expedition, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. III,
p. 371.

? W. A. Setchell & N. L. Gardner, Algae of Northwestern America, Univ. of Cali-
fornia Publications, Bot., Vol. I, p. 165, 1903.

3 Josephine E. Tilden, A contribution to the bibliography of American algae,
Minnesota Botanical Studies, Vol. I, No. XXIII, p. 295, 1895.

60 Rhodora [APRIL

remarkably accurate list of works referred to, but the 1862 paper is
said to be in Vol. XIII, not XVII, of the Wilkes Expedition reports.
This is probably a misprint, but, as will be seen later, some of the
memoirs of this series may be found in different copies with different
title pages, and there may have been an error in the volume number
in this case. Unfortunately, the question cannot now be settled, as
the copy used was destroyed in the San Francisco fire.

Miss Tilden makes no reference to the 1862 paper, and omits
Bailey as joint author of the 1851 paper, placing it under W. H.
Harvey only; and the date is vaguely given as 1848-1851.

With our present recognition of the necessity of accuracy in matters
of publication and citation, such baffling and misleading work would
be little short of criminal. Even after making allowance for the looser
treatment prevailing fifty years ago, it is difficult to understand it.
The two genera in question have been subjects of considerable study
and discussion, and the fact that a date of publication later than the
true one has been assigned to them might have had serious results in
nomenclature. De Toni’s Sylloge is the index to which one naturally
first refers when looking up matters of this kind. In Vol. I, p. 439,
1889, we find “ Chlorodesmis Bail. et Harv. [1858] in Harv. Ner. bor.
Am. III, p. 29." In Vol. III, p. 224, 1895, “ Notheia Bail. et Harv.
[1855] in Hook. Fl. of New Zeal. II, p. 215 et Botany of Wilke's
Expedition (ined.)" These should now read Harvey & Bailey
[1851] in Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. III, p. 371 & p. 373.

It may be of interest to note that specimens of many of the species,
some of them evidently the individuals from which the plates were
drawn, are in the herbarium of Brown University, Providence, Rhode
Island, where Professor W. W. Bailey, son of J. W. Bailey, was for
many years at the head of the department of botany.

When we look up the history of the whole work, the element of
uncertainty and inconsistency that we found as to the paper on algae
is still noticeable. "The Act of Congress authorizing the work, under
date of Aug. 26, 1846, provides for a series of volumes similar to those
of the Voyage of the Astrolabe, to be issued in 100 copies, and dis-
tributed as follows: — one copy each to Captains Wilkes, Hudson
and Ringgold, one to the Library of Congress, one to the Naval
Lyceum at Brooklyn, one to each State of the Union, one to each
friendly foreign power, and one additional copy each to France and
Great Britain. The number of states increased during the period

1912] Collins,— Papers of Wilkes Exploring Expedition 61

from 1846 to 1874; whether the number of friendly foreign powers
increased or decreased during this time, I have no idea; in any case
the number available for general distribution must have been ex-
ceedingly small. In a communication from the Librarian of Congress,
whose kindness in furnishing me important data in regard to the
matter I gratefully acknowledge, is a statement which incidentally
shows what might have been thus available, and at the same time
shows that probably none were really available. A fire at Washing-
ton, April 11, 1856, destroyed about 21 copies of 18 of the volumes
then in print, and of those destroyed only the narrative volumes
and Vols. VI-VIII of the memoirs were replaced by a new impression.
Probably none of the copies authorized by Congress ever reached the
general public.

The General Catalogue of Government Publications by B. P. Poore,
issued in 1885, at page 500 has a list of the volumes, but the fatality
that seems to attach to the whole business extends to this also, and
it is incorrect in at least one particular, so that I shall give instead
the list made out for me by the Chief Bibliographer of the Library
of Congress, adding the author's names, which were given in only a
few instances in the list. Vols. I to V, with an atlas, contain the
narrative of the expedition, were issued in 1844, and need not be here
considered. They seem, however, to have attracted interest, and
several editions, some in smaller and less expensive form, were issued
soon after by publishing houses.

VI. Philology, Horatio Hale, 1846.

VII. Zoophytes, James D. Dana, 1846, with Atlas, 1849.

VIII. Mammalogy and Ornithology, John Cassin, 1858, with
Atlas of same date.

IX. Races of Man and their Geographical Distribution, Charles
Pickering, 1848.

X. Geology, James D. Dana, 1849, with Atlas, undated.

XI. Meteorology, Charles Wilkes, 1851.

XII. Mollusca and Shells, Augustus A. Gould, 1852, with Atlas,
1856.

XIII. Crustacea, Part 1, James D. Dana, 1852.

XIV. Crustacea, Part 2, James D. Dana, 1853, with Atlas, 1855.

XV. Botany, Part 1, Asa Gray, 1854, with Atlas, 1856.

XVI. Botany, Cryptogamia, William D. Brackenridge, 1854, with
Atlas, 1855.

62 Rhodora [APRIL

XVII. Botany (author’s name not on title), 1862-1874, with
Atlas, no title page.

XVIII. Botany, never published.

XIX. Geographical Distribution of Animals and Plants, Charles
Pickering. In signatures, Boston, 1854.

XX. Herpetology, Charles Girard, 1858, with Atlas, same date.

XXI & XXII, Ichthyology, never published. *

XXIII. Hydrography, Charles Wilkes, 1861, with two Atlas
volumes, both 1858.

XXIV. Physics, never published.

This is the list of what we may call the official set, the 100 copies
authorized by Congress; the volumes are sumptuously bound in full
morocco, with elaborate ornaments stamped in gilt, eagles, sunbursts
etc. The Massachusetts set can be seen in the State Library in the
State House in Boston; it has all the volumes issued with the excep-
tion of Vols. XVII & XIX. The printed catalogs of the State Li-
braries of Ohio and California show very nearly the same, and the
Rhode Island set, deposited with the Rhode Island Historical Society,
is similar. I have not looked up other state sets, but it may fairly
be assumed that they are nearly the same.

Soon after the work was authorized by Congress, protests came in
from scientific and other societies against the limitation of the edition,
providing no copies whatever for institutions or the public.! These
were referred to the Joint Committee on the Library of Congress,
which reported? recommending 400 additional copies, 285 to be
distributed to institutions in the country, the remainder to be sold
to the public. Congress ‘ordered 5000 copies of this report to be
printed, and then paid no further attention to it. Somewhat grudg-
ingly, authors were permitted to have additional copies printed at
their own expense, and this was taken advantage of to a varying
extent by different authors; copies so issued are what one finds in
various public and scientific libraries. When not rebound, they are
in the ordinary black cloth of government publications of the period.
Of Vol. VI there appear to have been printed 150 such copies, the
responsibility being taken by the firm of Lea & Blanchard of Phila-
delphia. I do not think that over 100 copies were printed in this way
of any other volume, and of some the number was less; in one or two

1 See Cong. Doc., Vol. 476, No. 327; Vol. 533, No. 57 etc.
? Cong. Doc., Vol. 477, No. 405.

1912] Collins,—Papers of Wilkes Exploring Expedition 63

instances I cannot find that any extra copies were printed at all. The
volumes of the official edition had no publisher's name on the title
page, but only “Printed by C. Sherman, Philadelphia " or a similar
form. Some of the copies of the publie edition are the same, but
others have various imprints. In most but not in all cases, the reverse
of the title has “ Printed by C. Sherman” or some form similar. These
volumes were generally placed by the authors in the hands of some
publisher, whose name appears on the title; sometimes the work was
transferred from one publisher to another, and another title used.
Being sold individually, volume numbers were often omitted, which
was not unnatural, but it is not so easy to understand why in some
cases a different volume number from that of the official edition
should be used.

I have drawn up a list of these variations from the official set, in
the copies I have examined in the libraries of Boston and Cambridge;
it is probable that copies in other places will show additional varia-
tions. For the convenience of any one who may wish to inspect any
particular form, I use initials to indicate the library, as follows:—
BPL, Boston Public Library. NH, Boston Society of Natural
History. BA, Boston Athenaeum. GH, Gray Herbarium. MHS,
Massachusetts Horticultural Society. MCZ, Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology.

Vol. VI. No volume number on title or back; BA, BPL. No
volume number on title, Vol. VII on back; BPL, Barton Library.

Vol. VII. No volume number on title, Vol. VIII on back, Phila-
delphia, Lea & Blanchard, 1848; BPL, NH. The BPL copy has a
slip bound in before the false title, dated December, 1847, and an-
nouncing the atlas, to be ready in the course of 1848.

Atlas to Vol. VII. Philadelphia, C. Sherman, Printer, 1849; BPL.
Philadelphia, Lea & Blanchard, 1846; MCZ. Philadelphia, Lea &
Blanchard, 1849; NH, BPL, Barton Library.

Vol. VIII. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott & Co., 1858, no vol-
ume number on title or back; NH. Two title pages, J. B. Lippin-
cott & Co. on first, Vol. VIII; second title with no volume number,
1858, no volume number on back; BPL, MCZ.

Atlas to Vol. VIII. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott & Co., 1858;
NH, BA, BPL, MCZ.

Vol. IX. Boston, Charles C. Little and James Brown, 1848; NH.
Boston, Charles C. Little & James Brown. London, John Murray;
50 Albemarle St., 1858; BPL, two copies.

64 Rhodora [APRIL

Vol. X. No date on title, no volume number on title or back,
New York, G. P. Putnam; BA. No date on title, no volume num-
ber on title or back, New York, G. P. Putnam, 155 Broadway;
London, Putnam’s American Agency, 49 Bow Lane, Cheapside;
MCZ.

Atlas to Vol. X. No date or volume number. New York, G. P.
Putnam; BA. No date or volume number, New York, G. P. Putnam,
155 Broadway; London, Putnam’s American Agency, 49 Bow Lane,
Cheapside; BPL.

Vol. XI. Introduction, pp. (V)-LVIII, 25 diagrams. A printed
slip is bound in at the title, signed “The author,” stating that a few
copies were printed for his friends; MCZ. I cannot find that the
text of this volume was issued in other than the official set.

Vol. XII. Boston, Gould & Lincoln, 1852; BA, BPL. Boston,
Gould & Lincoln, 1852, with 10 pages (*500-*509) “ Addenda et Cor-
rigenda” with date of May 20, 1854, bound in after the index, which
ends with p. 510; original binding; N.H. The Massachusetts official
copy and the Barton copy in BPL are like the BA copy, and have
the additional 10 pages as a separate pamphlet.

Vol. XIII. Vol. XIII, part 1 on back, BPL, MCZ.

Vol. XIV. Title Vol. XIII, part 2, 1852; NH. Title and back,
Vol. XIII, part 2, 1852; BPL, MCZ.

Atlas to Vols. XIII & XIV. NH, MCZ, BPL 2 copies, all like
official.

Vol. XV. No volume number, New York, G. P. Putnam & Co.;
BA, NH. No volume number, Philadelphia, printed by C. Sherman;
GH. Vol. 14 on back, New York, G. P. Putnam & Co.; BPL.

Atlas to Vol. XV. No volume number, New York, G. P. Putnam
& Co., Publishers, 1857; NH, GH, BPL, 2 copies.

Vol. XVI and Atlas. GH, BPL, like official.

Vol. XX. No volume number on title or back, Philadelphia, J. B.
Lippincott & Co.; NH, BPL. The official copy has on the title
“Prepared under the superintendence of S. F. Baird" which does not
appear on the NH and BPL copies.

Atlas to Vol. XX. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott & Co.; NH, BA,
BPL.

Of Vol. XXII and its two atlas volumes I have seen only the official
copy.

The government catalog gives Vol. VIII by Cassin, but there was

1912] Collins,— Papers of Wilkes Exploring Expedition 65

an earlier Vol. VIII by Titian R. Peale. The official set bas this as
Vol. VIII, part 1, the Cassin volume being part 2. Peale was with
the expedition in charge of the department of Birds and Mammals,
and on his return prepared the plates and wrote the volumes of text.
This was printed and distributed to the states and presumably to the
foreign powers. Wilkes, who had taken on the superintendence of the
publications, was dissatisfied with Peale’s work, and arranged with
Cassin to prepare a new volume in place of it. The copies which had
been distributed were not recalled, but all remaining copies appear to
have been destroyed, including the copy of the Library of Congress,
which lacks this volume. I cannot find that any author's copies were
printed, and it must be considered one of the rarest of scientific works.
Some good ornithologists, to whom I wrote inquiring about it, had
never heard of it. Two ornithologists, both of high authority, knew
it; one writes me that the 100 or more new species described in it were
properly reduced by Cassin to about 30; the other writes me that
Cassin severely condemned Peale’s descriptions, but modern ornithol-
ogists consider Cassin’s descriptions little better.

The rarest of the botanical works is probably the Atlas to Vol. XVII,
Ferns etc. by Brackenridge, but the reason for this rarity I do not
know. Vol. XV, Phanerogamia, is sometimes found without the Atlas,
and vice versa. Sabin,! states that by some mistake a large part of
the edition of the plates was sold at auction, unbound, without the
text. I can find no details as to this, but one copy of the Atlas in
the Boston Public Library was presented by Leonard & Co., January
5, 1858. Leonard & Co. were leading book auctioneers in Boston for
many years, and may have made the sale referred to.

To explain the non-publication of Vols. XVIII, XXI, XXII and
XXIV would take much space and would bring up interesting but not
specially edifying stories of inefficiency, extravagance and plunder,
which when compared with present conditions, indicate that the
standards jn such matters are higher now than in the days of the
fathers. At the time the publication was authorized there was no
National Museum, no Smithsonian Institution, practically no organ
that could deal with scientific matters; Congress, probably with a
vague feeling that literature had something to do with science, and

1 Books relating to America, Vol. VII, p. 395.
2 Details of dissensions following the expedition, and reports on manner of pub-
lishing will be found in Cong. Doc., Vol. 494, No. 47, Vol. 495, No. 217, Vol. 994,

No. 391 and Vol. 1667, No. 60.

66 Rhodora [APRIL

that a library had something to do with literature, put the matter in
charge of the Joint Committee on the Library of Congress, with which
it remained from 1852 to 1874, the date of the last issue. The com-
mittee, its membership continually changing, left the whole matter
practically in the charge of Wilkes, who dealt with authors and printers
much as he was accustomed to do with sailors and marines. The
qualities that made him an excellent commander of an exploring
expedition, accomplishing a work of lasting credit to the navy and
the nation! were not suited to estimating the value of scientific
memoirs. We have already seen how Peale’s memoir was treated by
him. . William Rich, the botanist of the expedition,” prepared a volume
on botany, which was never printed; Louis Agassiz two volumes on
ichthyology, Gray a second volume on botany; the manuscripts of
these are probably somewhere in Washington; but of course the long
time since they were written would make their publication out of the
question now. The Library of Congress claims to have a volume,
without title, of the plates prepared for Agassiz’s memoir. If printed
at all, no doubt the 100 copies were printed, but the Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Agassiz’s own Museum, knows nothing of
them.?

There is no evidence of anything dishonest on the part of Wilkes
himself but the report of the Library Committee in 18764 shows that
the greater part of the money appropriated, about $350,000.00 in all,
had gone for “superintendents,” the amounts for the work itself
being in some years absurdly small. The disgust of Congress at these

1 Dana, who had plenty of reasons to be dissatisfled with him as regards the publi-
cation, calls him ‘‘An excellent officer"; * Perhaps no better could have been found
in the navy at that time." For a very good account of the voyage from a scientist's
point of view, as well as of the curiously annoying restrictions Wilkes attempted to
impose on the authors of the memoirs, see The Life of James Dwight Dana, Scientific
Explorer, Mineralogists, Geologist, Zoologist, Professor in Yale University, by
Daniel C. Gilman, President of Johns Hopkins University. New York & London,
Harper & Bros., 1899. An indication of the change of conditions in the past 60 years
is shown by Dana's comment on the one particular restriction that seems to have
made him lose his temper, the ruling that the work should be done at Washington.
* The absurdity of writing a scientific memoir in a city without books!”

?'The botanist of the expedition was to have been Dr. Gray, who was regularly
appointed and drew advance pay. For some reason he decided not to go. Interest-
ing letters in regard to this are included in the volume of letters by Jane Loring Gray,
Boston, 1893.

3 The payments to the authors were liberal; according to the report of the Library
Committee, Cong. Doc., Vol. 994, No. 391, such payments on the rejected or neglected
volumes were Rich, $4,560.00; Gray, $3,000.00; Agassiz, $5,916.66.

4 Cong. Doc., Vol. 1667, No. 60.

1912] Collins,— Papers on Wilkes Exploring Expedition 67

revelations led to an immediate stoppage of the work, without regard
to the memoirs ready and waiting. The money sufficient to publish
them bad been appropriated over and over again but had been squan-
dered.

My interest in the matter began with some references to Vol.
XVII, and this volume deserves still further notice. Its fate was
in some ways the most peculiar of all. This volume was intended to
include the cellular cryptogams, as well as the phanerogams of the
Pacific coast of the United States, the latter part having been assigned
to Dr. John Torrey. His report was ready in 1861, but had not been
published at the time of his death. Dr. Asa Gray added some notes,
and in a short preface dated Washington, April 15, 1873, explained
his relation to Dr. Torrey’s work, and to some extent the circumstances
of the twelve years delay since it was written. The lichens by Tucker-
man, pp. 113-152, Algae by Bailey & Harvey, pp. 153-191, Fungi
by M. A. Curtis & M. J. Berkeley, pp. 193-203, and the Torrey-Gray
section, pp. 305-514, were issued in 1874, the title page bearing the
double date 1862-1874. A note states that pp. 113-203 with the
plates belonging to them and also the 17 plates of the Torrey-Gray
section, were printed in 1862, and a small number of copies distributed.
I have never seen one of these copies, nor has any of my botanical
friends, and I have not found them mentioned in any catalog. Pp. 1-
112 were assigned to the Musci, by W. S. Sullivant, but he apparently
became tired of waiting for their publication by the government, and
in 1859 issued an imperial folio atlas of 26 plates with 32 pages of text,
corresponding to the missing pp. 1-112 of Vol. XVII. "There is a
copy of this at the Gray Herbarium. All the copies I have seen of
Vol. XVII appear to be of the public or author's edition, the Gray
Herbarium had the supply of these and of the Sullivant folio, but I
believe they are now all sold. Some copies have the plates in a
separate atlas volume, the same as the plates of the other memoirs
in the series; more commonly the plates are folded, mounted on
guards and bound with the text. No complete copy of the volume,
with pp. 1-514, has been seen by me, but Dr. H. H. Bartlett was so
kind as to look up at my request the copy in the Library of Congress;
he reports it as complete, with a title page dated 1874, giving full
statement of the contents; it has the full morocco binding of the
official set. It is evident then that the whole volume was officially
printed, but it was never distributed to the states, nor presumably

68 | Rhodora [APRIL

to the foreign powers. It is to be hoped that some one with influence
enough to overcome the official inertia will have the missing ninety
and nine brought forth from their hiding, and sent to their destina-
tions.

As to Vol. XIX, the other one missing in the Massachusetts set,
all the copies I have seen are of the public issue, and bear different
publishers names, though all printed by C. Sherman. It is not likely
that Sherman printed copies for the author but not for the government;
probably the 100 copies of this volume might be unearthed in Washing-
ton by one who had time and energy for the work.!

The insufficient supply of these memoirs has been reduced below
the original amount by fires, the loss in this way having been unusually
heavy. I have already referred to the fire at Washington. There
were losses in two fires at Philadelphia near that time, so that the
official edition of most of the memoirs was reduced to about 70.
Dana’s volume on zoophytes was an exceptional sufferer; the original
colored drawings were lost in one of the Philadelphia fires; most of
the type specimens in the Chicago fire; and at two times, a fire at
New Haven destroyed some of his own extra copies, the second fire
taking all that was left. In ascertaining whether any other states
had sets like that of Massachusetts, I have written to the State
Librarians of Rhode Island, New York and Minnesota; of these the
last two report that they had sets, but that they had been destroyed
in conflagrations. It is not likely that the proportion is the same
among the other states; but one cannot tell what a thorough round-up
might show.

MALDEN, MASSACHUSETTS.

1 In this connection see Cong. Doc. Vo l. 994, No. 391, Report of the Committee on
the Library on progress of publication. Under date of March 2, 1859, they say of
Vol. XIX, ms. ready; maps made. The Boston Public Library copy has the signa-
ture of Theodore Parker with the date March 2, 1854. Other copies have title pages
with dates varying from 1854 to 1863.

1912] Fernald,— An Early Collection of Salix balsamifera 69

AN EARLY COLLECTION OF SALIX BALSAMIFERA.

M. L. FERNALD.

On referring to the discussion of Salix balsamifera Barratt in Sar-
gent’s Silva, the writer recently noticed a statement which, by frequent
repetition, has come to be strongly associated with the history of our
knowledge of this unique species. The statement referred to:—
“Salix balsamifera was first collected by Mr. Henry Little in August,
1823, on the bank of the Ammonoosuc River among the White Moun-
tains of New Hampshire" !— originated with the late M. S. Bebb
in 1879. At that time Bebb called attention? to Mr. Little's speci-
men preserved in the herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia; but, although the type material of the species which
is botanically of the greatest importance was gollected by Sir John
Richardson from "Lake Winnipeg and the Saskatchawan," ? Mr.
Little's earlier and long-overlooked collection of S. balsamifera has
received such unusual prominence in the past third of a century
as "the oldest herbarium specimen extant” £ of the species that it is
appropriate, for the sake of historical accuracy, to record a still earlier
collection of this willow. And, just as the Little specimen of S.
balsamifera lay in a public herbarium unrecognized and unrecorded
for more than half a century, it is perhaps noteworthy that the earlier-
discovered but heretofore unrecorded specimen was collected 120
years ago and until 1903 lay apparently unnoticed (at least unde-
termined) in the herbarium of the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle at
Paris.

In 1903 while examining the plants in the Michaux Herbarium the
writer was interested to find this sheet of very characteristic foliage
of Salix balsamifera bearing in Michaux’s hand the label: “dans les
marais de Batiscan.” The species, presumably because represented

1 Sargent, Silva, xiv. 64 (1902).

2 Bebb, Bot. Gaz. iv. 190 (1879).

* Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 149 (1839).

+" Here we have, I doubt not, the oldest herbarium specimen extant of S. balsami-
fera"— Bebb, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xv. 122 (1888). “It was first discovered more
than half a century ago among the White Mountains of New Hampshire''— J.,
Garden and Forest, i. 246 (1888). ‘‘ This fragmentary specimen he [Bebb] recognized
as Salix balsamifera and realized that it was the earliest collection of the species.’’—
Sargent, Garden and Forest, vi. 28 (1893).

70 Rhodora [APRIL

only by foliage, was not described in Michaux’s Flora Boreali- Ameri-
cana, and in the herbarium the sheet had been left among the unnamed
specimens following those which formed the basis for the F lora.
The label, “in the bogs of Batiscan," gives the desired clue to the date
of collection, for on the 14th of July, 1792, Michaux botanized in the
bogs at Batiscan (in Champlain Co., Quebec) and there collected
some very characteristic bog plants. His journal of that date reads:
“Le 14 herborisé a 8 li. de distance des Trois Riv. dit Batiscan; plus
bas Andromeda polifolia, Kalmia glauca, angustifolia; Azalea glauca
[?, Ledum palustre [groenlandicum], Comarum...."'! Whether
or not Michaux's material of Salix balsamifera gathered in 1792 is
the earliest collection of the species, which is not improbable (although
this willow is common in eastern Newfoundland and various regions
of eastern Canada whence early collections of plants were carried to
Europe), it is obvious that his material was collected thirty-one years
earlier than Little's specimen from the White Mountains, the speci-
men which has so often been cited as the earliest collection of the
species.
Gray HERBARIUM.

Bowman’s Forest Puystocraruy.? — Although written primarily
for foresters and students of forestry, Professor Bowman's book will
find an interested circle of readers among students of plant-geography,
for in it are stated in clear and readable style the general physiographic
features of the United States, with discussions of soils and climatic
conditions, and much other matter which bears directly upon the
distribution, not only of forests, but of other plants as well. The
field-botanists whose interests lead them to the boundaries of
physiography and geology are constantly in need of authoritative
information upon these allied subjects and by them Bowman's Forest
Physiography will be heartily welcomed.— M. L. F.

1Journal of André Michaux, 1787-1796, ed. C. S. Sargent (Proc. Am. Phil. Soc.
xxvi. no. 129) p. 72 (1888).

2 Forest Physiography. Physiography of the United States and Principles of Soils
in Relation to Forestry, by Isaiah Bowman, Ph.D. $8vo. xxii-759 pp. 292 figs.
and 6 plates. Cloth, $5.00 net. New York. John Wiley & Sons.

1912] Field Excursions of New England Botanical Club 71

FIELD EXCURSIONS OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL
CLUB.}

As a result of the first field day of the New England Botanical
Club, centering about Providence, Rhode Island, on May 30, 1911,
the collections of the Club gained more than 800 specimens and several
species not previously known from Rhode Island. This pioneer
experiment of the members of the Club in making a concerted effort
to develop the Club Herbarium was considered a great success, and
the experience of last year justifies the continuance of such field days.
The importance of such outings cannot be over-estimated, for not
only does the Club Herberium gain materially but the members have
an unusual opportunity for congenial field-trips and exchange of
experiences.

And now that the Club is so soon to have commodious quarters
with fireproof cases and other up-to-date facilities for the development
of its Herbarium, the ideal toward which we have been modestly
working can be more readily accomplished. As already known to
some members of the Club, the aim of our Curators has been to make
our Herbarium thoroughly representative of the flora of New England:
a collection which shall show the distribution of each species and
variety in such detail that from it it will be possible to work out with
exactness the natural floral areas of the region. No such herbarium
for an extensive area exists in America and no such exhaustive study
of a large area has been undertaken with us, but in some parts of
Europe very gratifying results have been achieved, and in Great
Britain the renewal of interest in such work, already well started by
H. C. Watson and two Botanical Exchange Clubs, has recently
become very obvious under the leadership of Dr. C. E. Moss of
Cambridge University. There is no theoretical reason why we in
New England should not bring together such a collection as suggested
above; and when this aim is accomplished we shall be in a position
to draw from our collections conclusions upon questions of plant-
distribution which will be of far-reaching importance. It is too soon
to outline with anything but the crudest approximation natural
floral areas within our limits; such large districts as the Cape Cod
region, the Housatonic Valley, the White Mountains, the eastern
coast of Maine, etc. are known in a general way, but we certainly

1 Communicated by the Committee on Field Excursions at the meeting of March 1,
1912.

72 Rhodora [APRIL

have not the data by which to determine the exact limits of distri-
bution on Cape Cod, for instance, of Lespedeza angustifolia or Panicum
oricola; in the Housatonic Valley of Salix serissima or Carex Crawei;
in the White Mountains of Osmorhiza divaricata or Lycopodium
sitchense; or in eastern Maine of Montia lamprosperma or Comandra
livida.

Every member of the New England Botanical Club who has aided
in the preparation even of Check Lists by states, and all who have
taken part in the more detailed work of the Committee on Local
Flora realize how lamentably inadequate is the available material in
both public and private herbaria; and all of us are cognizant of the
constant and too often fruitless appeals from our corps of untiring
workers for more data and specimens and for any information what-
ever from certain regions.

At the last accounting, May 31, 1911, the organized part of the
Club Herbarium comprised, besides an encouraging start in Algae,
Lichens, Mosses and Hepatics, 43,403 sheets of vascular plants.
This figure at first appears large and it might seem that a collection
of such proportions is ample for our needs. In fact we might be
pardoned for congratulating ourselves upon the vastness of our
possessions: the herbarium of the Middlesex Institute, the herbarium
of the Metropolitan Park Commission, the private herbarium of the
late Herbert A. Young, the Maine collections of F. Lamson Scribner,
Elmer D. Merrill, Fred P. Briggs, Miss Kate Furbish and M. L.
Fernald; the Berkshire County collections of Ralph Hoffmann, the
Marthas Vineyard herbarium of Sidney Harris, and innumerable
other collections, including the invaluable New England herbarium
of Bryophytes and Lichens of Charles E. Faxon. But valuable as
the Club Herbarium has already become, an analysis of its components
shows that our present collections are merely a nucleus, about 8 97,
in fact, of the material required for an adequate representation of the
plants of the six New England states.

In the following analysis of the situation column A gives by states
the number of mounted sheets of vascular plants in the herbarium
on May 31, 1911; column B, the areas of the states; column C, the
number of species and varieties of flowering plants and ferns known in
each state; column D, the approximate number of species generally
distributed in the state; column E, the approximate number of species
of local occurrence in the state; column F, the approximate number
of species in each area of 100 square miles; and column G, the approxi-

1912] Field Excursions of New England Botanical Club 73

mate number of sheets the herbarium should contain adequately
to display the vascular flora of New England. Properly to embody the
element of distribution in our calculations the ratio of one specimen
of each species to every 100 square miles of area has been used: the
figure is entirely arbitrary but has seemed to your committee a con-
servative one. The figures given in column F are derived as follows
from those of columns D and E. The plants represented by the
figures in column E are of varying degrees of restriction. For in-
stance, for Massachusetts such plants as the following have been
included in this column: Desmodium grandiflorum, widely and almost
generally distributed but unknown in the more silicious southeastern
areas; Senecio obovatus, frequent in the western third of the state
but rare eastward; Betula nigra, known only from the northeastern
section; Solidago macrophylla, known only from Mt. Greylock; and
obviously all plants of strictly coastal habitats. After considerable
tabulation it has seemed reasonable to estimate that the plants of
column E, the “local” plants, are found on the average over one tenth
of the state. The figures in column F are, then, derived roughly by
adding the figures in column D to those in column E divided by 10.
In determining the number of species in columns D, E, and F one
striking fact, which might readily be overlooked, has been clearly
brought out: namely, that the larger the state or the more diverse its
conditions the smaller the number of generally distributed species
and the greater the number of local plants. Thus our largest state,
Maine, with its fertile limestone Aroostook region, its alpine summits,
and its sterile silicious southern counties, has only 604 generally
distributed species (and the figure may prove too large) while, judging
from the statements of ranges given in Brainerd, Jones and Eggleston's
Flora of Vermont that smaller but more uniform state has about 950
generally distributed species.

A B C DT F G
TP
o
H 8| uli 2 [Hé i
8 ag E | & = Ass).
E rns 2 B8 (38) s |38s| PD x
à sA $3 $2| 3 | kes! &
ul © og g 8 A] È = $ & S
Z8 |o| BS 1%| AS ws, a <asa| 45H | %
Maine 21,937 | 50 | 33,040 | 50 | 2,100 | 604 | 1,496 750 | 248,000 | 47
New Hampshire, 2,599 9,305 | 14 | 1,720 | 640 | 1,080 750 | 70,000 | 13
Vermont 2,071 5| 9,565 | 14 | 1,724 | 954 | 770 | 1,000 | 96,000 | 18
Massachusetts 13,715 | 32 8,315 | 13 | 2,445 | 448 | 1,997 650 54,000 | 10
Rhode Island 802, 2 1,250 | 2 | 1,670 | 650 | 1,020 750 10,000 | 2
Connecticut 2,279 5 4,990 7 | 2,228 | 868 | 1,360 | 1,000 50,000 | 10
Total 43,403 | 100/66,465 | 100 | 528,000 ) 100

74 Rhodora [APRIL

The table shows conclusively that our attempt to form a represen-
tative herbarium is only just begun and that a vast amount of col-
lecting must be done in every state before our collections can be
considered in any sense adequate. Massachusetts with a credit of 32 %
of present material occupies the best position technically, while Maine,
with 50 %, is nearly normal in relation to our desideratum of 47 %.
From New Hampshire we have only 2599 specimens, comprising but
6 % of our present total. This is less than two specimens of each
species known to occur in the state and obviously can show nothing
more detailed than the fact that these plants are found in New Hamp-
shire. Vermont is in an even less enviable position, but Rhode Island,
our smallest state, is up to standard with its 2 %, although we have
mounted and available only 802 sheets while more than twice that
number of species have been observed in the state. Connecticut, too,
needs our energetic attention. The flora of the state is unusually
well worked out by the Connecticut Botanical Society but we have
from Connecticut barely as many specimens as there are species
known to occur in the state.

Obviously, those who are interested in this practical work of the
Club must now begin active collecting for the Club Herbarium. The
need is apparent; the facilities for the proper care of the collections
have never been equalled. It is the opinion of your committee that
one of the most effective ways of obtaining representative material
in quantity for the herbarium is by means of field days in which many
members of the Club will participate.

The second field trip of the Club — only the first of many in 1912
it is hoped — will be on Saturday, May 11, with a center at Green-
field, Massachusetts. The party will leave Boston (North Station)
at 6.19 P. M. on Friday reaching Greenfield (106 miles from Boston)
at 9.23. As on the Rhode Island trip the party will be divided into
teams of two and each team assigned a certain district for exploration
on Saturday. At 7 P. M. all will meet for dinner and will spend the
evening in discussion of the afternoon's results. "Those who wish can
return to Boston on Sunday morning (leave Greenfield at 7.10 A. M.,
arrive at. Boston at 10.25); those who care to spend more time afield
can wait until an afternoon train and will find many attractive regions
made available by the different railroad and trolley lines centering at
Greenfield — the valleys of the Connecticut, Green, Deerfield, and
Miller's Rivers, the trap ridges of central Massachusetts and the
southern corners of New Hampshire and Vermont.

1912] Field Excursions of New England Botanical Club 75

Although in our backward and sterile coastal areas there is little
good botanizing as early as May 11, the experience of those who have
been in the Greenfield region at that date justifies us in announcing
that the following, besides many less attractive species, are in flower
or fruit early in May: Equisetum pratense, Cryptogamma Stelleri,
Carex plantaginea, Luzula saltuensis, Alnus mollis, Asarum canadense,
Clematis verticillaris, Hepatica acutiloba, Caulophyllum thalictroides,
Dicentra canadensis and D. Cucullaria, Dentaria laciniata and D.
diphylla, Mitella diphylla, Waldsteinia fragarioides, Dirca palustris,
Lonicera canadensis, Viburnum alnifolium and Tussilago Farfara.
What more could be asked by the man weary of city life and longing
for a real taste of spring?

As above stated the practice of last year will be continued of divid-
ing the party into several squads operating independently within
different areas. By this means much more can be accomplished
than if the entire party goes to one place. More territory can be
explored and the number of plants collected increased as many times
as there are parties. Every plant in recognizable condition (whether
lichen, moss, fern or flowering plant), especially the common things,
should be taken (whether in flower or not). -Itis not necessary that the
collectors determine the material. All that is asked is that each party
make as complete a collection as possible in the region assigned keep-
ing mental note of habitats and relative abundance and after pressing
and drying the plants send them to the curators accompanied by labels
(which the Curators will supply) with a record of habitat and relative
abundance.

Here is a grand opportunity for every member to show his loyalty
to the Club and his zeal for field-work. Let each of us, then, consider
the excursions personal obligations and at comparatively small cost
or inconvenience join this undertaking and enjoy a trip afield when
Nature most invites us, and at the same time be of practical service
to the Club in building up the collections upon which our detailed
studies must inevitably depend.

The expense of the Greenfield trip for those who stay through
Saturday and Sunday will be well under $10.00.

Members owning automobiles can render invaluable service by plac-
ing their cars at the disposal of the Committee. Several machines
can be used to advantage.

The committee desires to know as early as possible how many are

76 Rhodora [APRIL

specially interested in the Greenfield field excursions. Will those
who plan to attend kindly notify the chairman before April 15?

A detailed announcement of trains, hotel arrangements, etc., will
be issued later.

If the Greenfield trip proves satisfactory other similar outings
will be arranged.

C. H. KNowtton,

Hingham, Mass. Committee on
M. L. FERNALD Field Excursions.
F. G. Frovp J

Tue New ENGLAND FEDERATION OF NATURAL History SOCIETIES
will hold its annual meeting Friday and Saturday, April 26 and 27,
at the building of the Boston Society of Natural History. The
exhibition will be open both days and there will be sessions Friday
evening and Saturday morning.— J. H. Emerton.

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,—XIV.

CYPERACEAE.
CAREX, L. TO N.

C. lanuginosa Michx. Swamps and low meadows, common.

C. laxiculmis Schwein. Rich damp woods; occasional near
Boston, also found in West Newbury and Andover.

C. laxiculmis Schwein., var. copulata (Bailey) Fernald. Hay-
cock Meadow, Medford (Wm. Boott, July 5, 1853).

C. laxiflora Lam. Rich woods and meadows; well distributed
throughout, but not very common.

C. laxiflora Lam., var. blanda (Dewey) Boott. Abundant near
Boston, also collected at Framingham; West Newbury, according to
Robinson, Fl. Essex Co., 120, 180.

1912] Flora of the Boston District,— XIV 77

C. laxiflora Lam., var. gracillima Boott. Low woods, Cambridge
(M. L. Fernald, June 10, 1891).

[C. LAXIFLORA Lam., var. LATIFOLIA Boott. There have been
several reports of this variety from the district, but all the specimens
so named which the committee has examined prove to be vars. patuli-
folia or varians. Var. latifolia apparently reaches its eastern limit
in western New England.]

C. laxiflora Lam., var. leptonervia Fernald. Swampy woods,
Boxford (J. A. Cushman, June 7, 1907); Waverly [Belmont] (Wm.
Boott, June 9, 1861).

C. laxiflora Lam., var. patulifolia (Dewey) Carey. Well dis-
tributed.

C. laxiflora Lam., var. varians Bailey. Occasional near Boston
(12 stations).

C. lenticularis Michx. Merrimac River, Dracut and Lowell (C.
W. Swan, July 20, 1882).

C. LEPORINA L. Dry soil chiefly of pastures or roadsides; Long
Island, Boston: Harbor (Wm. Boott, July 6, 1871 and July 1, 1873,
earliest reports); also West Newbury, Wenham, Lynnfield, Lexington,
Hyde Park, Norwood, Dover, Framingham.

C. leptalea Wahlenb. Wet woods, meadows and bogs; well dis-
tributed throughout.

C. limosa L. "Ina pond," Tewksbury (B. D. Greene, prior to 1836
— see Fernald, Ruopona, xiii. 246, 247); wet sphagnum bog, west
side of Long Pond, Tewksbury (Wm. Boott, July 8, 1863, M. L.
Fernald & F. F. Forbes, June 17, 1911); boggy shore, rather plenty,
Sucker Pond, Framingham (A. J. Eames, May 29, 1908, and Aug. 5,
1911); bog by Ponkapaug Pond, Canton (J. R. Churchill, W. Deane,
G. G. Kennedy & E. F. Williams, May 26, 1894).

C. livida (Wahlenb.) Willd. Boxford (E. & C. E. Faxon, June 20,
1878 and May 8, 1889); Salix candida swamp, Boxford (J. Robinson,
May 30, 1890); calcareous meadows, Lynnfield (M. L. Fernald,
June 16, 1907); Essex Co. (Wm. Oakes, no date).

C. lupulina Muhl. Wet places, common.

C. lupulina Muhl. var. pedunculata Dewey. Frequent through-
out.

C. lupulina Muhl. X lurida Wahlenb. Medford Branch R. R.
(Wm. Boott, July 15, 1866).

C. lupulina Muhl. X ?. Near North Braintree (W. P. Wilson,

78 Rhodora [APRIL

August, 1877); West Quincy (J. R. Churchill, July 11, 1891). The
above specimens seem to show traces of Carex retrorsa Schwein., but,
as that species is unknown in this vicinity, it is not safe to pronounce
upon the hybrid.

C. lurida Wahlenb. Wet places, very common throughout.

C. maritima O. F. Mueller. Brackish shores and salt-marshes,
rare; Newburyport, Salem, Medford, Arlington, Cambridge.

C. mirabilis Dewey. Fields and open woods; well distributed in
northern two thirds of district, but not reported elsewhere.

C. mirabilis Dewey, var. perlonga Fernald. Wilmington, Revere,
Stoneham, Boston, Cambridge, Waltham, Norfolk.

C. Muhlenbergii Schkuhr. Dry sterile soil, common.

C. Muhlenbergii Schkuhr, var. enervis Boott. Malden, West
Roxbury, Dover, Wellesley, Framingham, Milton.

C. MURICATA L. Dry fields and roadsides; abundant near Boston
and Salem, also at West Newbury, Wayland and Holbrook.

C. novae-angliae Schwein. Moist open woods, rare; Billerica
(C. W. Jenks & C. W. Swan, July 18, 1890); Purgatory Swamp;!
Norwood (Wm. Boott, July 10, 1861; C. H. Knowlton, May 18, 1910);
Blue Hills, Milton (Wm. Boott, June 3, 1870; G. G. Kennedy, June 15,
1899).

C. H. KuowrroN | Committee
J. A. CUSHMAN on
WALTER DEANE Local Flora.

Two Loca. FrLona4s.— We have received two local floras which are
of special interest to New England botanists. Mrs. Flynn’s Flora
of Burlington and Vicinity? is a list of the vascular plants growing
without cultivation about Burlington, Vermont. The flora is a large
one, 1240 species, and to those who know only the upland country
of Vermont a particularly interesting one from the large number of

1 Purgatory Swamp has been located by various collectors in Dedham, Westwood
and Norwood. The committee has located it in Norwood, until Raopora XIII,
233-4, when by some misunderstanding it was accredited to Westwood. To settle
the point once and for all, the town authorities of Norwood were consulted, and it
was found that the property paid taxes in Norwood. Everett Street, which runs
from Ellis Station to the Neponset River and on to Canton Corner, is in general the
line between Westwood and Norwood. Small portions of Westwood lie south or
this street, but the rich woods, the spring, brook, and swamp, are in Norwood.

? Flora of Burlington and Vicinity. A list of the Fern and Seed Plants growing
without Cultivation, by Nellie F, Flynn (Contributions to the Botany of Vermont,
IX). Burlington, Vt. 1911. Svo. 124 pp.

1912] New England Trees in Winter 79

coastal plain species which are localized on the sandy soil near Lake
Champlain:— such species as Woodwardia virginica, Pinus rigida,
Polygonella articulata, Lupinus perennis, Polygala polygama, Bartonia
virginica, Asclepias amplexicaulis, Artemisia caudata, ete. In general
style and typography the Flora of Burlington follows the Vermont
Botanical Club’s well known Flora of Vermont and like it represents
intimate knowledge of the region covered.

In 1860 Hervey’s Plants found in New Bedford and its Vicinity was
published, in 1891 it was revised, and now its ever enthusiastic author,
undaunted by the passage of fifty-one years since his first publication,
brings his work to date as a revised edition of the Flora of New Bedford
and the Shores of Buzzards Bay.! The Flora is modeled upon the former
editions and happily contains the familiar and always interesting
Procession of the Flowers. The author is to be congratulated upon the
new edition of his standard work and upon a sustained activity which
should be an inspiration to all lovers of out-of-door avocations.—

M. L. F.

New ENGLAND TREES IN WINTER.— The latest handbook of the
trees is a practical volume by A. F. Blakeslee and C. D. Jarvis?
the text by Dr. Blakeslee, the illustrations by Dr. Jarvis. The keys
look as if they would be usable and the plates are good halftones from
wonderfully fine photographs showing the winter aspect of the tree,
the bark, fruit and buds. In the technical genera only the commoner
species are treated — for instance in Salix only S. alba, var. vitellina
appears, while the (to most botanists) much more interesting S. nigra,
S. pentandra, S. lucida, S. balsamifera, S. discolor, S. rostrata, and S.
viminalis are unmentioned. But, with this omission of the more
difficult or local trees understood at the beginning, the book cannot
fail to be a popular one — its plates alone will be a delight to every-
one who enjoys good illustrations. The body of the text is obviously
the result of considerable compilation, the dimensions of the trees
and the distribution of the species being “taken with little change
from Dame & Brooks’ Handbook." The latter book, at the date
of its issue in 1901, was our most authoritative source of information
on these points; but in view of the activity of New England botanists
during the past decade, the reviewer cannot help wondering that an
author or compiler in 1911 should ignore the extensions of ranges
made since 1901. For instance, with information now available
the detailed ranges of Pinus Banksiana, P. resinosa, P. sylvestris,

1 Flora of New Bedford and the Shores of Buzzards Bay with a Procession of the
Flowers. Revised edition, by E. W. Hervey. New Bedford, Mass., 1911. 8vo.
137 pp.

? New England Trees in Winter by A. F. Blakeslee and C. D. Jarvis. Storrs
Agricultural Experiment Station, Bulletin No. 69. Storrs, Connecticut, June, 1911.
8vo. pp. 303-576, plates.

80 ; Rhodora [APRIL

Picea mariana, Betula lenta, Ulmus fulva, Robinia Pseudo-Acacia,
Acer Negundo, Tilia americana, Nyssa sylvatica, etc., are much better
understood than they were ten years ago.

To those unacquainted with the source of information the statement
under the range of the Slippery Elm: “In New ENGLAND — Maine
— District of Maine, rare," will be surprising for the “ District of
Maine" is not a portion of the state but was the recognized designa-
tion of the whole area in colonial days. Dame & Brooks, from whom
Blakeslee derived his statement, had said: * Maine,— District of
Maine (Michaux, Sylva of North America, ed. 1853, III, 53), rare."
In the days when Michaux explored eastern America Maine was the
“District of Maine." But in spite of slips and minor inaccuracies
due to the method of preparation of the book it is, as already said,
a very attractive volume and one which many New Englanders will be
happy to possess.— M. L. F.

SALIX SERISSIMA IN SOUTHERN CONNECTICUT.— When the remark-
able late-fruiting Salix serissima (Bailey) Fernald was discussed in
Ruopora (vi. 3-8) in 1904 it was known in New England only from
swamps of the Stockbridge limestone region of Berkshire County,
Massachusetts and Litchfield County, Connecticut; and in the
Catalogue of Flowering Plants and Ferns of Connecticut (1910) it is
recorded only from Norfolk and Salisbury in northern Litchfield
County. In the herbarium of the Agricultural Experiment Station
at New Haven, however, there is a characteristic specimen (originally
labeled S. lucida) collected by J. A. Allen in a “swamp near Westville,
Ct., June 17, 1880." Westville is in southern New Haven County,
very near the band of diabase dikes which extends from the central
part of Orange to the eastern part of Woodbridge (see Geology of
Connecticut, 113), and nearly fifty miles from the other known sta-
tions for Salix serissima. The occurrence of the shrub at this point
suggests the probability that search will reveal it in other swamps
near the diabase dikes of Fairfield, Bridgeport, Derby, Orange, Wood-
bridge, Seymour, Bethany, and Cheshire; for the rock of these dikes
is composed of labradorite (a lime-soda feldspar) and pyroxene (con-
taining magnesia, iron, and lime) and should furnish to the neighbor-
ing swamps a considerable amount of calcareous soil. The finding
of Salix serissima at Westville suggests also the desirability of watch-
ing for it in swamps which receive drainage from the trap ridges of
central Connecticut.— M. L. FERNALD, Gray Herbarium.

Volume 14, no. 159, including pages 41 to 56, was issued 6 March, 1912.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 14. May, 1912. No. 161

THE GEOGRAPHIC ORIGIN OF CRATAEGUS VIRIDIS L.
B. F. BUsH.

Tur authors of the manuals and floras of the Northeastern States,
and of works on the trees of North America, as well as the writers in
general on Crataegus give as the range of Crataegus viridis L. some
such expression as, “from Maryland and Virginia to Florida, west to
Louisiana, Arkansas and Texas, and up the Mississippi Valley to
Saint Louis, Missouri.” _

It would seem that this claim is ably supported by the presence of
an association of over two hundred characteristically southern plants
in southeastern Missouri, conspicuous amongst which are Taxodium
distichum, Acer Drummondii, A. Carolinianum, Aesculus austrina,
Leitneria Floridana, Arundinaria tecta, Hicoria aquatica, Styrax
Americana, Nyssa aquatica, Catalpa speciosa, Planera aquatica, Ilex
opaca, Fraxinus profunda, Bradleya macrostachys, Populus hetero-
phylla, Itea Virginica, Quercus lyrata, Q. Phellos, Q. Michauxii,
Phoradendron flavescens, Brunnichia cirrhosa, Euonymus Americanus,
Jleditsia aquatica, Crataegus Marshallii, Aralia spinosa, Berchemia
scandens and Liquidambar Styraciflua, species which have come up
the old valley of an ancient sea. That they have come up is at-
tested by individuals occurring all the way down this valley to
the center of greatest distribution, but that the presence of these
two hundred and odd southern species in southeastern Missouri
proves that Crataegus viridis L., and its congeners, came up the
Mississippi Valley, is hereafter to be greatly doubted.

Much has been written of plant distribution, and I am fully aware
of the importance of such an association as that indicated in the

82 Rhodora [May

preceding paragraph, and reasoning from our knowledge of the
inland extension along the Mississippi Valley of so many character-
istically southern species, it would on first thought appear that
Crataegus viridis L. has merely followed in the wake of its southern
companions, with which it is so often found in the Southern States.

That any species should ascend the former bed of this ancient
inland sea for so great a distance as to Saint Louis, Missouri, without
leaving along the path of its invasion a certain number of scattered
individuals is scarcely believable; and I will proceed to show the
futility of longer believing that Crataegus viridis L., and its many
forms, came up the Mississippi Valley to Saint Louis, Missouri, and
to demonstrate that any species is much more likely to skip large
sections of country in going down such a valley.

Having observed and studied Crataegus viridis in northern Florida,
southern Alabama, southern Mississippi, Louisiana, southern Arkan-
sas and southeastern Texas during the past fifteen years, I have
noted that the species inhabits regions of relatively low altitude,
sometimes straying to comparatively high ground near by. I have
visited many places in northern and northeastern Arkansas, and have
collected at Hoxie, Jonesboro, Marked Tree and Paragould in that
state, and as far as I have observed the tree, Crataegus viridis L.
is rare there. In adjacent Missouri I have noted as many as fifteen
of twenty trees of this species in Dunklin County, a half dozen or so
in Butler County, and the species is quite unknown in Scott, Stod-
dard, Wayne, Ripley, Carter, Oregon, Shannon, Howell, Texas,
Wright, Webster, Greene, Christian, Taney, Stone, Barry and Mc-
Donald Counties, a strip reaching from the Mississippi River to the
western boundary of the State, where I have done much collecting.

Some eight or ten years ago I found at Webb City and at Joplin,
Missouri, a great colony of Crataegus viridis or forms of that species,
and as this locality is mostly over one thousand feet in altitude, it
seemed to me that these forms could not be the true Crataegus viridis
of Linnaeus, which is a coastal species and inhabits low altitudes.
Several years investigations have shown that this great colony of
Virides! extends west into Kansas, southwest into and across Okla-
homa, and as far as Llano, Dallas, and Fort Worth, Texas.

That this great colony, which I shall herein designate as the Western

1T here use the sectional name Virides for Crataegus viridis and the many forms
which are closely related to it.

1912} — Bush,— Geographic Origin of Crataegus viridis 83

Ozark Colony, has anything to do with the great body of Southern
Virides, which are, as stated above, coastal plants occurring at low
altitudes, is highly improbable, as it nowhere joins this southern body
of trees and the individuals composing it show a decided preference
for high rocky barrens and plains.

In the first part of this paper I have alluded to the well-known fact
of plant association and have named about twenty-five trees and
shrubs of the two hundred and odd southern species that occur in
southeastern Missouri and which are found with the true Crataegus
viridis of Linnaeus in the Southern States, and I now call attention
to the fact that not one of these characteristically southern plants is
to be found associated with the Western Ozark Colony, but that the
Crataegus is here associated with a very different set of plants, of
which Quercus Marylandica, Hicoria villosa, Cornus florida, Viburnum
rufidulum, Diospyros Virginiana, Fraxinus Americana, Sassafras
variifolium and Ulmus fulva are the most representative, all plants
noted for their preference for high, dry and rocky ground.

Some three years ago I visited Hannibal, Missouri, which is some
hundred and twenty-five miles north of Saint Louis, the supposed
northern limit of Crataegus viridis L., and was agreeably surprised to
find on the high hills and mounds there several species or forms of
Virides, quite a colony, and later I saw many acres of trees in the river
bottom opposite Hannibal, in Illinois, near the town named Shepherd.

Having quite recently visited Quincy, Illinois, twenty miles north
of Hannibal, Missouri, and one hundred and forty-five miles north
of Saint Louis, I was further surprised at seeing the hills and mounds
around that place covered with Virides, many thousands of individuals,
some of the trees being the largest specimens I had ever seen. Many
of these trees are on the high hills at Keokuk, Iowa, and the forms no
doubt occur in all eastern Iowa, and perhaps as far north as southern
Wisconsin. There are so many specimens at this colony, which I
shall designate as the Upper Mississippi Colony, perhaps one hun-
dred times as many as in all southeastern Missouri and northeastern
Arkansas, that it is undoubtedly the center of greatest abundance,
and the Virides found at Saint Louis, Missouri, instead of coming up
the Mississippi Valley, have really straggled down it.

This Upper Mississippi Colony is so far from the great southern
body of Virides, having not a single southern plant associated with it,
that there can be scarcely any doubt that the species composing it are

84 Rhodora [May

distinct from the southern species, and as over three hundred miles
of forest land and prairie lie between it and the Western Ozark Colony,
an area in which no Virides have ever been found, it is hardly probable
that the species of the two colonies are the same.

To me it is apparent that in some remote time the Western Ozark
Colony, as well as the Upper Mississippi Colony, consisted of a few
individuals, which have adapted themselves to their surroundings
and have continued to multiply until today there are thousands of
individuals at each colony differing more or less from each other and
from the original members of the colony.

Whether these forms are sufficiently distinct to be called species or
varieties is a question which may never be settled, but I am firmly
of the opinion that these colonies contain species more or less fixed,
species with which I am somewhat familiar and which are as yet
undescribed,! but which I do not wish here to describe, leaving that
to those more capable of drawing their descriptions and determining
their relationships.

Having shown that the center of greatest development for Crataegus
viridis L. is not, as has been so often stated and generally believed,
in the Lower Mississippi or Gulf region, but rather in the Upper
Mississippi Valley, and that in all probability this species and its
most nearly related congeners were distributed from that center, it
may be worth while briefly to inquire, even though it may be possible
to do little more than speculate, as to how this distribution was effected.

The true key to the distribution of Crataegus viridis L., as of many
of our trees and some herbaceous plants, is probably to be sought and
ultimately, if ever, found in the records of the flora of the later Tertiary
period: a record, unfortunately, very imperfect and but little under-
stood, and one which, at least so far as present day discoveries have
gone, seems to have been almost totally effaced in the region under
consideration.

It has been pointed out that in Tertiary times a great inland sea or
arm of the gulf extended far up the present valley of the Mississippi
into what is now southeastern Missouri, occupying all of Missouri
lying southeast of a line drawn from Cape Girardeau through White-
water, Greenbrier, Wappapello, Poplar Bluff and Acorn, coinciding
very nearly with the line of the St. Louis, Memphis and Southeastern

1Since this paper was written Sargent has described in the twenty-second Annual
Report of the Mo. Bot. Garden, four species of this group.

1912] | Bush,— Geographic Origin of Crataegus viridis 85

Railway. Into this inland sea the ancient river was discharged ap-
proximately one hundred miles south of Saint Louis, and the colony
of southern arborescent species now found in that region is undoubt-
edly a vestige of the semi-tropical forests that once bordered this
ancient sea. Beyond this area, however, deposits of Tertiary age
are but little developed in the Upper Mississippi Valley, and scarcely
a trace of the fossilized flora has been preserved.

It is a fact perhaps not without significance in this connection, that
in southwestern Missouri and southeastern Kansas, where, as has
been stated, a form of Crataegus viridis is abundant, many of the
high hills are covered with a deposit of gravel, consisting of water-
worn fragments of chert, undoubtedly of local origin, but indicating
the former existence of a great drainage system towards the southwest.
These deposits, which are particularly abundant about Webb City
and Joplin, Missouri, have been designated by geologists as Lafayette
Gravel and assigned to a time late in the Tertiary period. Over the
higher elevations of the region they may be traced for many miles,
indicating the course and magnitude of an ancient river, as in places
they attain a thickness of from ten to eighteen feet. This region lies
entirely beyond the area of glaciation, which embraced all of northern
Missouri and extended a little south of the Missouri River, and this
fact doubtless accounts for the preservation of the Lafayette deposits
here, while certainly they would have been obliterated to the north-
ward by the ice mantle and the floods that marked its recession and
inundated the country far beyond its southern limits.

The Mississippi River of that period, or its precursor, a small and
unimportant stream discharging itself into the Tertiary sea, was
doubtless bordered by forests of many species. It is reasonable to
suppose that the viridis form of Crataegus would be borne down by
the waters of this stream from its northern home and that individuals
would establish themselves at intervals along its course and about the
coasts of the ancient sea, following the ever extending limits of the
land to the south, until at length a form appeared, the Crataegus
viridis of Linnaeus, as we know it, which found a suitable habitat
and attained a vast development in the low-lying coastal plains of
the Gulf States.

On the other hand, following the great drainage system to the
southwest, other individuals of the parent species would establish
themselves along its course and there enter into competition with

86 Rhodora [May

plants of a very different region. As the ancient river system gradu-
ally became obliterated owing to the elevation of the land to the south
and west, the species composing the lowland forests would one by one
become extinct and give place to highland or xerophytie species.
Through the vicissitudes of this changing order a form of Crataegus
viridis was in some manner able to maintain itself, as is testified by its
abundance at the present time on the limestone bills of southwest
Missouri and the region to the southwestward.

Our present knowledge regarding the origin of species is, of course,
not sufficient to enable us to do more than conjecture as to how this
came about. Possibly a fortuitous variety or type happened to be
developed in this region that was better adapted to the new conditions
and was thus able to withstand the increasing dryness, so that, while
the species became for the most part extinct in the upper part of the
ancient river course, this particular stock was entirely isolated from
the parent colony and became the progenitor of the forms of Crataegus
viridis now found occupying the regions of comparatively high alti-
tude in the southwest, comprising the Western Ozark Colony.

If I have not added any new species to the genus Crataegus in this
paper, I have at least shown that the V?rides may have not come up
the Mississippi Valley, as has generally been supposed, but have
probably drifted down this Valley from the great Upper Mississippi
Colony at Hannibal, Missouri and Quincy, Illinois.

COURTNEY, MISSOURI.

VIOLA RENIFOLIA AND V. BRAINERDII.
M. L. FERNALD.

Botanists who have collected extensively in the Northern States
and Canada are familiar with the fact that Viola renifolia often
appears in two quite different forms: the true V. renifolia as described
by Gray, with both sides of the leaves “conspicuously beset with
pale, soft and tender, lax hairs”;! and another extreme with the

upper leaf-surfaces quite glabrous from the first or in anthesis with

! Gray, Proc. Am. Acad., viii. 288 (1870).

1912] Fernald,— Viola renifolia and V. Brainerdii 87

only a very few scattered and quickly deciduous hairs. This latter
plant, with the upper leaf-surfaces glabrous or quickly glabrate, was
separated by Greene in 1902 as V. Brainerdii, with the statement
that it is “certainly a far more common plant in northern New
England and Canada than the kindred species [V. renifolia]," * and
that it has a more upland habitat. But, although the cautious and
very accurate student for whom Viola Brainerdii was named has not
recognized it as a species, he has recently expressed his understanding
of the question as follows:

“The type of VIOLA RENIFOLIA Gray is markedly pubescent through-
out; but the more common form has at least the upper leaf surface
glabrous, and has been published as a species, V. Brainerdit, by Pro-
fessor Greene. But the difference between the two plants, though
perhaps worth naming, is not specifie, according to my conception of
species." ?

This commoner extreme of Viola renifolia, with the leaves glabrous
above, though connected with the pubescent extreme by some
transitions, is apparently a positive geographic variety and as such
it should be separated. "That it is, as already stated by Greene and
by Brainerd, the commoner plant of the two is shown by the fact that
of the 97 specimens of the species in the Gray Herbarium and the
herbarium of the New England Botanical Club only 22 are of the
typical copiously pubescent V. renifolia, while 63 are very good V.
Brainerdii and 12 represent both extremes under the same label.
But, although in northern New England and New York the two are
thus sometimes found together and by some collectors have been taken
to be trivial variants of the same plant, it is significant that no typical
V. renifolia seems to have been collected northeast of New England,
while in the Maritime Provinces, eastern Quebec, western Newfound-
land and southern Labrador the essentially glabrous V. Brainerdüi
with bright green leaves is a common plant. Its more northern
tendency is also indicated by the fact that north of the Straits of
Belle Isle it is abundant on dry exposed crests where it is associated
with many arctic-alpine plants such as Poa alpina L., Salix vestita
Pursh, Cerastium alpinum L., and Saxifraga caespitosa L.; and in the
mountains of the Gaspé Peninsula it ascends to an altitude of 1100
meters, where it is found on dry limestone crests with the plants just

1Greene, Pittonia, v. 89 (1902).
? Brainerd, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxviii. 8 (1911).

88 Rhodora [May

enumerated or with Carex rupestris All., Saxifraga nivalis L., Dryas
integrifolia Vahl, Pedicularis flammea L., Campanula uniflora L., and
other arctic-alpine types. In the mountains of Colorado also this
glabrous plant ascends to high altitudes, reaching 2500 m., and
thence it extends northward to northern British Columbia. As a
geographic variety it is well marked and it should be called VrorA
RENIFOLIA Gray, var. Brainerdii (Greene) n. comb.

GRAY HERBARIUM.

SOME LICHENS FROM NANTUCKET ISLAND, MASSA-
CHUSETTS.

R. Heser Howe, JR.

Mn. EvcENE P. BICKNELL on a collecting trip to the islands of Nan-
tucket and Tuckernuck, Massachusetts, last June (1911), was kind
enough at my request to gather for me a considerable number of
lichens. Though Mr. Bicknell had never collected lichens before,
the collection he made contains beside the more common species a
number of lichens decidedly worth recording.

It is not improbable that some lichenist in the past has collected at
Nantucket, but beside a few specimens in my own herbarium collected
by non-botanical friends, and a plant or two found in the Alexander
W. Wheelock herbarium, I have never seen any specimens from these
islands in the large museum herbaria I have from time to time ex-
amined. Dr. Riddle writes me, however, that he has noted Nantucket
material in various herbaria. It was nevertheless on account of its
scarcity that I ventured to ask Mr. Bicknell to gather what specimens
he could for me,— and to him I am gratefully indebted.

The lichen flora as exhibited by this collection shows an interesting
mixture of littoral and Austral species whose presence it is not diffi-
cult to explain by the climatic conditions governing the islands. A
few curious northern species are noted.

The plants listed here are now to be found in the author’s herbarium;
duplicates of a few were sent to Dr. L. W. Riddle and Dr. Ludwig
Scriba for their collaborative opinions.

1912] Howe,— Lichens from Nantucket 89

Family: Usneaceae. Group: Radiatae Hue.

Usnea florida (L.) Web., on Pinus rigida and oak-post, O'Connell
farm, June 4-11; on cockspur thorn, Thornlot, June 4.

Letharia thamnodes (Flot.) Hue, on Pinus rigida, O'Connell farm,
June 4.

Ramalina rigida (Pers.) Ach., on cockspur thorn, Thornlot, June 4;
on Pinus rigida, O'Connell farm, June 4.

Ramalina dilacerata (Hoffm.) Wain., on twigs, O'Connell farm,
June 4.

Teloschistes chrysophthalmus (L.) Norm., on cockspur thorn, Thorn-
lot, June 4. This plant was also found in the Wheelock herbarium
from Nantucket.

Family: Cladoniaceae. Group: Stratosi-radiatae Hue.

Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Web., in swamp, and on edge of bog,
Polpis, June 15.

Cladonia sylvatica (L.) Rabenh., on open commons, Madequet, June
Wf

Cladonia furcata var. racemosa Wain., on ground, Miacomet, June 11,
and in swamp, Polpis, June 15.

Cladonia reticulata (Russ.) Wain., on sandy plain, Madequet, June
17; on dry bank, Reed pond, June 16; on edge of bog, Polpis, June 15;
on open downs, Hummock pond, June 11; on dry commons, Made-
quet, June 17.

Cladonia verticellata (Hoffm.) Flke., in sandy swamp, Polpis, June 15.

Cladonia fimbriata f. simplex (Weis.) Flot., in swamp on soil, Polpis,
June 15.

Family: Parmeliaceae. Group: Stratosae Hue.

Parmelia perlata (L.) Ach., on Quercus tinctoria, Tuckernuck, June
re

Parmelia perforata var. hypotropa Nyl., on twigs, June 7; on oak-
post and on Pinus rigida, O’Connell farm, June 4-11. Tuckerman
did not record this variety from north of South Carolina on the
Atlantic coast, though Dr. Riddle writes me he has seen it from Nan-
tucket before. I have never collected it in Rhode Island where the
typical species is common.

Parmelia Borreri var. rudecta Tuck., on cockspur thorn, Thornlot,
June 4.

Parmelia caperata (L.) Ach., as above.

Physcia parietina (L.) De Not., on rocks and trees, Coffin home-

9) Rhodora [May

stead, June 7. Represented in my herbarium (No. 1651) from Nan-
tucket, collected by W. H. Trumbull, Jr.

Physcia hispida (Schreb, Fr.) Tuck., on rock, Coffin homestead,
June 7.

Physcia tribacea (Ach.) Tuck., on rock, Coffin homestead, June 7.

Sticta pulmonaria (L.) Ach., on Quercus tinctoria, Tuckernuck,
June 17. An interesting station for this rather northern lichen, as it
is for Parmelia perlata recorded above.

FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF DUXBURY,
MASSACHUSETTS.

Joun B. May, M.D.

Tue article in Ruopora for January by Mr. Knowlton interested
me greatly, following my residence of several years in the old South
Shore town, and I trust that a few additional notes will not come
amiss. I must confess, however, that I write, not as a botanist, but
merely as an observer and lover of Nature.

There is an interesting story connected with the naturalization of
the English oak, Quercus Robur, mentioned by Mr. Knowlton. A
century ago Duxbury was a famous port, the birthplace of fast
clipper ships which sailed all the Seven Seas. One of the old master
shipbuilders, noting the rapid disappearance of native timber used
in his trade, started the conservation movement in Duxbury by
planting groves of chestnut and English oak, bringing the latter
from England in his own ships. Whether any of his seedlings survive
today is doubtful, for none of the trees I have seen appear over fifty
years old, but some of them lived long enough to start a flourishing
second generation.

Another Pilgrim to Duxbury, from the West this time, is the
Umbrella-weed, Oxybaphus nyctageneus, which I found in 1907 as a
few plants growing by the roadside, and which in 1911 flourished
around barn-yards and ash-heaps, showing a marked increase and
wide distribution. Melilotus alba also seemed to walk right along
the edges of the roads, while a small field near the centre of the town

1912] Bissell & Fernald,— Variety of Lespedeza capitata. 91

has been usurped by Grim the Collier, Hieracium aurantiacum, where
its tawny flowers make a brave showing annually.

From this prosperous foreign invasion, one turns with sorrow to
our two largest broad-leaved evergreens, Ilex opaca and Kalmia
latifolia, doomed I fear to early extinction. Mountain laurel is found
in a large swamp near Island Creek and there it flourished unmolested
until recently, when the ubiquitous cranberry-grower began grubbing
it out to make a “bog.” The Holly is found in another swamp near-
by, but every year at Christmas the few fruiting trees are stripped so
ruthlessly that the outlook for seedlings is very poor. Here, too, the
* bogger" is at work.

Pleurisy-root, Asclepias tuberosa, I noted as a single plant growing
near the road from Tinkertown, while near Tarkiln is a colony of
Lupinus perennis. The Partridge Pea, Cassia Chamaecrista, grows
freely in a barren field near the shore and in this field within a few
rods of salt water I found the Little Ladies’ Tresses, Spiranthes
simplex, growing with S. gracilis and S. cernua.

In conclusion, I would merely mention the fact that in a two hours
walk this Fall I collected over seventy varieties of fungi, many of
them edible.

WABAN, MASSACHUSETTS.

A NEW VARIETY OF LESPEDEZA CAPITATA.— A Lespedeza closely
related to L. capitata Michx. but with the leaflets linear-oblong to
lanceolate and acuminate has puzzled some of the Connecticut
botanists who, judging by the leaflets, have been inclined to call the
plant L. angustifolia (Pursh) Ell., but a close examination of material
of the Connecticut plant from Norwich and Glastonbury shows it
to have the short peduncles and long calyx of L. capitata. An appar-
ently identical sheet in the Gray Herbarium, collected by F. E.
McDonald at Peoria, Illinois, has been referred to L. capitata, var.
longifolia (DC.) T. &. G., but like the Connecticut material it has
the stem and the calyx loosely pilose and the leaflets covered beneath
with dull pubescence. It is thus not satisfactorily referable to L.
capitata, var. longifolia which, as originally described (as L. longifolia
DC.) has the leaflets appressed silvery-silky beneath. Material
from Beardstown, Illinois, with the narrow leaflets silvery-silky
beneath appears to be good var. longifolia and this material has the

92 Rhodora [Mav

pubescence of the calyx also appressed and silvery, while the short
pubescence of the stem is subappressed. We have been unable to
find any description of the extreme of L. capita'a with narrow acumi-

nate leaflets and dull spreading pubescence and here propose it as

LESPEDEZA CAPITATA Michx., var. stenophylla, n. var., caulibus
superne pilosis vel glabratis; foliolis lineari-oblongis vel anguste
lanceolatis acuminatis, superne glabris subtus strigosis, pilis opacis;
calycibus pilosis, pilis patentis opacis.— Type: open dry ground,
Peoria, ILLINOIS, September, 1904, F. E. McDonald in Gray Herb.
Connecticut: sand bank near Trading Cove Bridge, Norwich,
September 15, 1904, C. B. Graves; sandy ground along Connecticut
River, Glastonbury, September 17, 1911, C. H. Bissell— C. H.
BissELL and M. L. FERNALD.

FESTUCA OVINA L., VAR. DURIUSCULA (L) KOCH IN
SHELBURNE, NEW HAMPSHIRE.

WALTER DEANE.

In July, 1909, I visited my friends, Mr. and Mrs. G. N. McMillan
on their estate in the Androscoggin valley, Shelburne, in northern
New Hampshire, some 700 or 800 feet above sea level. During my
visit I examined the grasses that form the turf of the large field ad-
joining the house. The location is on high land above the river and the
grass is cut for hay. Besides the ordinary species, such as Phleum
pratense L., Agrostis alba L., var. vulgaris (With.) Thurb., Danthonia
spicata (L.) Beauv., Dactylis glomerata L., Agropyron repens (L.)
Beauv. and the like, there were three Festucas. Two of these were
Festuca rubra L. and Festuca ovina L., the solitary or few culms
of the former distinguishing it from the tufted culms of the latter.

The third Festuca, however, was the most interesting of all, for it
proved to be the European Festuca ovina L., var. duriuscula L. (Koch),
credited in Gray's Manual, 7th edition, only as sparingly introduced
in Wisconsin and Iowa. It occurred in great abundance over the
field in dense tufted mats, covering areas varying from one to ten or
more feet across, and the dull reddish color of the spikes on their
gracefully nodding culms, especially in a strong breeze, made a pic-

1912] Deane,— Festuca ovina, var. duriuscula in N. H. 93

ture more attractive to the botanist than to the agriculturist, for
the presence of the plant indicates a barren soil. This grass, as well
as the other Festucas, was submitted to Prof. A. S. Hitchcock and Mrs.
Agnes Chase of the Department of Agriculture, Washington, Bp. UC,
They have given them careful examination and have most kindly com-
municated to me the following notes on the variety.

Under date of October 19, 1911, Mrs. Chase writes; "'The Festuca
specimens I have examined and compared with our United States and
European material. They fall within the duriuscula circle better
than anywhere else. The whole ovina group is a complex, intergrad-
ing inextricably. Your plants agree with some determined by Hackel
as F. ovina duriuscula, except that the leaves of yours are more con-
spicuously clustered at the base. The European F. ovina v. glauca
(Lam.) Hack. is like yours in habit, but in your specimens of it the
panicles as well as foliage are glaucous. This, like duriuscula, has
glabrous lemmas. The var. glauca is not known to grow in America."
Prof. Hitchcock writes on February 15, 1912; “I have looked over
the specimen of Festuca you sent down and I think it is correctly
named (Festuca ovina var. duriuscula). I have compared it with
European specimens and have looked up the descriptions in Hackel's
monograph of the European species of Festuca and also Ascherson and
Graebner's Synopsis of Middle European plants. Your plant is the
subvariety trachyphylla Hack. which differs from the typical form of
duriuscula in having scabrous blades."

Before the development of the farm, about twenty years ago, by
Mr. Charles Endicott, the former owner, the area where this variety
grows was a typical stone field, thickly covered with stones and boul-
ders of various sizes more or less imbedded in the ground. Many
such fields are to-day scattered over northern New England. The
obstructions were removed and, after grading was done, a foreign
clover was first planted, and this may possibly account for the intro-
duction of the Festuca ovina L., var. duriuscula (L.) Koch, for it has
certainly been established there for a number of years. It is in the
more sterile portions of the field, left by the removal of the larger
rocks, that this grass flourishes, maturing by the end of June, and it
is in similar situations in the same field that Euphorbia Cyparissias
L. fruits so abundantly, as was recorded in Ruopora, xii. 57-61 (1910).

There is no reason why this European grass should not be found
elsewhere in New England in suitable localities, and doubtless, now

94 Rhodora [May

that attention has been called to it, this will prove true. This Festuca
is in my herbarium, while specimens have been deposited in the Gray
Herbarium, the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club, and
the Herbarium of the United States Department of Agriculture at
Washington, D. C.

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

A FLORA OF THE NEW JERSEY PINE BARRENS.— Mr. Witmer Stone's!
flora of southern New Jersey is one of the notable local floras of
recent years. In the author’s own words, “it places on record the
present condition and history of one of the most interesting botanical
areas in the United States,— the Pine Barrens of New Jersey." The
introductory chapter is a detailed statistical study of the entire
indigenous flora of southern New Jersey. It presents a division of
the species into four groups; (1) the species of wide range north and
south of New Jersey, (2) northern species which reach their southern
limit in or near southern New Jersey, (3) coastal plain species which
reach their northern limits between southern New Jersey and the
northeastern extension of the coastal plain in Massachusetts, and
(4) species of local distribution in or near southern New Jersey. A
further analysis shows the composition of the flora of each of the five
distinct floral districts; (1) The West Jersey, or middle district
(covering the Delaware Valley region south of Trenton, and also the
country below the fall line and north of the Pine Barrens), (2) the
Pine Barrens, (3) the coastal strip, (4) the Cape May district, and
(5) the maritime district. The floral analysis is similar to that in
Prof. Fernald’s recent discussion of the origin of the Newfoundland
flora (v. RuoponA XIII, p. 135 et seq. 1911) and is likewise
accompanied by maps illustrating the several types of distribution.

The author concludes that in the New Jersey Pine Barrens we have
some of the sand and bog elements of a formerly wide-spread austral
flora which has been largely “superseded” over most of the coastal
plain by more “advanced” elements of similar origin. Mr. Stone
weakens his own conclusion by classing many plants with floras to which
they certainly do not belong. "Thus, the typical pine-barren Schizaea
pusilla and Corema Conradii are considered by Mr. Stone as boreal
species which have been driven south, whereas there seems to be no
escape from Fernald’s conclusion that they are of austral origin. In
listing the southern elements in the pine barren flora, Mr. Stone fails
to distinguish between species which in the south are coastal only

‘Stone, Witmer: The plants of southern New Jersey, with especial reference to
the Flora of the Pine Barrens and the geographic distribution of the Species. Ann.
Report N. J. State Mus. 1910. Part II, pp. 21-828, ff. 1-5, CX XIX plates + map.
(Trenton, 1912.)

1912] Bartlett,— Flora of the New Jersey Pine Barrens. 95

(e. g. Lycopodium carolinianum) and others which are high Alleghanian
(e.g. Leiophyllum buxifolium). On the other hand Rhododendron
maximum, an Alleghanian type, is listed as boreal, which it certainly
isnot! The detailed statements of species distribution in the author's
own area, however, leave little to be desired. The data are based
upon many years of active field work by Mr. Stone and his associates,
Messrs. Bayard Long and S. S. Van Pelt, and on the critical study of
more than 33,000 herbarium specimens. It appears from the frequent
acknowledgment of his aid that Mr. Long also had a considerable
share in the determinative work.

As in several late local floras, the systematic catalogue of the species
is interpolated with keys to the families, genera, and species. The
keys include introduced weeds, which, however, are not further
mentioned except in brief foot-notes. The native plants are not
described, but there are free notes on distribution, characters, local
history, etc., which transform what would otherwise be a bare cata-
logue into an account which can be read for pleasure. The notes
on Schizaea and Corema may be mentioned as among the more

interesting ones.

It is not always clear why the author disposes as he does of some of
the minor variations of species. For example, nothing would have
thrown more light on the geographic affinities of the pine barren flora
than the recognition of Juncus effusus var. conglomeratus, and further
notes on its distribution. Again, should we not be told why the
author fails to recognize the coastal plain beech as distinct from
the Alleghanian form? In Maryland and Virginia, the varieties of
Peltandra proposed by Mr. Tidestrom (Ruopora XIII, p. 47, 1910)
are very distinct, although known from few stations. If Mr. Stone
has found them frequently enough to feel confident in regarding them
as individual variations, a more detailed discussion of them would be
welcome. Other cases might be mentioned in which decisions be-
tween conflicting views regarding the taxonomie status of forms
seem to have been made arbitrarily. This fault, however, is more
than overbalanced by the care with which the record of every species
admitted to the flora has been put on a firm basis. "The author has
spared no pains in searching out old indefinite records, which he has
either substantiated or discredited. Another feature of the book
which deserves high commendation is the accurate statement, for
each species, of the date of flowering, ripening of the fruit, or matura-
tion of the spores, as the case required. These data were supplied
by Mr. Bayard Long, who also contributed an aecount of the methods
and objects of his investigation (p. 115).

Mr. Stone's ideas on nomenclature, to the reviewer at least, are
thoroughly objectionable. He believes, for example, that botanists
should follow that zoological usage which permits old varietal names
to displace later specific names. Happily, most botanists have not

96 Rhodora [May

3

been “playing the game” of nomenclature so long that it has been
impossible to reconvert the erring ones to sound doctrine (on this
point at least) before the "game" became too much an object in
itself to be renounced. Even at the risk of seeming to lay undue
emphasis upon points which in a local flora are comparatively un-
important, attention should be called to certain nomenclatorial
practices which are either distinctly retrogressive or else totally at
variance with the botanical traditions which should guide botanical
authors. A distinctly retrogressive tendency is shown in the con-
tinued use of “duplicate monomials"; the method of author citation
is an instance of useless and uncalled for violation of botanical tradi-
tion. Only one author (the one who first used the specific or “ sub-
specific" adjective) is cited,— in parenthesis if the name has been
modified by later authors, but otherwise not. One need not look
beyond the pages of the New Jersey flora to see how this method lends
itself to error, for in the cases of seventeen out of the sixty "sub-
specific" names which Mr. Stone uses, he has misapplied the paren-
theses. If zoologists commonly ascribe a quarter of the names they
mention to authors who never published them, it is sincerely to be
hoped that botanists will not follow zoological precedent.

A practice which cannot be too strongly condemned is that of
making new combinations without in any way indicating them as new.
(See Bot. Gaz. xliv, p. 304, 1907.) This Mr. Stone appears to have
done in eleven cases among the sixty "subspecific" names in his
book. There are also new combinations among the specific names.
For example, Panicum commonsianum addisonit “Nash,” Carex
leptalea harperi “ Fernald,” Rubus villosus enslenii *'Tratt.," Euthamia
graminifolia nuttallii (Greene), B|lephariglottis] canbyi “ Ames," and
Gyrostachys beckii (Lindley) are all new combinations, but not
indicated as such; those with the authority in quotation marks are
moreover “falsely branded"; finally, all illustrate the abominable
habit which zoologists have of decapitalizing personal names.

Except for nomenclatorial innovations “The Plants of Southern
New Jersey" is a remarkably pleasing work. It has numerous
carefully executed illustrations,— line-drawings, photographs of
paintings by H. E. Stone, and photographs from nature. Some of
them, especially the photographs of grasses and sedges, it would be
hard to excel. It is safe to predict that none of the local floras now
current will be longer held in esteem by botanists generally than this
one of Mr. Stone's. To special students of the coastal plain vegeta-
tion it will of course be indispensable. Such a work reflects great
credit not only upon its author but also upon the state which publishes
it and upon those members of the Philadelphia Botanical Club whose
enthusiastic cooperation made it possible.— H. H. BARTLETT, Bethesda,
Maryland.

Volume 14, no. 160, including pages 57 to 80, was issued 8 April, 1912.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 14. June, 1912. No. 162

RHODODENDRON CAROLINIANUM, A NEW RHODODEN-
DRON FROM NORTH CAROLINA.

By ALFRED REHDER.

For a year we have cultivated at the Arnold Arboretum a
Rhododendron which was received from the nurseries of Harland P.
Kelsey of Highlands, North Carolina, under the name Rhododendron
punctatum. Growing side by side with the R. punctatum Andrews
brought over from the Botanic Garden in Cambridge where it was
introduced from the South about 60 years ago probably by Asa Gray,
the two plants present marked differences at the first glance. The
plant from North Carolina forms a low compact bush with broad
leaves, flowering after the middle of May before the development
of the shoots of the year, while the other plant which agrees exactly
with the form figured by Andrews and cultivated formerly in
European gardens,! is a taller loose-growing shrub with narrower
leaves, and it flowers about four weeks later, when the young shoots:
springing from below the inflorescence are already developed and
overtop it. Generally the differences as regards habit, shape of the
leaves, time of flowering and also the shape of the corolla are about
the same as those between R. catawbiense and R. maximum, only
in a lesser degree. In examining the available herbarium material
I find that both forms are native to the southern Atlantic States;
the low compact form being apparently restricted to the high
mountains of North Carolina, while the other form inhabits lower
altitudes and has a wider distribution.

1 The plant now in cultivation in Europe as R. punctatum seems to be a hybrid
between R. punctatum and R. ferrugineum.

98 Rhodora [JUNE

The Rhododendron generally known as R. punctatum, was discovered
in 1788 by Michaux on the banks of the Savannah River and in 1792
briefly described under the name R. minus (in Jour. d’Hist. Nat.
I. 412) in the following words: “Rhododendron minus, foliis minoribus
ellipticis petiolatis subferrugineis. Se trouve sur les rives de la rivière
de Savannah." "Though the description is rather short, the species
is sufficiently characterized, particularly by the description of the
leaves as subferrugineous, since the two other species of the Atlantic
States known to Michaux, R. maximum and R. catawbiense, have
perfectly glabrous foliage. "There can be, therefore, hardly any doubt
what Michaux meant, and his name being six years older than Andrews'
R. punctatum based on cultivated specimens introduced about 1786
by John Fraser, must be considered the valid name for this species.
Both names refer to the same form, namely to the form of the lower
altitudes; for this is the form represented by the plate accompanying
Andrews' description, and in regard to Michaux's species the locality
quoted with the first description leaves no doubt. The identity of
the two species is also confirmed by Michaux's original specimens
which I had the opportunity of examining last year; of the three sheets
two are without labels and one has two labels; all contain the form
of the lower altitudes, partly in flowering specimens, and only the
sheet with two labels contains besides these specimens two branchlets
of the form of the higher mountains in fruit; to these two specimens
belongs apparently the label reading “hautes montagnes de Caroline
septentrionale" while the label reading “aux sources de la riviére
Savannah" belongs to the other specimens and corresponds to the
locality given in the first description: in his Flora he quotes both
localities, but the description is based also here chiefly on the form
from the lower level, as he had no flowering material of the other
shrub.

The first to recognize the form of the higher mountains as distinct
was Ker when he figured it in 1815 as Rhododendron punctatum B
in the Botanical Register. He states there that it was only lately
introduced from North Carolina by John Fraser who also had intro-
duced the typical R. punctatum. This form, however, seems to have
been subsequently lost to cultivation, as it is never mentioned again
in horticultural or botanical literature. All later references and
descriptions apply only to the other form, until in 1902 Small dis-
tinguished the two forms as species, but unfortunately he identified

1912] Rehder,— Rhododendron carolinianum 99

the form of the higher mountains with R. punctatum and gave a new
name, R. Cuthberti, to the true R. minus. It is, however, the form
of the higher mountains which is in need of a name, if the two forms
are considered distinct species, and I propose Rhododendron caro-
linianum as a fitting name, because it seems to be restricted to North
Carolina, while the other species ranges farther south.

RHoDoDENDRON carolinianum Rehder, n. sp. Rhododendron punc-
tatum 8 Ker, Bot. Reg. I. t. 37. 1815. R. punctatum Small, Fl.
Southeast. U. S. 884. 1903 (non Andrews). Frutex ramis crassius-
culis; ramuli novelli virides v. purpurascentes, squamis ferrugineis
laxe conspersi; gemmae floriferae ovoideae, acutae, circiter 1 cm.
longae, perulis 7-9 late ovatis acuminulatis dense minuteque albo-
fimbriatis extus ferrugineo-lepidotis, gemmae foliiferae multo minores
et angustiores. Folia coriacea, ovalia v. elliptica v. anguste elliptica,
basi late cuneata, apice acutiuscula v. in acumen breve contracta,
5-8 cm. longa et 2.5-4 cm. lata, supra initio lepidota, mox glabra,
subnitentia, intense luteo-viridia, subtus pallidiora, dense v. interdum
sparsius ferrugineo-lepidota, margine leviter revoluta, nervis utrin-
secus circiter 8 obsoletis, costa media supra vix, subtus manifeste
elevata; petioli robusti, circiter 1 cm. longi, ferrugineo-lepidoti.
Flores 4-9 in racemo umbellato terminali, sub anthesi innovationibus
vix evolutis; pedicelli 1-1.5 cm. longi, lepidoti; sepala semiorbicularia
v. lata ovata, 1 mm. longa, trientem ovarii vix aequantia, extus et
ad marginem lepidota; corolla rotato-campanulata, 2.5 cm. longa et
3.5-4 cm. diam., lobis late ovatis margine planis apice rotundatis
tubum brevem e basi sensim ampliatum subaequantibus v. eo paullo
longioribus, pallide roseo-purpurea v. rarius albida, maculis destituta
v. interdum sparse maculata, extus glabra v. sparsissime lepidota;
stamina 10, inaequalia, corolla paullo breviora, filamentis basi villosis,
antheris pallidis; stylus glaber, staminibus paullo brevior, purpureus;
ovarium conico-oblongum, dense albido-lepidota. Capsula anguste
oblonga, 8-12 mm. longa et 3-4 mm. crassa, fusca.

Low compact shrub with thickish branches; young branchlets
greenish or purplish lepidote; floriferous winter-buds ovoid, acute,
about 1 em. long, with 7-9 broadly ovate scales mucronate and densely
white-ciliolate, outside lepidote. Leaves coriaceous, oval or elliptic
to elliptic-oblong, broadly cuneate at the base, acutish at the apex
or shortly acuminate, 5-8 cm. long and 2.5-4 cm. broad, above at
first lepidote, soon becoming glabrous, somewhat lustrous, deep
yellowish green, paler beneath and densely or sometimes more sparsely
lepidote, slightly revolute at the margin, with about 8 pairs of obscure
veins, midrib above slightly, beneath strongly elevated. Flowers
4-9 in dense umbel-like terminal racemes, the young shoots at the
flowering time scarcely developed; pedicels 1-1.5 cm. long, lepidote;
sepals semiorbicular or broadly ovate, scarcely one third as long as

100 Rhodora [JUNE

the ovary, outside and on the margin lepidote; corolla rotate-campan-
ulate, 2.5 cm. long and 3.5-4 cm. wide, pale rosy-purple or rarely
whitish, without spots or only slightly spotted, outside glabrous or
very sparingly lepidote, the lobes broadly ovate, about as long or
slightly longer than the short gradually widened tube; stamens 10,
slightly shorter than the corolla, with the filaments villous at the base
and with pale-colored anthers; style glabrous, slightly shorter than
the stamens, purple; ovary conic-oblong, lepidote. Capsule narrow
oblong, 8-12 mm. long and 3-4 mm. thick, brown.

Norra CaRoLINA: Tyron, April 20, 1897 (Biltmore Herb. No.
4463); Roan Mtn., June 16, 1879 (A. Gray, C. S. Sargent, J. H.
Redfield & Wm. W. Canby); Table Rock Mtn., Burke Co., July 2,
1890, J. K. Small & A. A. Heller (No. 281, in part, the specimens in
fruit); Macon Co., (T. G. Harbison, Nos. 119, 168); cultivated at
Highlands, from Linville Mtn., May 20, 1911, (T. G. Harbison,
No. 626); without precise locality, 1889 (F. Boynton).— At one time
this species seems to have been cultivated in the Botanic Garden at
Cambridge, for there is a specimen in the Gray Herbarium collected
by C. E. Faxon, and dated June 18, without indication of the year, but
probably collected about 1870.

Rhododendron carolinianum is easily distinguished from R. minus
by the short and wide tube of the corolla as long as, or slightly shorter
than the lobes; the corolla is usually not spotted and is glabrous
outside, the leaves are generally broader, less pointed and of thicker
texture, the branches are shorter and stouter forming a compact,
usually low shrub and the flowers appear several weeks earlier, before
the young leaves are out. As an ornamental plant it is superior to
R. minus and has proved perfectly hardy at the Arnold Arboretum
and in General Weld's garden at Dedham where a large number of
plants have been established for several years.

Small gives for his R. punctatum, which, according to his descrip-
tion, is identical with this species, a distribution ranging from North
Carolina to Tennessee, Georgia and Alabama, but I have seen it so
far only from North Carolina.

RHODODENDRON MINUS Michaux, Jour. d'Hist. Nat. I. 412. 1792,
and Fl. Bor. Am. I. 258. 1803; Persoon, Syn. Pl. I. 478. 1805.
Rhododendron punctatum Andrews, Bot. Rep. I. t. 36. 1798; Donn,
Hort. Cantabr. 49. 1786 (nomen nudum); Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept.
I. 298. 1814; Willdenow, Sp. Pl. II. 607. 1799; Ventenat, Descr.
Jard. Cels. t. 15. 1800; Aiton, Hort. Kew. ed. 2, III. 51. 1811;
Sims, Bot. Mag. XLIX. t. 2285. 1822; Watson, Dendr. Brit.
t. 162 A. 1825; Chapman, Fl. South. U.S. 266. 1860; Gray, Syn. Fl.
N. Am. II. 1, 42. 1878. Rhododendron Cuthberti Small, Torreya,
IL. 9. 1902, and Fl. Southeast. U. S. 885. 1903.

1912] Rehder,— Rhododendron carolinianum 101

Georoia: Banks of the Savannah River (A. Michaux, in Herb.
Mus. Paris, type); near Augusta, S. T. Olney & J. Metcalf (no. 123);
river bank at Locks, near Augusta, May 16, 1901, (A. Cuthbert,
type of R. Cuthberti); same locality, March 30, 1908, (C. S. Sargent);
two miles northwest of Cuthbert, Randolph Co., July 21, 1903 (R. M.
Harper, No. 1895); north slope of Pine Mtn. near Flint River, Meri-
wether Co., June 9, 1910 (R. M. Harper, No. 2261); dry rocky ridges,
Banks Co., Sept. 24, 1910, (T. G. Harbison, No. 155); Hull Co., near
Cornelin, May 17, 1911 (T. G. Harbison, No. 609). NORTH CAROLINA:
Table Rock Mtn., Burke Co., J. K. Small & A. A. Heller, July 2,
1891 (No. 281, in part, the specimens in flower). ALABAMA: Sulphur
Mtns. near Tulledaga Springs, May 15, 1911, (T. G. Harbison, No.
591); bank of Chestnut Creek, below Verbena, Chilton Co., Feb. 2,
1906, R. M. Harper (No. 26).

Rhododendron minus is chiefly distinguished from R. carolinianum
by the longer cylindric corolla-tube which is longer than the lobes,
by the corolla being lepidote outside and the upper lobe being dis-
tinctly spotted. The habit of the plant is much looser and more
straggling with longer and slenderer branches and the leaves are
larger and comparatively narrower and more pointed.

The type locality of Rhododendron minus seems to be the same as
that given for R. Cuthberti, for Michaux mentions in his Journal under
the entry for November 11, 1788, among the plants observed near
Augusta, Georgia, on the banks of the Savannah River an unnamed
Rhododendron and again under December 4 he records in the vicinity
of Seneca (Oconee Co.) a Rhododendron species nova which is without
doubt the same. As Michaux refers the deciduous Rhododendrons
to Azalea, the only other species of Rhododendron growing in this
region is R. maximum with which Michaux of course was perfectly
familiar; the unknown species therefore could not have been any
other than R. minus. As Michaux in his first description of R. minus
does not mention the flowers and as he states that it grows on the
banks of the river Savannah, it is most likely that his description is
based on the specimens collected in November, 1788, near Augusta.

The leaves of the plant cultivated in Europe as R. punctatum are
generally somewhat smaller and narrower than those of the wild speci-
mens from Georgia, but in the shape of the corolla both plants agree
perfectly.

In Banks County, Mr. T. G. Harbison has collected a form of Rhodo-
dendron minus with considerably larger flowers, which seems worthy
of being introduced into cultivation on account of its much more

102 Rhodora [JUNE

showy flowers. Though it can hardly be considered a botanical
variety, it seems advisable to give it a distinct name.

RHODODENDRON MINUS f. Harbisonii, forma nova.

A type differt floribus majoribus, 3.3-4 cm. longis in racemis cir-
citer 10-floris, sepalis inaequalibus majoribus ovatis longe ciliatis.

GrorcIa: Banks Co., May 18, 1911, T. G. Harbison (Nos. 615,
616 in Herb. Arnold Arboretum).

This differs from the typical form which has the flowers 2.5-3 cm.
long and the racemes generally 7-8-flowered, in the larger flowers
and larger racemes; also the leaves are somewhat larger, attaining
11 em. in length. In its large flowers and denser flower-clusters it
resembles R. Chapmanii Gray, but that species has smaller obtuse
or acute, not acuminate leaves very densely lepidote beneath and
revolute at the margin.

ARNOLD ARBORETUM.

THE FORMS OF PELTANDRA VIRGINICA.

SipxEYX F. BLAKE.
Plate 94.

In 1836 Rafinesque, in the New Flora of North America, part 1,
pp. 85-89, elaborated his previous treatment of the genus Peltandra
into a monograph in which eight species were described, founded
principally on differences in leaf outline,! although the number of
seeds and some supposed diagnostic characters from petiole, scape,
and spathe were also employed. Of Rafinesque’s species two were
recently taken up as varieties by Mr. Ivar Tidestrom,? on the basis
of field study of the plants in Maryland and Virginia. My collection
last fall of one or two forms obviously distinct from any of these has
led to a study of Rafinesque’s monograph in connection with the
material in the Gray Herbarium, the herbaria of the New England
Botanical Club and the Boston Society of Natural History, and a

1 Except P. alba Raf. (= P. sagittifolia (Mx.) Raf.), type of the subgenus Leu-

cospatha Raf.
2 RHODORA 12:47-50, pl. 83 (March, 1910).

1912] Blake,— Forms of Peltandra virginica 103

small amount in my own herbarium, in which it has been possible
to distinguish seven forms, differing from each other apparently in
leaf characters only.

The forms, in their range of variation strongly suggestive of those
of Sagittaria latifolia, fall naturally into three groups: one group of
three forms with broad leaves with short and broad basal lobes or
ears, another of two forms having narrower, more acute leaves with
longer, narrower ears, and a third composed of two forms with lanceo-
late acuminate leaves having very short unequal ears or none at all.
The two plants treated of by Tidestrom as var. heterophylla (Raf.)
Tidestrom and var. angustifolia (Raf.) Tidestrom make up this last
and most aberrant group, with lance-oblong or narrowly lanceolate,
acuminate leaves tapering or rounded or very shortly and equally
eared at base. These two plants, Rafinesque's P. heterophyla *
and P. angustifolia, although very close to one another and un-
doubtedly intergrading, may perhaps be maintained as distinct formae.

From Peltandra heterophyla a few apparently transitional speci-
mens lead to the second pair of formae, possessing distinct but narrow
basal lobes, and differing among themselves in size of leaf and develop-
ment of the ears. One of these, a form with pointed generally narrow
leaves and elongated usually divergent basal lobes often twice as long
as the breadth of leaf, may possibly be the same as P. hastata Raf.,
with “leaves equal in length oblong, hastate cordate acuminate,
lobes subacute”; the probability of this has not however seemed to
me sufficient to justify the adoption of the name. Rafinesque re-
marks that his plant has several seeds, hence, “is a Leucospatha like
the next,” which is P. alba Raf. (now called P. sagittifolia (Mx.) Raf.),
the type of the well distinguished subgenus Leucospatha Raf., and a
plant to whose normal leaves the description just quoted well applies.
Arum virginicum as understood by Elliott, considered by Rafinesque
identical with his P. hastata, is not by Elliott's description to be dis-
tinguished from plants of the ordinary form with hastate basal lobes.

The third group, comprising two forms beside the type of the
species, is distinguished from the last by its broad leaves with distinct
but short and broad ears. The most extreme of these, a form with
very broad leaves nearly equilaterally triangular, and with obtuse or
often subacute basal lobes, seems to be identical with Rafinesque's P.

1 This orthography was apparently always employed by Rafinesque in the numer-
ous cases where this name was applied to new “species” in the ‘‘ New Flora.”

104 Rhodora [JUNE

latifolia with “leaves broad triangular sagittate,....often one foot
long and broad." Of the two forms with more elliptical leaf outline,
one, represented by a single sheet from Delaware collected by Com-
mons, has broad leaves with a rounded tip and broadly rounded ears
nearly or quite closing the sinus. The other form, which, following
Tidestrom, is here taken as the type of the species, has a narrower
more acute leaf with narrower deltoid ears.

The absence of a distinct geographical range, or even of a difference
in habitat,! in the case of any of the forms, coupled with the fact that
the differences are purely foliar and that intergrades are frequent,
has led me to rank these plants as formae rather than varieties.

In the following synopsis I have arranged the forms after what
seem to be their natural affiliations.

* Leaves broad ( (3)7-17.5 em. wide), with distinct basal lobes 2-13 cm. long.

+ Leaves with blade? (10)14-22 em. long, 8-17.5 em. wide; basal lobes broad
(3-7.5 em. wide), short, nearly always less than width of blade, deltoid to
deltoid-lanceolate, or rounded.

++ Leaves very broad, almost equilaterally triangular, 18.5-28 cm. across the
tips of the ears, these obtuse or subacute, } as long as main blade; sinus
open.

1. PELTANDRA VIRGINICA (L.) Kunth f. latifolia (Raf.) n. comb.
P. latifolia Raf. |. c. 87. “South New Jersey and Delaware," Rafi-
nesque. Specimens examined: Massacuusetts: North Cambridge,
July 15, 1890 (Sereno Watson). DkLAWwARE: Wilmington, June 2,
1890 (A. Commons).

++ ++ Leaves elliptical or elliptical-oblong, not equilateral (11-20 em. between
tips of the ears).

= Leaves broad and rounded (blade 16-19.5 em. long, 16.5-17.5 cm. wide);
basal lobes broadly rounded, scarcely or not projecting at sides of leaf,
ł as long as the blade; sinus nearly or quite closed.

2. P. virernica f. rotundata, n. forma? TYPE sHEET (in Gray
Herb.): DELAwanE: Wilmington, June 2, 1890 (A. Commons).

= = Leaves more oblong (blade (10)14-22 em. long, 8-17 wide); basal lobes
obtuse, usually narrowed toward the tip, 1-3 the length of blade, usually
somewhat diverging; sinus open.

3. P. virGINIca (typical form). P. undulata Raf., P. canadensis
Raf., l. e. S7. Typical specimens examined: Marne: Livermore

1 Mr. Tidestrom found var. angustifolia growing with the type at Nanjemoy Creek,
Maryland; Dr. B. L. Robinson collected two forms under his number 161 at East
Jaffrey, New Hampshire; and I found three forms growing in a Sphagnum bog in
Canton, two about a pond in West Stoughton, and two in a ditch in woods in Norwood,
Massachusetts.

2 Blade is measured from top of petiole to tip of leaf.

3 P. virainica f. rotundata, n. forma, foliis rotundatis, lamina (vide supra) 16-19.5
em, longa, 16.5-17.5 cm. lata; lobis basilariis late rotundatis, vix aut omnino non
divergentibus, dimidio longis lamina; sinu prope vel ex toto clauso.

1912] Blake,— Forms of Peltandra virginica 105

Falls, 1878 (Miss Furbish); Brunswick, 1882 (Miss Furbish); Spruce

Pond, Cornish, July, 1900 (A. H. Norton). New HawrsniRE: E.

Jaffrey, 8 July, 1897 (B. L. Robinson 161 part). MASSACHUSETTS:

Beaver Brook Reservation, May 26, 1894 (W. H. Manning); Stony

Brook Reservation, June 17, 1895 (G. L. Chandler); damp ground

near pond, West Stoughton, 23 Sept., 1911 (Blake 3378); Sphagnum

bog, Canton, 13 Sept., 1911 (Blake 3325); ditch in woods, Norwood,

12 Oct., 1911 (Blake 3440). Detaware: Wilmington, June 2, 1890

(A. Commons). Maryann: Marshall Hall, July 23, 1890 (J. N.

Rose) and June 23, 1905 (Ivar Tidestrom); swamp along Potomac

River, near Chainbridge, above Washington, July, 1904 (Ivar Tide-

strom). Disrrict or CoruMBIA: Washington, river swamp, May

29, 1896 (E. S. Steele). Fiorma: Miami River, Feb. 5, 1892 (J. H.

Simpson); swamps in water, vicinity of Eustis, Lake Co., April 15-

30, 1894 (G. V. Nash 453).

+ + Leaves comparatively narrow, 6-12 cm. broad, acute to acuminate;
basal lobes longer (mostly one to two times the breadth of blade), narrow
"iud em. broad near the middle), mostly lanceolate or linear lanceolate in
outline.

^ Leaves larger and broader (main blade 10.5-23.5 em. long, 6-12 em. broad ;)
basal lobes longer, (5)7-13 em. long, often twice the breadth of leaf, widely
divaricate.

4. P. vrnGiNICA f. hastifolia, n. forma.! ?P. hastata Raf. TYPE
sHEET No. 4530, my herb.; damp ground near pond, West Stoughton,
Massachusetts, 23 Sept., 1911, Blake 3377; PARATYPE, No. 4531,
same data, in Gray Herb. Other specimens examined: MANE:
Spruce Pond, Cornish, July, 1890 (A. H. Norton). MassAcHU-
sETTs: Malden, July 2, 1890 (L. L. Dame), and July 2, 1876 (H. L.
Moody); ditch in woods, Norwood, 12 Oct., 1911 (Blake 3441).
CONNECTICUT: rare, in pond, Southington, July 12, 1899 (L. Andrews
820); ponds, Southington, July 12 and Aug. 18, 1899 (Bissell 881).
MicuiGaN: (no other data).
++ ++ Leaves smaller and narrower (main blade 10.5-20 em. long, 3-5.5 em.

wide near middle); basal lobes shorter (2-7 cm. long), the lobes only rarely

divergent.

5. P. vrnaiNICA f. brachyota, n. forma? Type suEET (in Gray
Herb.): New HawrsurnE: Contoocook River, East Jaffrey, 6 Aug.,
1898 (W. Deane and B. L. Robinson 574). Other specimens examined:
New HAMPSHIRE: abundant in shallow water of river; East Jaffrey,
8 July, 1897 (B. L. Robinson 161 part). Massacuusetts: Lynnfield,
June 17, 1879 (H..A. Young); wet meadow around Doleful Pond,
Stoneham, July 9, 1896 (W. P. Rich); sphagnum bog, Canton, 13

1 P. virarnica f. hastifolia, n. forma, foliis acutis vel acuminatis, lamina 10.5-23.5
cm. longa, 6-12 cm. lata, lobis basilariis angustis, (5)7-13 cm. longis, latitudine
laminae saepe duplo longioribus, late divaricatis.

2P. vrRaiNICA f. brachyota, n. forma, foliis minoribus, angustioribus, lamina
10.5—20 cm. longa, 3-5.5 cm. lata, auribus brevioribus, 2-7 cm. longis, raro divaricatis.

106 Rhodora [JUNE

Sept., 1911 (Blake 3328); shallow water, Centerville, July 3, 1900
(Mrs. C. I. Cheney); Stockbridge, Aug. 20, 1902 (R. Hoffman).
DetawareE: Wilmington, June 1890 (A. Commons).

** Leaves narrow (2.5-5 cm. wide), generally acuminate, with rounded,
oblique or cordate base, the ears when present very short (1-2 cm. long)
and unequal.

+ Leaves oblong or lance-oblong, acute or acuminate, 15.5-19 em. long, 4.5-5
cm. broad; base oblique, rounded, or unequally and shortly eared.

6. P. vrrarnica f. heterophylla (Raf.) n. comb.! P. heterophyla
Raf. l. c. S8. P. virginica var. heterophylla Tidestrom, 1. c. 49. Ac-
cording to Rafinesque, southern New Jersey and Delaware, also
“even near Philadelphia in the Schuykill." Specimens examined:
MASSACHUSETTS: sphagnum bog, Canton, 13 Sept. 1911 (Blake
3329 [leaves small, only 6.5-9 cm. long — perhaps not really this
form]. ManvraNp: rare, Marshall Hall, June 22, 1905 (Ivar
Tidestrom).

+ + Leaves very narrowly lanceolate, long acuminate, 23.5-28 cm. long,
2.5-3.5 em. wide; base oblique or rounded.

7. P. virarnica f. angustifolia (Raf.) n. comb. P. angustifolia
Raf. 1. c. 89. P. virginica var. angustifolia Tidestrom, l. c. 50.“ Vir-
ginia &c.,” Rafinesque. Specimens examined: MARYLAND: rare,
Nanjemoy Creek, June 1906 (Ivar Tidestrom).

STOUGHTON, MASSACHUSETTS.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 94.

Fig. 1. Peltandra virginica f. latifolia (Delaware, Commons. Not an ex-
treme of the form).

Fig. 2. P. virginica f. rotundata (leaf from type sheet).

Fig. 3. P. virginica f. hastifolia (Michigan).

Fig. 4. P. virginica f. brachyota (leaf from type sheet).
(The three other forms were well figured by Mrs. Chase in Ruopona for March, 1910.)

1 It may be well to mention that the youngest leaves of the seedling (as shown by
sheets collected by Walter Deane on shore of ''Glacialis," Cambridge, Massachusetts,
May 20, 1894) are of this type, suggesting that it represents the primitive leaf-form
in the species.

1912] Flora of the Boston District,— XV 107

REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON
DISTRICT,—XV.

CYPERACEAE.
CAREX, O TO Z.

C. Oederi Retz. Swampscott (C. W. Swan, Aug. 5, 1886, speci-
men in herb. N. E. Botanical Club).

C. Oederi Retz, var. pumila (Cosson & Germain) Fernald.
Salt marshes, meadows and shores, from Cambridge (1840) and
Revere northeastward along the coast.

C. oligosperma Michx. Cold bogs and meadows, rare; Tewks-
bury, Bedford, Concord, Wellesley, Norfolk.

C. pallescens L. Fields and meadows, common throughout.

C. panicea L. Wet fields and meadows; well distributed except
in extreme northern and western towns. “Cambridge, swamps on
Mr. Norton's estate, June, 1838, E. T. Jr." [Edward Tuckerman].

C. pedunculata Muhl. Peabody (J. H. Sears, July 10, 1881);
Shaker Glen, Woburn (Wm. Boott, May 14, 1865; E. F. Williams,
May 12, 1895; J. M. Greenman, May 2, 1897; W. P. Rich & E. F.
Williams, May 9, 1897); Fresh Pond, Cambridge (no data, specimen
in herb. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.); Bussey's Mt., Jamaica Plain [W.
Roxbury] (E. & C. E. Faxon, May 30, 1879).

C. pennsylvanica Lam. Dry sterile soil, very common throughout.

C. pennsylvanica Lam., var. lucorum (Willd.) Fernald. Wil-
mington, Burlington, Stoneham, Malden, Medford, Norwood, Milton,
Halifax.

C. platyphylla Carey. Rich woods; Andover, Hamilton, Salem,
Cambridge, W. Roxbury; Middlesex Fells, according to Deane, Fl.
Metrop. Park Comm. 93, 1896; Hingham, according to T. T. Bouvé,
The Botany of Hingham 132, 1893.

[In Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 118, 1888, this species is
recorded from Medford, collected by C. E. Perkins. An examination
of the specimen in the New England Botanical Club Herbarium shows
it to be C. laxiflora Lam., var. patulifolia (Dewey) Carey.]

108 Rhodora [JUNE

C. polygama Schkuhr. Swamps and meadows; frequent from
Canton, Norwood and Framingham northward.

C. prasina Wahlenb. Wet banks of brooks in woods, rare; New-
buryport, Medford, Winchester, Arlington, Belmont, Framingham.

C. Pseudo-Cyperus L. Lowell (C. W. Swan, July 5, 1880); big
spring, Purgatory Swamp, Norwood (G. G. Kennedy, June 30, 1908).

C. ptychocarpa Steud. Purgatory Swamp, Norwood (various
collections from June 23, 1879 to June 4, 1899); "near Boston"
(Wm. Boott, no date, specimen in Gray Herb.).

C. retroflexa Muhl. Dry open woods; Boxford, Malden, Stone-
ham, Woburn, Newton, W. Roxbury, Dedham, Milton; Concord and
Melrose, according to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co. 119, 1888.

C. riparia W. Curtis. Swamps and stream-borders; occasional
in central and northeastern portions.

C. rosea Schkuhr. Woods, common, but not reported from
southeastern towns.

C. rosea Schkuhr, var. radiata Dewey. Andover (A. S. Pease,
June 6, 1904, specimen in herb. A. S. Pease).

C. rosea Schkuhr, var. minor Boott. Shaker Glen, Woburn
(C. W. Jenks & C. W. Swan, July 10, 1888); "Concord Turnpike"
(Wm. Boott, June 10, ).

C. rostrata Stokes. Bogs and wet shores; frequent in central
portion; one station between N. Andover and Boxford, in Essex Co.

C. rostrata Stokes, var. utriculata (Boott) Bailey. Reported
as frequent from Randolph and Norwood northward.

C. salina Wahlenb., var. kattegatensis (Fries) Almq. (var.
cuspidata Wahlenb.). Brackish shores of Mystic River and Alewife
Brook in Medford (Wm. Boott, June 13, 1853; June 13, 1858; May 29,
1870; T. Morong, June 25, 1878; F. & C. E. Faxon, June 26,
1879); Arlington (Wm. Boott, July 18, 1858; June 16, 1861); Arling-
ton and Medford (F. S. Collins, July 8, 1887); Cambridge (Wm.
Boott, July 10, 1859): brackish marsh, Newburyport (F. F. Forbes,
June 13, 1903).

C. salina Wahlenb., var. kattegatensis (Fries) Almq. X stricta
Lam. Medford (Wm. Boott, June 13 and June 20, 1858; T. Morong,
June 25, 1877); Winchester (Wm. Boott, May 22, 1870); Arlington
(Wm. Boott, June 18 and July 1, 1883; F. S. Collins, June 10 and
July 8, 1887); Cambridge (Wm. Boott, June 11, 1858 and June 2,
1867; E. Tuckerman, no date). The Tuckerman specimen was

1912] Flora of the Boston District,— XV 109

collected in wet swamps on Fresh Pond, and is in the Gray Herbarium.
On the label in Francis Boott’s handwriting is “C. vulgaris Fries."
Tuckerman wrote on the label ** very much like some of my foreign
specimens of C. stricta.’ Torr.! litt. C. stricta vera, fide Greene!"
Carey has a long note on the sheet.

C. scabrata Schwein. Swamps, bogs and wet woods. Not
reported from northwestern or southeastern towns; eleven scattered
stations from Andover to Wrentham.

C. scirpoides Schkuhr. Swamps and meadows, occasional
throughout.

C. scirpoides Schkuhr, var. capillacea (Bailey) Fernald. No
reports from southeast, but frequent elsewhere.

C. scoparia Schkuhr. Open places, very common.

C. scoparia Schkuhr, var. condensa Fernald. Occasional in
northern two-thirds of district, probably elsewhere.

C. scoparia Schkuhr, var. moniliformis Tuckerm. Ipswich
CK. M. Wiegand, July 6, 1908); Cambridge (E. Tuckerman, no date);
S. Sudbury (M. L. Fernald, W. P. Rich and E. F. Williams, June 17,
1902); Dedham (C. H. Knowlton, June 13, 1908).

C. seorsa E. C. Howe. Wet woods and swamps; Georgetown,
Stoneham, Arlington, Acton, Stowe, Needham, Dorchester, Milton,
Norwood, Canton, Randolph, Walpole.

C. setacea Dewey, var. ambigua (Barratt) Fernald. Dry open
places; scattered stations throughout.

C. siccata Dewey. Dry sandy places; common in northern half;
south of Boston and Framingham, reported only from Sharon.

C. silicea Olney. Sea-beaches and sand-dunes from Plum Island
to Duxbury; also inland at Andover, Bedford, Concord and Read-
ville [Hyde Park].

C. sparganioides Muhl. Rich woods, rare; Essex County (Wm.
Oakes, no date); Oak Island, Revere (H. A. Young, June 1, 1879,
July 9, 1882; E. & C. E. Faxon, June 10, 1879); Melrose ( H. A.
Young, June 5, 1879); Shaker Glen, Woburn (E. F. Williams, May 30,
1896); “Winchester (C. E. Perkins); Concord (E. S. Hoar); Malden
(F. S. Collins)" aecording to Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co.
119, 1888 [The Concord specimen of Mr. Hoar's proves to be C.
muricata L.]; occasional, Blue Hills and Middlesex Fells, according to
Deane, Fl. Metrop. Park Comm. 94, 1896.

C. squarrosa L. N. Andover, one specimen only, between

110 Rhodora [JUNE

Shawsheen and Merrimac, near Sutton’s Mills Station (J. Robinson,
Aug. 5, 1879); waste ground, Cambridge (W. Deane, June 27, 1887).
Adventive from further west.

C. stellulata Good. Wet open ground, common.

C. stellulata Good., var. angustata Carey. Framingham (F. C.
Smith, June, 1897); cedar swamp, Walpole (C. H. Knowlton, June 17,
1908.

C. stellulata Good., var. cephalantha (Bailey) Fernald. Many
reports from central third of district.

C. stellulata Good., var. excelsior (Bailey) Fernald. Frequent
from Stoneham, Wellesley and Natick south to Mansfield and Walpole.

C. sterilis Willd. Swamps, marshes and meadows; not reported
from western third of district, but doubtless frequent throughout.

C. stipata Muhl. Swamps and wet meadows, common.

C. straminea Willd. Fields, woods and borders of brooks from
Sherborn, Sharon and Milton northeast to West Newbury and Plum
Island.

C. stricta Lam. Forming tussocks in wet places, very common.

C. stricta Lam., var. angustata (Boott) Bailey. Sixteen scattered
stations in central part of district.

C. stricta Lam., var. curtissima Peck. Malden, Medford, Wil-
mington, Belmont, Milton, Westwood.

C. stricta Lam., var. decora Bailey. Occasional in central part
of district.

C. tenella Schkuhr. Moist woods and wooded swamps; Billerica,
Concord, Randolph, Dedham, Norwood, Canton, Walpole.

C. tetanica Schkuhr, var. Woodii (Dewey) Bailey. Open peat-
bog, S. Sudbury (M. L. Fernald, W. P. Rich & E. F. Williams,
June 17, 1902).

C. tribuloides Wahlenb. Moist fields and woods, frequent in
northern half.

C. tribuloides Wahlenb., var. reducta Bailey. Cambridge,
Belmont, Milton, Norwood, Wellesley or Dover; Mill Dam, Boston
or Brighton (Wm. Boott, June 5, 1853).

C. tribuloides Wahlenb., var. turbata Bailey. Medford, Cam-
bridge, Dedham, Canton.

[C. rricnocarPA Muhl. In Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co.
116, 1888, is the following reference to this species: “Concord (E. 5.
Hoar; specimen in herb. of); Ashland (Rev. Thos. Morong)." The

U

1912] Flora of the Boston District,— XV 111

specimen collected by the late Edward S. Hoar is in his herbarium
which has recently been presented to the New England Botanical
Club by his daughter, Mrs. M. B. L. Bradford of Concord, Massachu-
setts. Examination proves it to be C. vesicaria L. The herbarium
of Rev. Thomas Morong is in the Herbarium of the New York Botanic
Garden at Bronx Park, New York City, and, through the kindness
of Dr. J. K. Small, the Ashland plant has been examined and identified
as Carex hirta L. It was collected in low, grassy ground, on June 30,
1877. I have in my herbarium specimens of C. hirta L. collected by
Dr. Morong in Ashland, June, 1877, and labelled C. trichocarpa Muhl.
"This is probably of the same collecting as the specimen just referred
to. Prof. L. H. Bailey wrote me in 1884 in regard to this plant,
“An interesting find. It is C. hirta L..... I have not the species
from this country, so I took a piece." I also have two specimens of
C. hirta L. collected by Dr. Morong in Ashland, July 6, 1885. These
Ashland plants have been recorded in Rhodora xiii. 250, 1911, under
C. hirta L.

Prof. Bailey published a note on C. hirta L. in the Botanical Gazette
for June, 1885, on page 295. He mentions its general resemblance
to C. trichocarpa and says, "Introduced from Europe. Ashland,
Mass., 1877, Thos. Morong; in ballast, Philadelphia, 1880, F. L.
Scribner; and about Boston, Wm. Boott. Mr. Morong writes me as
follows in regard to this species: 'I have collected it for several years
in succession. I first found it by the roadside in rather low lands
and afterwards in yards around dwellings, among grass. I presume
from these situations that it must have been introduced into this
locality. " Carex trichocarpa Muhl. has been found in New England
only in the western portions, while C. hirta L. has occurred at sev-
eral stations in eastern Massachusetts (see RHopora xii. 188, 1910).
— W. DzaNE.]

C. trisperma Dewey. Swamps, meadows and wet woods; appar-
ently frequent, but not reported from southeastern portion.

C. trisperma Dewey, var. Billingsii Knight. Wenham, Wake-
field, Melrose, Tewksbury, Chelmsford, Littleton, Natick, Duxbury.

[C. TvckERMANI Boott. In Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co.
115, 1888, is the following reference to this species: “Concord (E. S.
Hoar, and specimen in Thoreau Herb.)." The herbarium of Edward
S. Hoar, including the Carices, among other plants, collected by his
intimate friend, Henry D. Thoreau, contains the specimens above

112 Rhodora [JUNE

mentioned. The plant collected by Thoreau proves to be C. rostrata
Stokes. The specimens collected by Mr. Hoar are C. vesicaria L.,
var. monile (Tuckerm.) Fernald. I have in my herbarium, a speci-
men of the same collecting, given me by Mr. Hoar. It, also, is C.
vesicaria L., var. monile (Tuckerm.) Fernald. Mr. Hoar’s label
reads; “Concord, June 9, 1858. River meadows, very common,"
a statement well applying to monile, specimens of which I have from
four separate stations along the Concord River in Concord, collected
by Mr. Thoreau and Mr. Hoar. Carex Tuckermani is not known
to occur in eastern Massachusetts.— W. DEANE.]

C. umbellata Schkuhr. Dry sandy and rocky soil, frequent in
eastern half of district.

C. umbellata Schkuhr. var. brevirostris Boott. Melrose (G. G.
Kennedy, May 3, 1896).

C. umbellata Schkuhr, var. tonsa Fernald. Halifax (A. S.
Pease, May 30, 1907).

C. varia Muhl. Dry woods and open places, common as far south
as Milton and Norwood.

C. varia Muhl., var. colorata Bailey. Grassy bank, Wellesley
(K. M. Wiegand, May 29, 1908); Mt. Chickatawbut, W. Quincy
(J. R. Churchill, May 20, 1900); Halifax (A. S. Pease, May 30, 1907).

C. vesicaria L. Wet meadows, marshes and swamps, frequent.

C. vesicaria L., var. jejuna Fernald. Andover (A. S. Pease, June 9,
1903); Bedford (J. Murdoch, Jr., June 7, 1902); Framingham (EF. C.
Smith, July 7, 1897); upper meadow, Milton (J. R. Churchill, July 17,
1898).

C. vesicaria L., var. monile (Tuckerm.) Fernald. Same range
as the type.

C. vestita Willd. Sandy or gravelly soil in sun or shade, common.

C. vestita Willd., var. Kennedyi Fernald. Near Silver Lake,
Wilmington (G. G. Kennedy, June 11, 1899). The type station, and
the only station known. Published in Ruopora ii. 170, 1900.

C. virescens Muhl. Dry woods and open places, common in
central portion. i

C. virescens Muhl., var. Swanii Fernald. Common in central
portion, extending north to Tewksbury and south to Walpole, Sharon,
and Wrentham. i

C. vulpinoidea Michx. Swamps and moist places, common.

C. Willdenowii Schkuhr. “Above the waterfall on the west side

1912] Klugh,— Algae of a Marshy Pond 113

of the path," Malden [now Melrose]. (Wm. Boott, June 11, 1863),
also Malden [probably Melrose] (Wm. Boott, June 6, 1853);
Arlington (Wm. Boott, June 6, 1853); dry woods, Ponkapaug, Ran-
dolph (J. R. Churchill, June 26, 1897). See Ruopona xii. 187, 1910.

C. H. KNOWLTON
S. F. BLAKE

J. A. CUSHMAN |
WALTER DEANE

| Committee
on
Local Flora.

THE ALGAE OF A MARSHY POND.
By A. B. KruaHg, M. A.

On Barriefield Common near Kingston, Ontario, is a clay-bottomed
marshy pond, whose algal flora is worthy of record because of its
richness. This pond is only about 20 yards in diameter and is about
21 feet deep in the centre. The richness of this pond appears to me
to be due to two causes; firstly that the pond never completely dries
up, and I have it on the authority of Dr. Knight that during his long
residence in Kingston he has never known it to be dry, and secondly
that being shallow the water becomes warm during the summer.
All the species mentioned below were collected either on July 21st
or July 23rd, 1911. On the first occasion only one vial of material
was collected, but on finding it so rich I returned on the 23rd and
secured four more vials of material.

I wish here to thank Mr. F. S. Collins for his careful examination
of such material from this pond as I sent him.

The species listed do not represent the entire algal flora of this pond
as I found many species which were not in fruit and consequently not
determinable with certainty.

The species marked with an asterisk are those which are here
recorded from Canada for the first time.

114 Rhodora [JUNE

CYANOPHYCEAE.

* Aphanothece saxicola, Naegeli. Common.

* Aphanothece microscopica, Naegeli. Common.
Oscillatoria limosa, Agardh. Scarce.
Oscillatoria formosa, Bory. Scarce.

*Nostoc sphaericum, Vaucher. Common.

* Anabaena catenula, Bornet & Flahault. Fairly common.
Scytonema crispum, Bornet. Abundant, floating in great masses.

'The unbranched form only occurred.

* Tolypothrix tenuis, Kuetzing. Common and intermingled with
the preceding.

*Calothrix stagnalis, Gomont. Common on Scytonema crispum.
Young trichomes blue-green, older trichomes from pale blue to lilac
in color. Three or four gonidia often present on one filament.
Sheaths variable, usually thin but sometimes 3 microns thick.

*Rivularia pisum. Agardh. Common.

*Rivularia natans, Welwitsch. Common. Forming spherical
colonies from 4 to 3 mm. in diameter attached to water-plants.

HETEROKONTAE.

Ophiocytium cochleare, A. Braun.
Ophiocytium parvulum, A. Braun.

CHLOROPHYCEAE.

*Zygnema pectinatum, Agardh. Common and just beginning to
conjugate.
*Spirogyra crassa, Kuetzing. Scarce at border of pond.
* Mougeotia sphaerocarpa, Wolle. Common.
Chlamydomonas communis, Snow. Common.
Gonium pectorale, Muller. Rare.
Pandorina morum, Bory. Common.
Characium naegelii, A. Braun.
Rhaphidium falcatum aciculare, Hansgirg.
Nephrocytium agardhianum, Naegeli.
*Tetraedron minimum, Hansgirg.

1912) Fernald & Wiegand,— Variety of Carex scoparia 115

*Tetraedron regulare, Kuetzing.
*Tetraedron enorme, Hansgirg.
Scenedesmus bijuga, Wittrock.

*Crucigenia rectangularis, Gay. Rare.

* Elakatothrix americana, Wille. Scarce.

*Coelastrum microporum, Naegeli.

Sorastrum spinulosum, Naegeli. Common.
Pediastrum boryanum, Meneghini. Common.
Pediastrum tetras, Ralfs. Scarce.
*Cylindrocapsa geminella, Wolle. Very common.
Chaetosphaeridium globosum, Klebahn. On Cladophora fracta.

*Gloiococcus mucosus, A. Braun. Common.

*Gloeotaenium loitlesbergerianum, Hansgirg. Both four-celled and
two-celled forms of this species were present in the collections made
both on July 21 and July 23. This is the first record for this species
on the North American Continent, the only record previously pub-
lished for the Western Hemisphere being from Trinidad.

*Cladophora fracta, Kuetzing. (Common.

QuEEN's Untversity, Kingston, Ontario.

A BLUNT-SPIKED VARIETY OF CAREX SCOPARIA.
M. L. FERNALD AND K. M. WIEGAND.

In eastern Newfoundland much of Carex scoparia so strongly re-
sembles C. tribuloides, var. turbata in its slightly flexuous elongate
head of subturbinate almost flat-topped spikes that, when the plant
was first brought to notice during the past summer, by Mr. E. B.
Bartram who was collecting with us, we were inclined to class it as a
form of C. tribuloides. But the plant, which afterward proved to be
generally distributed in eastern Newfoundland has the narrow leaves,
close sheaths and the straw-colored or brownish somewhat lustrous
spikes of C. scoparia, and is clearly an extreme of that species. Ex-
amination of all the material in the Gray Herbarium and the herbarium
of the New England Botanical Club — about 250 sheets — shows that

116 Rhodora [JUNE

the species and ordinarily recognized varieties have the spikes acute
(at least when young) and more or less rhomboid-fusiform, thus
strongly contrasting with the blunt or subtruncate obovoid spikes of
C. tribuloides. In the large suite of material which we have examined
there are a few specimens which are clearly like the blunt-spiked plant
of Newfoundland and which indicate that this extreme is widely
distributed, though apparently rare on the continent of North Amer-
ica. That it may be readily cited we propose to call it: —

CAREX SCOPARIA Schkuhr, var. subturbinata, var. nov., var.
moniliformi habitu statura etc. simile; inflorescentiis elongatis sub-
flexuosis; spicis subremotis obovoideis vel subturbinatus obtusis vel
subtruncatis.

Similar in habit, stature, etc. to var. moniliformis: inflorescences
elongate, subflexuous; spikes subremote, obovoid or subturbinate,
obtuse or subtruncate. — Type collected in a wet ditch along the
railroad near Rushy Pond, Newfoundland, August 28, 1911, Fernald &
Wiegand, no. 4796. Also examined from the following stations.
NEWFOUNDLAND: open swale, river-flat, Grand Falls, July 18, 1911,
by a pool on sandstone ledges, Grand Falls, July 22, 1911, low open
stony ground along a brook, and in a wet ditch along the railroad,
Brigus Junction, August 5, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 4792,
4793, 4794, 4795. Nova Scotia: Metaghan, July 22, 1896, E.
Brainerd. MicurgAN: Tawas Point, June 22,——, H. Gillman.
TENNESSEE: low wet places, Henderson, May 13, 1893, S. M. Bain,
no. 500.

Prize Essay.— We are asked to call attention to two prizes, of
$25.00 and $15.00, offered by the Torrey Botanical Club for the best
popular article on some feature of the vegetation in the neighborhood
of New York (including the State of Connecticut). For details those
interested should communicate promptly with Mr. Norman TAYLOR,
CENTRAL Museum, Eastern Parkway, Brooklyn, N. Y.

Volume 14, no. 161, including pages 81 to 96, was issued 1 May, 1912.

Plate 94.

Rhodora

S. F. Blake del.

FORMAE OF PELTANDRA VIRGINICA.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 14. July, 1912. No. 163

THE GENUS AMELANCHIER IN EASTERN NORTH
AMERICA.

Kk. M. WIEGAND.
(Plates 95 and 96.)

Ir is with some hesitation that the writer attempts a treatment
of a genus which in the past has been subject to so much difference
of opinion as has Amelanchier. His only excuse is that field and her-
barium studies covering in a general way a period of sixteen years,
but more especially of four years, have led him to conclusions in
regard to specific identity, relationship, and nomenclature which differ
rather widely from those generally accepted at present.

Between the years 1895 and 1898 the writer made a serious study of
the shad-bushes of Central New York with the expectation that the
results would be published at once; but on more extended study in
herbaria the classification based on the local work was found to accord
so poorly with what existed elsewhere that the idea of immediate
publication was given up. Recent field work in eastern Massachusetts
and also in Newfoundland, where the genus is especially well repre-
sented as to individuals, has revived interest in this problem, and much
of the writer's spare time throughout the past year has been again
devoted to Amelanchier. During the summer of 1911, in company with
Prof. M. L. Fernald and Mr. E. B. Bartram, he collected in Newfound-
land about 132 numbers of Amelanchier. This material, together
with that in the Gray Herbarium, kindly placed at the writer's disposal
by those in authority, and the material in the Herbarium of the New
England Botanical Club, has furnished the immediate basis for this

118 Rhodora [JULY

paper. In addition, the writer has seen the material in the Herbarium
of the Missouri Botanical Garden, the herbarium of the Philadelphia
Academy of Natural Science, the National Herbarium, the herbarium
of the New York Botanical Garden, and the herbarium of Cornell
University. The principal cause of most of the difficulty experienced
by students of Amelanchier in the past in drawing specific lines, is to
be found undoubtedly in the wonderful variability which seems to
exist within the genus, a variability so extreme that rarely did it seem
possible to find two plants as much alike as specific identity in other
groups would demand. Indeed, if the sheets of any large collection
are sorted on any assumed basis, almost as many transitional sheets
will be found as sheets typical of the supposed species. For this
reason many taxonomists have been inclined to believe that no real
specific lines exist, at least so far as the eastern species are concerned.
Because of this wealth of form two courses have seemed possible; a
conservative treatment in which a very few species, sometimes only
one, may be recognized; or a radical one in which a great many species
are supposed to exist.

In attempting any treatment of the genus the first point to be de-
cided is the significance of this wealth of form. In the past it has
been usually interpreted as real variation, and, if such, we must admit
that to draw specific lines would be impossible. Recent activity
in the study of heredity has shown, however, that hybridization in
nature, especially in certain groups, is much more common than was
supposed. Moreover, the Mendelian theory has supplied a method
of testing supposed hybrids by growing the offspring through several
generations. By means of such tests it has been shown in many cases
that so-called intermediates are due to hybridization. It has also
been shown that many so-called intermediates are really notinter-
mediates as far as the individual characters are concerned, but are
made up of the characters of the two parents combined according to
the law of combinations and permutations until all possible combina-
tions exist. The question may be legitimately raised, therefore, as to
whether the multitudinous forms in Amelanchier are hybrids, and, if
so, as to what are the true species.

The writer began the present study under the belief that the wealth
of form was due to true variation; but with more material at hand,
and especially in recent years since the possibility of hybridization
has been more in mind, a surprisingly great number of cases has been

P.

1912] Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America — 119

found where characters plainly appear to have been recombined. So
frequent have these cases become that it seemed desirable to work
out a treatment of the genus based on the idea that the so-called
“intermediates” are hybrids. The present paper is a result of this
endeavor. The first and most difficult problem was to determine
what were the real species, and what the hybrids. At first too few
species were recognized, thus making necessary the interpretation
of some plants as hybrids in regions where at least one of the parents
was not known to exist.

After several trials, however, the present treatment was settled
upon for the following reasons: because the groups of sheets repre-
senting each species obtained in this way seemed to be natural groups
the individuals in which differed not more from each other than do
individuals in species of other genera; because the range of each
species so obtained was a natural range, and not local; because most
intermediate specimens could be interpreted as recombining characters
of the true species; because all characters were accounted for, so
that supposed hybrids simply recombined old characters, and no new
characters appeared in these intermediates; and because the range
obtained was such that hybrids were not accredited to regions in which
the parents did not exist. Unfortunately the time required to grow
plants of Amelanchier in order to test the hybrids, and the fact that
the writer is not conveniently located for such work, has made it
impossible to test the hybrids assumed to exist. This paper must,
therefore, be regarded as a provisional treatment based upon the
hypothesis that the products of hybridization within this genus are
extremely common. Indeed, such products of hybridization seem so
common that in every large herbarium thus far studied the number
of sheets to be considered of hybrid origin is about one-third of the
whole. This great number of hybrid forms may seem to some unduly
large when it is considered that Mendel ! and others have shown that,
in nature, there is a strong tendency for the gross mass of individuals
representing species and hybrids to return to the two specific forms.
It may seem that we are assuming unreasonably frequent crossing to
occur. It is probable, however, that many forms which are the results
of hybridization come true to seed. "That certain new forms thus
produced may come true to seed is not opposed to the Mendelian

1 Mendel: — See Mendel's Principles of Heredity, by Bateson, p. 58, 1902.

120 Rhodora [Jun

theory of segregation as would at first seem to be the case. According
to the Mendelian theory, all unit characters tend to segregate with
successive generations produced from a hybrid, and to return to the
pure parent form, but this does not mean that this ultimately pure
character will necessarily be combined with another ultimately pure
character from the same parent. In many cases there will be a combi-
nation of an ultimately constant character of one parent with a simi-
larly constant character of the other parent so that all the resulting
offspring in succeeding generations will be alike and will possess both
of these characters. As the ordinary expression goes, it will be a
permanent hybrid, and thus a new race will be established. Whether
we should attempt to distinguish all of these new races by names, or
simply refer to them as hybrids of *so and so" in which *such and
such” characters of each parent are represented, is an open question.
Considering the uncertainty, without culture, as to whether the
various supposed hybrids breed true or not, it has seemed to the
writer greatly in the interest of clearness to refrain from giving them
names. .

Thus the present treatment will still be disappointing to those who,
like most of us, would like to be able to refer every specimen to a
definite category. The writer believes, however, that this may be
more nearly accomplished under the present treatment than under
any other method of treating Amelanchier of which he is aware. We
now have eight well defined categories bearing specific names. Other
specimens which do not fall into these may be definitely labeled as
hybrids! between some two of these parents. If the hybrids were
described as species, a very large number of categories would be
required to represent the various Mendelian combinations, and thus
these categories themselves would differ from each other to such a
slight degree as to render the classification unusable in actual practice.
Amelanchier, like Rubus, is a group in which it will never be possible
to have the clearly cut condition found in so many genera where speci-
mens will fall easily into one or another specific category.

1 The word hybrid is here used in a sense, common in taxonomy, but differing
from that adopted by the modern plant breeders. It signifles any individual which
is the result of crossing and which presents some of the traits of one parent side
by side with some traits of the other parent. It may or may not breed true. The
Mendelian students, on the other hand, use the term Aybrid to denote an individual
of the Dr group, which will not breed true but which will segregate in successive
generations.

1912] Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America 121

Incidentally it may be interesting to note here that some relation
seems to exist between the frequency of crossing and the disturbance of
natural conditions. Hybrids of both Amelanchier and Rubus seem
more abundant in places where recent fires or recent clearing of the
land have disturbed the equilibrium of nature. The frequently dug-
over railroad embankment is an especially favorable locality for such
hybrids in Rubus.

If it is difficult to determine what are species and what are not
species in the genus Amelanchier, it is no less difficult to determine
what names should be applied to the species recognized. Synonymy
here is very extensive and very much involved. It is complicated by
the faet that many of the species of the earlier authors were un-
doubtedly aggregates, and also by the fact that several specific names
were based upon material from European gardens unlike any species
now known to grow in the wild state. There is also some reason to
believe that a few names were based upon hybrid specimens. It must
be understood, therefore, that the nomenclature of the group, even
after the present attempt to straighten it out, is still in an unsatis-
factory state. The old types especially, if in existence, must be criti-
cally studied from the standpoint of the present treatment. A very
serious attempt has here been made to interpret the older specific
names; but, when that has seemed impossible, so that the retention
of the name would demand an arbitrary application, thus creating
a “permanent source of confusion and error," ! the name has been
dropped.

The first name to be considered in connection with Amelanchier
in eastern North America is the Mespilus canadensis of Linnaeus.?
The original description is very brief and reads: * MESPILUS inermis,
foliis ovato-oblongis glabris serratis, caule inermi.— Mespilus inermis,
foliis subtus glabris obverse-ovatis. Gron. virg. 54. Habitat in
Virginia, Canada." The reference in Gronovius reads as cited with
the additional statement: * Frutex Mespilo affinis humilis, non ramosus
nec aculeatus, foliis alternis subrotundis, eleganter serratis, & ad
apicem rotundis, . . . .Clayt. n. 60 & 295.” In the Systema Veg. ed. 13
(p. 388, 1774) Linnaeus says:— “M. inermis, fol. ovato-oblongis
glabris serratis acutiusculis. Tenera lanata; adultior nuda. Racemi

1 Internat. Rules Bot. Nom., Art. 51, sect. 4.
3 Sp. PL, ed. 1, p. 478 (1753).

122 Rhodora [JULY

elongati.” The citation from Gronovius, it would seem, can apply
only to one or both of the two shrubby species growing in Virginia,
both of which have rather blunt leaves and fine teeth, namely Ame-
lanchier oblongifolia or A. stolonifera. Although * foliis subrotundatis "
would seem to refer to A. stolonifera, a small-leaved plant of A. ob-
longifolia might have been at hand. The writer is indebted to Miss
Alice Eastwood for a search among Clayton’s plants in the British
Museum, but these numbers could not be found. The reference
seems, therefore, of little value in determining the Linnean type.
The words “foliis ovato-oblongis” in the original description suggest
quite another plant from that suggested by the Gronovian reference,
and the words “ovato-oblongis ... serratis acutiusculis, racemi
elongati” in the Systema still further suggest one of the arborescent
species. That the hairy one of these two tree forms (A. canadensis,
var. tomentula Sarg.), not the smooth one, was intended is made plain
by the words “tenera lanata.” The writer is also indebted to Miss
Eastwood for a comparison of material representing our various East-
American species with the only existing specimen labeled Mespilus
canadensis in the Linnean Herbarium. Quite unprejudiced by pre-
vious knowledge of the case, she reports that the Linnean specimen
is more like material numbered III by the writer which was taken from
a specimen of the hairy arborescent form; thus the Linnean descrip-
tions and the specimen suggest the same plant. The writer feels,
therefore, that the type of Linnaeus’ M. canadensis is reasonably well
determined to be what has recently passed as Amelanchier canadensis,
var. tomentula. This Linnean conception of A. canadensis was indeed
quite generally followed by nearly all of the earlier writers, except
Bigelow, in the various genera under which it was placed. Linnaeus,
the younger, in 1781 (Suppl. p. 255), substituted the name Pyrus
Botryapium, adding to the description the words * Arbor. . . Folia...
juniora tomentosa. . . Petala lineari-lanceolata...," thus making still
more definite the conception of the arborescent hairy form. Only
the description of the fruit as blue-black, juicy, sweet and pleasant
is at variance with this interpretation. This (that Linnaeus meant
the tree with pubescent leaves) was also the interpretation of Torrey &
Gray in the Flora of North America (but not always that of Torrey,
as shown by specimens in the Torrey Herb. which are mostly A.
laevis). In the early editions of Gray’s Manual, however, there seems
to have been a tendency, while retaining the name A. canadensis for

1912] Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America 123

the form which is woolly when young, to apply the term “ var. Botrya-
pium" to a form with “leaves soon smooth.” This is exactly opposite
to the view recently held. A definite transfer of the name canadensis
to the arborescent smooth species seems to have first taken place in
the sixth edition of Gray’s Manual. Since then this latter interpre-
tation has been quite generally followed.

Amelanchier canadensis as interpreted by the writer seems to be
the more common arborescent species in the Middle and Southern
States, and, since this region furnished much material to the earlier
botanists, it is not surprising that this species has an extensive
synonymy. The writer has been unable to attribute any of the
numerous published names to our smooth species, which is more
common in the north, since each description states explicitly that
the leaves were hairy when young. This smooth species is, there-
fore, here given the new name 4. laevis.

Greater difficulty is experienced in the determination of names
applicable to the shrubby species of Amelanchier. The shrubby and
arborescent species were not clearly distinguished by the early authors,
and in many cases the descriptions were so worded as to include both.
Two names appear in the early synonymy of Amelanchier which have
since been variously applied to different shrubby or even arborescent
species. "These are the Crataegus spicata of Lamarck,! and the Pyrus
ovalis of Willdenow.? Both were described from garden material.
The C. spicata was based on plants growing in the Jardin du Roi,
and the P. ovalis on plants in the Berlin Garden. Plants have since
been growing in the Berlin Garden, specimens from which have been
from time to time sent out in exsiccati as Amelanchier ovalis or A.
spicata (E. Koehne — Herb. Dend. No. 51 as A. spicata Hort. bot.
Berol) Those who have seen these specimens and the type specimen
of Crataegus spicata, as well as specimens of our Eastern American
stoloniferous fine-toothed Amelanchier agree that they all appear to
be one and the same thing. Flowers and leaves in the exsiccati match
those of this stoloniferous species as well as one could wish, as do also
the flowers and leaves in the original descriptions. "The original
description of C. spicata, however, gives the height of the plant as
from two to three times that of the native European species of Ame-

1 Encyc., i, p. 84 (1783).
? Berlin Baumz., ed. 1, p. 259 (1796).

124 Rhodora [JULY

lanchier, which, figured out, would mean about 2-5m. Willdenow gives
the height as 2-2.5 m. In addition, Mr. Alfred Rehder has stated
to the writer that the plant in European gardens commonly passing
under the name A. ovalis is not low and stoloniferous but tall and fasti-
giate. It seems very reasonable to believe therefore that the plant
imported at that early period and propagated in the European gardens
was a constant form, of hybrid origin, in which the leaf- and flower-
characters of A. stolonifera were combined with the habit of A. oblongi-
folia. For this reason both of these names have been considered
as invalid for any species described in this paper.

Another name which has recently been taken up for an apparently
artificial group of forms belonging to various species and including
hybrids, is the Amelanchier intermedia of Spach.! This, also, was
described from garden material (* . . .n'est pas rare dans les jardins.
Elle est sans doute originaire de l'Amerique septentrionale"). The
original description, which is lengthy, suggests the arborescent hairy
species; "...les jeunes (feuilles) laineuse. ..Laniéres calicinales...
réfléchies aprés anthése,...Petit arbre. Rameaux divariqués. . .
Pétales longs d'environ 6 lignes. ..," although the description of the
leaf and of the form of the sepals is not very good for that species.
In the Gray Herbarium, however, there is a specimen named 4.
intermedia by Spach himself. 'This is a sprig of flowering material
and hence imperfect. The hypanthium is rather large for A. cana-
densis, and the sepals, though abruptly reflexed, are mostly longer
and narrower than would be normal for that species. In one flower
however there is a suggestion of the broad sepals of A. canadensis.
Both the acute leaves and reflexed sepals exclude A. oblongifolia.
The specimen should be interpreted, probably, as either an extreme
form of 4. canadensis or a hybrid of that species with 4. laevis.

If we begin now with the shrubby species with coarse teeth we find
that in 1803 Michaux described a Mespilus canadensis y rotundifolia:
"arborescens; foliis sub-orbiculata-ovalibus, utrinque rotundatis.—
in Canada." "The identity of this variety of Michaux has long been
in doubt, and the name has been used by various authors for quite
different plants. The original description is exceedingly brief and
very indefinite. The word "arborescens" suggests something taller
than a shrub, but Michaux used the term “arborea” on the same

1 Hist. Veg. Phan., ii. p. 85 (1834).
? Fl. Bor. Am., i. p. 291.

1912] Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America — 125

page for var. cordata, and "fruticosa" for var. oligocarpa, so that
“ arborescens” might signify a high shrub. The writer has had access
to a photograph made by Prof. Fernald of the Michaux type specimen
in the Michaux herbarium (Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris) which, though not
conclusive, seems more like the large-flowered, coarse-toothed species
than any other; and this interpretation seems to have been that
reached by other recent botanists who have studied the type. The
Michaux variety was raised to specific rank and transferred to Ame-
lanchier by Roemer ! in 1847. Unfortunately in 1814 Pursh described
a Pyrus sanguinea? There has always been doubt as to the identity
of this plant; and, so far as known, no specimen is in existence.
Pursh cites as the only synonym the M. canadensis y rotundifolia
of Michaux, but he further says “tenuissime serratis...A small
tree... berries red...” which are not the characters of Michaux’s
plant. Moreover the locality is given as, “In Canada and on the
banks of the Columbia.” Since that time attempts have been made
to apply Pursh’s name, but in a most diverse manner (see Lindley
in Bot. Register t. 1171, and Loudon, Arb. et Fruct. p. 875). Evi-
dently Pursh confused at least two plants, and evidently the only
thing definite in connection with the Pursh name is the Michaux
synonym, but that is definite and the name need not be a source of
confusion; therefore the writer is inclined to believe, with Dr. Britton,
that Pursh’s specific name should be retained for Michaux’s plant.
Even if Pursh’s name is not used, the name rotundifolia cannot be used
as a specific name for our plant, as it is an earlier valid name for the
native European species.’

The dwarf stoloniferous species with coarsely toothed leaves seems
never to have been definitely recognized. In literature and in the
herbarium it has been confused, sometimes with the species here called
Amelanchier sanguinea, and sometimes with that here called 4.
stolonifera. The description of Blanchard's A. erecta * at first glance

1 Fam. Nat. Syst. Rosif., p. 146.

? Fl. Am. Sept., p. 340.

3 There is said to be a specimen of '' A. alnifolia,” which went through Pursh's
hands, in the Lewis and Clark set at the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Science.
If so, this may have given rise to the entry in Pursh's flora of the Columbia River
locality. But since the specimen is reported not to have been named by Pursh, and
since there is no reference in the Flora to this specimen, it is simply an inference that
this specimen represents the Pyrus sanguinea of Pursh's Flora. (See Robinson &
Greenman, in Thos. Meehan, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philadelphia, Jan., 1898).

t Torreya, vii. p. 101.

126 Rhodora [JULY

suggests this species; especially that part in which the flowers are
described as small, in close stocky racemes, with short stocky calyx-
lobes which are “reflexed-curled,” and in which the plant is said to
grow in colonies forming a thick hedge. The teeth of the leaves are
described as coarse, which would indicate that it belonged to the
present group. In reply to a letter in regard to the type, Blanchard
writes that the specimens distributed by him may be taken as typical.
The Blanchard specimens named A. erecta in the Gray Herbarium
are quite diverse, both as to size of flowers and venation of the leaves,
as well as to other details of general appearance. None of them from
Vermont, the type region, have exactly the same leaf and inflores-
cence as our specimens of the dwarf species from elsewhere. The
broadly oval, coarsely toothed leaves, mentioned in the description
and seen in the specimens, suggest A. sanguinea, as do also the long
pedicels and moderately long sepals. Except in one specimen, the
petals also are somewhat longer than is typical of our species. The
more irregular veins of Blanchard’s plants suggest A. stolonifera or
A. laevis, while the small flowers also suggest A. stolonifera. The
height given (4-12 ft.) is greater than is to be found among typical
plants of the present species farther westward. If Blanchard’s North
Westminster plants were of this species, they would extend the eastern
range slightly, since we have no other specimens from east of Troy,
New York, and northern Lake Champlain. All things considered,
therefore, the name A. erecta seems of too questionable application
to warrant its adoption for our plant. Itis thus desirable to give the
species a new name, and A. humilis has been chosen because of the
low dwarf habit of the shrub.

In 1818 Nuttall! described Aronia alnifolia with a range given as
from Ft. Mandan to the Andes, but otherwise no definite locality was
cited. The description calls for a small.leaf, rounded and toothed
near the summit, somewhat acute at the base, and smooth at maturity.
This might apply to a small leaved specimen of what is here called
Amelanchier florida, but the leaves in that species are almost never
acute at the base. It might, also, be one of several of the small-
leaved western species recently segregated by Greene and others.
In the Torrey herbarium there is a small fragment bearing four leaves
and a bud, which bears the label, in Nuttall’s hand, “ Amelanchier

! Gen. Am. i. p. 306.

1912] Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America — 127

alnifolia R. Mts. a low shrub. The racemes long and erect." On it
Dr. Gray has written, “ Nuttall must mean his A. pumila for this.”
'Those leaves are about 22-27 mm. long, are rounded at both ends or
but slightly cuneate at the base, and there is some slight indication
of tomentum still remaining. In the Herbarium of the Academy of
Natural Sciences at Philadelphia there is a fragmentary specimen from
the “Columbia River" labeled Amelanchier alnifolia Nutt. in Nuttall's
handwriting. The summit of the ovary in this specimen is glabrous
and the specimen may be A. Cusickii Fernald. At least, we are not
warranted in saying that it is the same as the plant east of the Rocky
Mountains. The writer sees no way of deciding what either of these
plants really is, or what Nuttall had in mind when describing Aronia
alnifolia. Unless more material named by Nuttall can be found,
it seems impossible to make use of his name. "The first name that
does definitely apply to our present species is the Amelanchier florida
of Lindley,! published in 1833. This was accompanied by a fine
colored plate and a long description with notes. Both the plate and
the description, but more especially the former, fit our plant very well
indeed. "There seems little if any doubt that Lindley had in mind
the plant here called A. florida, and the Lindleyan name is, therefore,
adopted for the plant under discussion.

'The stoloniferous coastal species of dry soil has never received a
distinctive name. It has passed variously as Amelanchier oblongifolia,
A. spicata, and A. ovalis; but the first of these is a quite different plant,
and the other two names have already been shown not to apply to any
species known at present. In recent years it has formed the basis of
the A. spicata of Britton’s various works. Since no other valid name
exists for the species it may be called A. stolonifera because of its
peculiar habit.

The swamp species with alder-like habit has been very generally
confused with other species. It seems to have constituted all of
Ashe's? *obovalis" and a part also of Michaux's? It was the Pyrus
ovalis of Bigelow and Pursh, and the Aronia ovalis of 'Torrey’s Flora
of the Northern and Middle States. It constituted a part of the
Mespilus arborea of Michaux, and of the Amelanchier intermedia of
Britton’s N. A. Trees, as well as a part of the A. Botryapium of Britton's

1 Bot. Reg., t. 1589.
? Bot. Gaz., xxxv. p. 434.
3 Fl. Bor. Am ,, i. p. 291.

128 Rhodora [JULY

Illustrated Flora and Manual. Its earliest distinctive name was the
A. Canadensis B oblongifolia of Torrey and Gray. "Though the
description is not distinctive, the specimens thus labeled in the
Torrey Herbarium are fairly conclusive. There are two such lots
of labeled material with foliage, and one with flowers only. The
identity of the latter is uncertain, but of the other two, one is straight
A. oblongifolia as here understood (Princeton, June, 1831); while the
other bears two branches, one of which, a mere twig in flower only, is
A. humilis (coll. Gray, Watertown, N. Y., 1833), and the other, which
is a foliage specimen, is true A. oblongifolia (N. Carolina). The sig-
nificance of the name oblongifolia is, therefore, fairly clear and the
name should be applied to our plant. It was transferred to specific
rank by Roemer in 1847.

In 1803 Michaux ? described Mespilus canadensis § oligocarpa, with
habitat “in America boreali," and characterized as “ fruticosa: foliis
oblongo-ovalibus, basi acutis, subtiliter serrulatis, brevi petiolatis:
fructibus subsolitariis." This name has usually been interpreted as
referring to our northern short-petioled few-flowered species, and this
interpretation is undoubtedly correct, as shown by a photograph of
the Michaux type made by Prof. M. L. Fernald. The type specimen
is in the Michaux Herbarium at the Museum d’Histoire Naturelle,
Paris, and a print of the photograph is in the Gray Herbarium. This
varietal name of Michaux was not raised to specific rank, however,
until 1847 (Roemer); meanwhile Tausch ? had published his Pyrus
Bartramiana in 1838. The identity of this latter plant has always
been uncertain, though the original description very strongly suggested
Amelanchier oligocarpa. It was based upon material in the Leibnitz
garden grown from seed sent by Bartram from North America.
In the Bernhardi herbarium at the Missouri Botanical Garden there
are three sheets which bear very old printed labels on which are the
names Pyrus Neumanniana Tausch, Pyrus Wangenheimiana Tausch,
and Pyrus Bartramiana Tausch, and through the kindness of Professor
Trelease the writer has had access to these sheets. "These specimens
are probably part of the original Tausch exsiccati cited in the original
description as " Dendroth. exot.-boh. exs.” and, therefore, should
probably be considered as authentic. The specimen labelled Pyrus

1 Fl. N. A, i, p. 473.

? Fl. Bor. Am., i. p. 291.
3 Flora, xxi, pt. 2, p. 715.

1912 Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America 129

Bartramiana bears also the additional information, “ Aronia praecox
Neumann, Bartrams Birnstrauch, Nordamerika, Zierstrauch. Bliiht
in Mai. Reift in August," and is pure unhybridized Amelanchier
oligocarpa of the most typical sort. Tausch’s name, being the earliest
specific name, must be accepted for this species, which therefore
becomes A. Bartramiana (Tausch) Roemer. Only one other synonym
exists for this species, namely the 4. arguta Nutt. described by Brit-
ton ! from a sheet so named by Nuttall (collected on Mt. Wachusett,
Mass.) and from material collected by Eggleston in Vermont (see
Eggleston in Torreya, 5, p. 107, 1905). Eggleston states that the
description was mainly taken from his No. 1119, Cedar Swamp,
Fairhaven, Vermont, and Nos. 1960 and 1964, Blueberry Hill Bog,
Rutland, Vermont. In the Gray Herbarium there is a duplicate type
in Nuttall’s handwriting labeled “ Amelanchier * arguta, White Mts.,
N. Hampshire, also on Wachusett Mt., Mass." This and the type
specimen, which, through the courtesy of the New York Botanical
Garden, the writer has also seen, are apparently in no way different
from typical A. Bartramiana. The half-grown fruit is ellipsoid-ovoid
as in A. Bartramiana when of the same age, and the sepals are fully
4 mm. long (4-5 mm.), not 2 mm. as Eggleston says. Eggleston's
No. 1119, a portion of which is also in the Gray Herbarium, does have
sepals about 2 mm. long and fine teeth on the leaves, but his Nos.
1960 and 1964 have sepals about 3 mm. long and the teeth as coarse
as in ordinary A. Bartramiana. No essential difference in the shape
of the fruit, which is young in all specimens, could be detected between
the Eggleston specimens and A. Bartramiana. In the light of ex-
tended experience with the variation in the shape of fruit, size of
calyx, and coarseness of leaf serration of this species in Newfound-
land, the writer cannot but feel thatin the present case the slight
variation in the fruit, on which much emphasis has been placed, is of
very minor importance. Moreover, there is a possibility that some
of the Eggleston numbers above cited are hybrids with A. laevis.
Some hybrids between these two parents have been collected from
these same Vermont bogs. It seems best, therefore, to consider A.
arguta a synonym of A. Bartramiana.

In addition to the above names which have been proposed for the
East-American species of Amelanchier, the following names are in
existence and should be briefly considered.

4 Manual, ed. 3, p. 1076 (1907).

130 Rhodora [JuLy

In 1783 Lamarck ! described Crataegus racemosa. Various portions
of the long description seem to exclude all the species except Ame-
lanchier canadensis. The portion of this description which calls for a
shrubby habit and leaves glabrous beneath at maturity suggests either
an extreme form of A. canadensis or a hybrid of this species with some
other. This name does not, therefore, in any case, affect the valid
nomenclature of our species.

In 1785 Marshall? described Mespilus nivea. Various characters
in the description exclude all species except Amelanchier canadensis
and A. oblongifolia. The writer finds himself unable to decide which
of these species was intended. If the plant was A. oblongifolia then
this would be an earlier name for that species.

In 1796 Crataegus amoena was proposed by Salisbury ? in place of
the Mespilus canadensis of Linnaeus. No description was given, but
simply the citation of the Linnean synonym.

In 1803 Michaux‘ published Mespilus canadensis a obovalis from
“Carolina inferiore." The description is very brief and the type
specimen has not been seen by the writer, but various cireumstantial
evidences point strongly toward Amelanchier oblongifolia as the
species intended. The description says “humilior; foliis oblongius-
cule obovalibus." This statement, combined with the statement of
Ashe that A. obovalis (i. e., A. oblongifolia) is the plant to be expected
along the coast through South Carolina, suggests an identity with
A. oblongifolia. A photograph made by Prof. M. L. Fernald of the
type specimen is less reassuring. The label bears the inscription
“abriss. de deux pieds de haut. Carolines,” which suggests A. stoloni-
fera; and while one twig bears the hypanthium of A. stolonifera,
another twig has petals like A. oblongifolia, and a third twig bears
leaves which might belong to either species, though typical of neither.
The identity of Michaux’s variety, therefore, still remains doubtful.

In 1803 Michaux described also Mespilus canadensis 8 cordata.
The description, “arborea: foliis cordato-ovalibus, conspicue acumi-
natis," very strongly suggests A. canadensis, and a photograph of the
type specimen made by Fernald leaves no doubt that this is the
proper interpretation. A. canadensis is, of course, the earlier name.

1 Encyc., i. p. 84.

? Arbust, p. 90.

3 Prod., p. 357.

i F]. Bor. Am, L p: 39].

1912] Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America — 131

In 1810 Mespilus arborea was described by Michaux.' The long,
detailed descriptive account and the plate leave little doubt that
his plant was the M. canadensis of Linnaeus. "This account is, in
fact, the best one of this species in literature. With the exception
of the rather sweeping statement that the species is found throughout
the United States (which, of course, in those days meant the Eastern
United States) as well as in Canada, except in the lower parts of the
two Carolinas and in Georgia, the original description seems to describe
only typical Amelanchier canadensis. Michaux's statement of range
must have included A. laevis either inadvertently or because of a
lack of familiarity with the shad-bushes of New England.

In 1825 Aronia subcordata Raf. and Malus microcarpa Raf. were
published by DeCandolle? as possible synonyms of his Amelanchier
ovalis 3 subcordata (“ Aronia subcordata Raf.? in litt. Malus microcarpa
Raf! dec. (v.s.).” A. ovalis 8 subcordata of DeCandolle was probably
A. canadensis, and therefore the Rafinesquean names become syno-
nyms of the Linnean species.

In 1836 a plant was described from northern Kentucky by Riddell ?
under the name Aronia latifolia. From the description one would
judge this to have been Amelanchier sanguinea; but there exists a
small flowering specimen in the Torrey Herbarium at the New York
Botanical Garden which from handwriting and locality is undoubtedly
a duplicate type. After considerable study the writer is inclined to
believe this specimen to be a hybrid of A. humilis with A. laevis.
This interpretation seems reasonable, too, because no specimens
of 4. sanguinea have been seen by him from either Kentucky or
southern Ohio.

In 1838 Tausch * described Pyrus Neumanniana and P. Wangen-
heimiana based on material growing in the Leibnitz garden at Prag.
These two names have long been a puzzle to botanists. The two
sheets already referred to as in existence in the Bernhardi Herbarium
at St. Louis are, therefore, of great importance in this connection.
According to the writer's judgment they are both hybrids. The hairy
petioles and peculiar teeth, as well as leaf-apex, of the mature leaves
on the specimen labeled P. Wangenheimiana suggest Amelanchier

1 Hist. Arb. Am. Sept.

2 Prod., ii. p. 632.

3 Sup. Cat. Pl. Ohio, p. 24.

* Flora, xxi. pt. 1, Beibl. p. 76, and pt. 2, p. 714.

132 Rhodora |JuLy

canadensis; but the texture and general outline of the mature leaves,
the lack of dense tomentum at flowering time, and the long narrow
sepals suggest A. laevis. It is probably a hybrid of these two species.
The specimen labelled P. Newmanniana seems to be a hybrid of A.
Bartramiana with some other species. The acute leaf-base and
general outline suggest A. Bartramiana, while the long petioles and
the teeth suggest possibly A. laevis.

In 1908 Britton ! described Amelanchier alabamensis from material
collected by F. S. Earle and C. F. Baker three miles south of Auburn,
Alabama. The writer has seen this material which was distributed
by Earle and Baker, both the type specimen and also that which was
sent to several other herbaria, but is still unable to form any satis-
factory opinion regarding it. At flowering time the young leaves,
hypanthium and sepals are like 4. canadensis, but the summit of the
ovary is hairy. The mature leaves are not distinctive but are more
like those of A. canadensis. Nowhere in any of the herbaria studied
by the writer are there other specimens which will match these. Thus
one is strongly forced toward the opinion that A. alabamensis is not a
good species of the same grade as those with wide distribution, and
that it is to be explained as a local hybrid or as a local environmental
variety. Before this conclusion is finally reached however, a more
extended search in the Southern States should be made, for this
region is one from which little material of Amelanchier finds its way
into the herbaria.

1907 Blanchard? described Amelanchier saxatilis, and in the Gray
Herbarium there are duplicates of the type (Blanchard, Rocky bank
of Connecticut, Bellows Falls, Vt., near Depot, 1907, Set. 1, type).
These plants are very difficult to understand, for they are not typical
of any species recognized in this paper. "They may possibly represent
a hybrid between A. laevis or A. canadensis and A. humilis or A.
stolonifera. There is, however, a suggestion of A. Bartramiana about
the plant, as seen in the dentation of the leaves, in the shape of the
young fruit and of the calyx, and in the enlarged base of the style.
This plant needs more study in the field.

In 1908 Robinson ? described Amelanchier oblongifolia, var. micro-
petala, a form with small narrow petals, from the Blue Hills in eastern

1 N. A. Trees, p. 439.
? Torreya, vii. p. 99.
3 RHODORA, X. p. 33.

1912] Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America 133

Massachusetts, from Nantucket, and from several localities in Con-
necticut. Since then apparently the same form has been collected by
F. S. Collins at Eastham, Massachusetts. These forms certainly are
perplexing. After a study of the herbarium material and of the plants
growing on the Blue Hills the writer is inclined to believe that the
small-flowered forms are hybrids between A. oblongifolia and A.
stolonifera. The reasons for this belief are as follows:— 1. Both
species grow upon the Blue Hills (A. oblongifolia in the damp pockets).
2. Many plants on the Blue Hills otherwise similar to the micro-
petalous plants have larger petals. 3. The micropetalous plants
there differ considerably in foliage. 4. In the majority of such micro-
petalous plants the foliage is more like that of A. stolonifera as to the
number of the veins. 5. The herbarium specimens, collected in the
Blue Hills, and having small petals, may be sorted into two piles,
one with the coarser teeth of A. stolonifera and the other with the fine
teeth of A. oblongifolia. 6. The very globular young fruit of most
of the micropetalous plants, on which there is a very short hypan-
thium, is exactly like that of A. oblongifolia. 7. The summit of the
ovary is usually glabrous like that of A. oblongifolia. 8. On the
Blue Hills the plants grow in various soils: either on exposed dry rocks
with A. stolonifera, or in damp pockets accompanied by typical A.
oblongifolia; on Nantucket, according to Bicknell they grow “in
low grounds about the borders of swamps as well as on the dry moor-
land and in pine barrens.” One of the Connecticut plants was from
* dry ground,” another from " thin soil on ledge of rocks," and another
from “dry sandy soil." This suggests a possible Mendelian combi-
nation of dry and wet soil preferences. 9. Both Dr. Robinson and
Mr. Bicknell have said that “intermediate” forms occur between var.
micropetala and A. oblongifolia. "These might well be other Mendelian
combinations. Intermediates of this kind are certainly quite numer-
ous on the Blue Hills. 10. On these hills the plants are low, but
while some have the stoloniferous habit of A. stolonifera, others have
the cespitose habit of A. oblongifolia. 11. The summit of Great
Blue Hill has been recently cleared and in some places burned, a con-
dition which in Maine seems especially favorable for hybrids of Rubus,
and in Newfoundland for hybrids of Amelanchier. 12. Between A.
oblongifolia and A. stolonifera a distinguishing feature, in most cases,
is the narrowness of the petals in the former species and the broadness
in the latter species. There is often, also, in A. oblongifolia a tendency

134 : Rhodora [JULY

toward reduction in the size of the petals. May not the small narrow
petals of var. micropetala be the oblongifolia character intensified by
crossing?

The micropetalous plants of Nantucket have recently (1911) been
separated from those of the Blue Hills by Bicknell ! under the name
A. nantucketense. The writer can find in Bicknell’s account little of
diagnostic value to separate the two forms. Only the following state-
ment by Bicknell seems distinctive: “I have not been able to convince
myself that the low and small-flowered Juneberry which finds its home
on ledges and exposed rocky places is the same as the seemingly very
local and coastwise Nantucket shrub." The small-flowered Nantucket
plant, like the small-flowered plants of the Blue Hills, seem more
reasonably explained as hybrids of A. oblongifolia and A. stolonifera.
In the series of Mendelian segregates the swamp character may be
supposed to have been derived from A. oblongifolia, as was also the
character of the glabrous summit of the ovary. The small narrow
petals may represent an intensification of the oblongifolia type of
petal as suggested in case of the Blue Hills form. The calyx lobes of
A. nantucketense are described as “early reflexed," which suggests
A. stolonifera rather than A. oblongifolia. In consideration of the
plausibility of the present interpretation the writer is disposed to
interpret the Nantucket plant as a Mendelian phase of a hybrid
between these two common coastal species.

From the standpoint of geographical distribution the genus Ame-
lanchier is interesting. It has been plainly shown by various writers,
and more recently by Fernald in this country, that the chemical
nature of the soil, within certain limits, is of great importance as an
influencing factor in distribution.? In addition to the evidence already
published, two summers in Newfoundland and one in Maine have
convinced the writer of the importance of this factor in distribution.
It is with reference to the presence or absence of calcium in the soil
that the greatest influence on vegetation is seen. Soil free from cal-
cium apparently soon becomes acid, and the question then is one -

! Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxxviii. p. 453.

? Unger: (title translated) Influence of soil on the distribution of plants as shown in
the vegetation of North-eastern Tyrol (1836).

Kerner & Oliver: Nat. Hist. Plants, ii. p. 495.

Fernald: Rnopoma, ix. p. 149 (1907).

Hilgard: Soils.

Rubel: Pflanz. geog. Monog. d. Berninageb.— Engler's Jahrb., xlvii. p. 1-616
(1911-1912),

1912] Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America 135

largely of alkaline or acid soils; but not entirely that, since recent
research has shown that calcium has also a peculiar power of rendering
harmless various toxic substances in the soil. Furthermore, by pot
cultures, Coville! has recently shown that certain plants, as for
instance the blueberry (Vaccinium), cannot be grown successfully
in soil containing calcium even in small quantities when thoroughly
mixed with the soil. In the light of these experiments and field ob-
servations it is interesting to find that several species of Amelanchier
show a decided soil preference. A. sanguinea is confined to the lime-
stone belt of northern and central Maine, and to the caleareous regions
in Vermont, in central New York and in Canada. A. humilis, also,
is a plant of the calcareous regions of Vermont, New York and Canada.
Likewise, A. canadensis may be a calciphile, especially in its north-
eastern range. This species is abundant in the calcareous region of
New York State, but enters New England only in the limey western
edge. In the isolated station at Pembroke, Maine, it was growing in
company with several other calciphile plants, probably because of a
local outcrop of limestone. A. oblongifolia and A. stolonifera, on the
other hand, are distinctly non-calciphilous plants. They inhabit
the granitic and sandy regions of coastal and central New England,
and the coastal plain from New England southward, but extend up
the various rivers where the coastal plain flora follows the sands and
gravels far into the more limey interior. A. stolonifera is also found
on the non-caleareous sandstone summits of certain mountains in
Vermont, in the sand of Warren and Saratoga counties, New York, and
possibly in the sands of the Great Lakes. In central New York A.
oblongifolia, if its existence there should be corroborated, finds its
most inland known limit; here a shrub with some characteristics of
A. oblongifolia grows either in peat bogs or in special non-calcareous
swamps. 'The most typical development of this shrub in Central
New York is in a marsh in which occur the only stations in the
Cayuga Lake Basin for the coastal Lyonia ligustrina and Prunus
cuneata. A. laevis, on the other hand, shows no evidence of soil
preference. It grows equally well in central New York, throughout
New England, and throughout the various calcareous and non-cal-
careous regions of Newfoundland. A. Bartramiana likewise does not
show a special preference for either calcareous or non-calcareous
districts.

1 Experiments in Blueberry Culture — Bull. 193, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. 8.
Dept. Agric. (1910).

136 Rhodora [JULY

In closing this general discussion, the writer must call attention to
the desirability of much further field work in connection with the genus
Amelanchier. Our knowledge of the region around Lake Superior,
Lake Michigan, and Lake Huron, and of the Dakotas, Iowa, Minne-
sota, and Lake Winnipeg is especially weak, and in regard to the
Southern States, also, information is sadly lacking. The present
treatment can be considered only tentative, therefore, so far as these
regions are concerned.

In the future much better specimens of Amelanchier should be made.
The herbaria are now clogged and overloaded with flowering specimens
unaccompanied by fruit or leaves. For accurate work these are
worthless, and the writer cannot guarantee to name specimens of that
sort accurately. To prepare good specimens collections should be
made from the same plant at flowering time just as the first petals
begin to fall, at the time when the fruit is half grown, and at the matur-
ity of the leaves. Mature ripe fruit is nearly useless. The mature
leaves are not absolutely necessary, but the other two collections are
indispensable. If time and opportunity will allow, still other stages
in development should be obtained, and in this respect Mr. W. M.
Blanchard cannot be too highly praised for setting an excellent example.
Full notes should be taken in regard to the habitat, habit, time of
flowering and fruiting, and these should be appended to the label.

The following is a synopsis of the more important characteristics
of the various species. For the drawings of leaves and young and
old fruits of the different species the writer is indebted to the skill and
generosity of Mr. F. Schuyler Mathews.

A. Flowers racemose: leaves from acute to rounded or cordate at the base,
conduplicate when young!; petioles slender, 8-25 mm. long: hypan-
thium and summit of the ovary various: base of the style abruptly
inserted on the nearly flat summit of the ovary: fruit globular, ovoid, or
Lag arr the leaves coarse (on average leaves 3-5 (6) per em.): veins

conspicuous, usually straight, parallel, and close together, short

intermediate ones few or none (Ulmus- or Alnus-like): summit of
the ovary woolly: hypanthium open, saucer-shaped, constricted

1 In the buds of the first seven species the leaves are conduplicate, and on emerging
from the bud remain for some time closely folded together. Instead of being equit-
ant, however, they are placed side by side in the peculiar manner shown in Fra. 5-H.
In the eighth species, A. Bartramiana, the leaves are not folded, but more or less
imbricated in the bud, as in Fra. 8-H. The leaves of this species, on emerging from
the bud, are nearly flat (see Gray's Man., ed. 7, p. 459). This isa strange difference
to be found between species of the same genus, but à similar condition is found in
plums and cherries.

1912] Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America — 137

below on the very young fruit:: sepals revolute from the middle at
the time when the petals fall.
C. Margins of the leaf forming an angle at the apex: petals narrow or
broad.

D.

DD.

Petals 11-20 mm. long, narrow: sepals 4 mm. long: hypanthium
very open and flat: racemes more or less drooping: leaves oval-
orbicular; upper veins, in typical specimens, running straight
to the apex of the coarse spreading sharp teeth (not so in the
var.): scrawny, slender, often arching, p 1.0-2.5 m. high;
stems solitary or few together. A. sanguinea.
Petals 7-10 mm. long, broad: sepals 2-3 "x mm. long: hy-
panthium deeper: racemes erect or nearly so: leaves oval-
oblong; veins usually becoming irregular just before reaching
the margin; teeth less conspicuous, because of shorter acumina-
tions, and more ascending, sometimes confined to the apex: more
stiffly upright shrubs 0.3-1.2 m. high, growing in colonies (not
clumps) from rhizome-like bases. 2. A. humilis.

CC. Margins of the leaf forming a rounded or sub-truncate, rarely
retuse, apex; blade broadly oval or oblong-oval; tay irregular
near the margin; teeth usually fewer. A. florida.

BB. Teeth of the leaves fine (5-12 per cm. on average E. veins
irregular, unequally distant, usually with frequent intermediate
shorter ones (Pyrus-like); summit of the ovary, etc. various.

C. Leaves densely white-tomentose when young, becoming green;

lower pedicels 7-18 mm. long, in fruit 10-25 mm. long.

Leaves rounded at the apex (rarely subacute): hypanthium
large at flowering time, 3-5 mm. in diam.: sepals narrow,
triangular or lanceolate, acute, erect or recurved from the middle
at the time when the petals fall: petals short, 7-9 mm. long:
shrubs.

E. Hypanthium saucer-shaped, constricted below on the very

young fruit: sepals recurved from the middle when the petals
fall: summit*of the ovary woolly, at least when young: leaves
oval; veins 7-11 (average 8-9) pairs; teeth on average leaves
20-28 (32) on each side: stems 0.3-1.2 m. high, forming col-
onies as in A. humilis. 4. A. stolonifera.

EE. Hypanthium campanulate, not constricted below on the young

DD.

fruit: sepals mostly erect: summit of the ovary glabrous,
rarely slightly woolly: leaves oblong; veins 10-15 (average
11-13) pairs; teeth finer, (20) 25—40 (45) on each side: stems
1.2-8 m. high, forming alder-like clumps. 5. A. oblongifolia.
Leaves short-acuminate: hypanthium small, 2.5-3 (3.5) mm.
diam., campanulate, not constricted below on the young fruit:
sepals broad, oblong-triangular, obtuse or abruptly acute or
abruptly short-acuminate, reflexed from the base when the petals
fall: summit of the ovary glabrous: petals elongated, 10-14 mm.
long; shrubs or trees. 6. A. canadensis.

CC. Leaves nearly or quite glabrous from the first, ovate, oval, or

1In some species of Amelanchier (A. sanguinea, humilis, florida, stolonifera, and
Bartramiana), as the fruit matures, the hypanthium remains on the summit in almost
its original saucer-shaped form during the period of growth just subsequent to the
falling of the petals. Between the hypanthium and the ovary, in this case, there is
therefore, a conspicuous constriction at this period. In other species (A. canadensis
and laevis) the ovary seems to grow up into the hypanthium so that the latter is
stretched around the summit of the young fruit. The constriction in these cases is,
therefore, much less, or none at all. The condition in A. oblongifolia is somewhat

intermediate.

As the fruit grows older these distinctions become much less marked.

138 Rhodora [JULY

elliptical, and very acute or commonly short acuminate at maturity;
brownish-purple, half-grown, and unfolded at flowering time:
petals elongated (10-18 mm. long): summit of the ovary glabrous:
hypanthium campanulate, slightly constricted on the very young
fruit: sepals lanceolate, usually reflexed from the base when the
petals fall: lower pedicels 15-33 mm. long, in fruit 30-50 mm. long:
trees or tall ainda. 7. A. laevis.
AA. Flowers commonly solitary (1-8 together), not racemose: mature leaves
from barely acute at the base to cuneate or tapering; imbricated in the
bud, not conduplicate, flat or nearly so when young; petioles short and
stout, 2-7 (10) mm. long: hypanthium more or less constricted below
on the young fruit: top of the ovary woolly: base of the style more
gradually enlarged into the ovary and woolly: fruit ellipsoid-ovoid;
shrubs. 8. A. Bartramiana.

1. A. SANGUINEA (Pursh) DC.

Mespilus canadensis y rotundifolia Michx., Fl. Bor. Am. i. p. 291
(1803), not A. rotundifolia (Lam.) Dum. Cours. Bot. Cult. ed. 2, v.
p. 459 (1811). Pyrus sanguinea Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept., p. 340 (1814).
Aronia sanguinea Nutt., Gen. Amer. i. p. 306 (1818). Amelanchier
sanguinea DC., Prod. ii. p. 633 (1825); Britton, N. A. Trees, p. 439
(1908). A. canadensis y rotundifolia 'T. & G., Fl. N. A. i. p. 473
(1840), in part. A. rotundifolia Roemer, Fam. Nat. Syst. Rosif. p. 146
(1847); Brit. & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii. p. 238 (1897); Brit., Man. p. 518
(1901). A. canadensis var. rotundifolia, Gray, Man. ed. 1, p. 130
(1848); also eds. 2-6. A. canadensis var. spicata Sarg., Silva iv.
p. 129 (1892), in part. A. spicata Robinson & Fernald, Gray's Man.
ed. 7, p. 460 (1908).

Straggling or arching slender shrub 1.0-2.5 m. high, not stolonif-
erous and not forming colonies, the stems solitary, or few in a clump:
leaves oval to oval-oblong, rarely orbicular (blade 3-6 cm. X 2.5-
4 cm.), rounded or subcordate at the base, apex subacute, margin
coarsely dentate-serrate nearly or quite to the base with broad sharp
spreading teeth (4—5 (6) teeth per cm., about 20-23 teeth on each side
if toothed to the base) separated by acute, open sinuses; green above
when young, rarely purplish, unfolding before the flowers, at first
densely pale-flavescent-tomentose below, retaining some tomentum
especially on the petioles, but often on the blade, till the fruit is half
grown or rarely until maturity, at length pale green, slightly glaucous,
and usually glabrous or nearly so; veins in an average leaf 13-15
pairs, rather close together, straight, conspicuous, all of the upper in
typical specimens running straight to the margin and ending in the
teeth (Ulmus-like), the uppermost strongly ascending; mature
petioles slender, 12-22 mm. long: flowers many in a loose flexuous or
drooping raceme (4—7 em. long), slightly silky; lower pedicels (10)
12-30 mm. long, in fruit 12-25 (30) mm. long; flowers large and showy:
petals linear to narrowly spatulate, 11-15 mm. long, 3-4 mm. wide:
hypanthium rather large, open-saucer-shaped, 5 mm. in diameter,

1912] Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America 139

glabrous outside or with a zone of hair at the base, constricted below
on the young fruit and then very prominent: sepals ovate-lanceolate
or lanceolate, very acute, 4 mm. long, revolute from the middle when
the petals fall, glabrous without, hairy within: summit of the ovary
densely woolly: fruit rather large, almost black, glaucous, very sweet,
juicy and agreeable. Figs. 1 A-G.

A very beautiful species when well developed; the flowers appearing
10-14 days later than those of A. canadensis and A. laevis; the fruit
maturing in August or September. On dry rocky or gravelly soil in
calcareous districts; eastern, northern and central Maine, Vermont,
western Massachusetts, Quebec, Ontario, Michigan, and possibly
farther westward, south through New York along the mountains
to northern Alabama.

Forma grandiflora, f. nov., floribus pergrandibus pulchrisque,
petalis 17-20 mm. longis, 5-6 mm. latis.

Flowers very large and showy; petals 17-20 mm. X 5-6 mm.
Overhanging the ravines of central New York. "Type in Gray Herb.:
Ithaca, N. Y. Wiegand.

Var. gaspensis, var. nov., glabra foliis novellis gemmisque exceptis;
venis foliorum ad marginem valde reticulatis.

Glabrous, except the youngest leaves and flower buds: the veins
of the leaves prominently anastomosing before reaching the teeth.
Rocky banks and river gravel on the Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec.
Type in Gray Herb.: alluvial woods, mouth of Bonaventure River,
1902. Fernald & Williams.

Britton, in describing the habit of this species in the Illustrated
Flora says; “A tall shrub or small tree, sometimes 25° high”; and
in the N. A. Trees he says: “Its maximum height is 6 meters, with a
trunk diameter of about 3 dm." Blanchard (Torreya, vii. p. 100)
in writing of what was probably this species, says: “It has large
and nearly round leaves, generally coarsely toothed,— and is often
quite large or a small tree." Michaux gives the habit “arborescens,”
which, from the context, means in size between a tree and a shrub.
The writer is acquainted with this species in central New York, where
it festoons the crests and the ledges of cliffs bordering lakes and
ravines, and is usually flanked or backed by other bushes and trees.
It always occurs, therefore, in slightly more humid situations than
those frequented by A. humilis. There, in that locality, it is always a
delicate, wand-like, arching shrub, never more than about 3 m. high
and with a stem never over 3 em. in diameter. Sometimes these stems
are solitary, sometimes in groups of several, but never forming broad
patches as in A. humilis, nor forming dense clumps as in A. oblongifolia.
Nothing even remotely approaching a tree-like habit has ever been

140 Rhodora [JULY

reported in central New York. The writer has also been told by one
who is familiar with this species in Maine, that the habit there is as
described for central New York, and certainly not tree-like. Mr.
Eggleston has informed the writer, personally, of a single tree-like
individual of this species in Vermont. Such individual trees may
be hybrids with one of the arborescent species.

The var. gaspensis is a perplexing form. It varies much in stature
and in habitat, as well as in leaf-outline and dentation. The leaves
suggest an intermediate condition between this species and A. humilis,
especially in the venation. In its more glabrous nature it approaches
A. florida; but the general appearance of the majority of the speci-
mens, both when in flower and in fruit, suggests that it is better to
retain this form in A. sanguinea until further field study renders it
better understood. More field work on all the Amelanchiers of Gaspé
is very desirable.

The following typical specimens have been examined. MAINE: —
Washington Co. rocks, Pembroke, July, 1909, Fernald & Wiegand
(Fernald no. 1880): Aroostook Co. rocky river bank, Masardis,
September, 1897, June, 1898, Fernald, no. 2311; Houlton, ledgy shore,
August, 1897, Fernald; gravelly river bank, Ashland, June, 1898,
Fernald, no. 2310 (not typical): Piscataquis Co. cliff below the falls,
Dover, August, 1895, Fernald, no. 388; rocky shore, Dover, 1896,
Geo. B. Fernald, nos. 40 and 40f; calcareous slate ledges along river,
Foxcroft, May and July, 1896, Geo. B. Fernald, nos. 53 and 53f; ledgy
shore, Sangerville, July, 1897, Fernald: Somerset Co. Moose Brook,
valley of Sebasticook River, 1873-78, F. S. Bunker: Penobscot Co.
Orono, May, 1873, F. L. Scribner: Oxford Co. ledgy river bank,
Gilead, 1897, Kate Furbish. VERMONT: — Essex Co. Canaan Falls,
August, 1899, W. W. Eggleston, no. 1121: Addison Co. rocky bank
along Otter Creek, Middlebury, May and July, 1901, Brainerd: Rut-
land Co. Bald Mt., Shrewsbury, May, 1900, Eggleston, no. 1970
(not typical): Windsor Co. rocky summit, Hawkes Mt., Cavendish,
August, 1900, Fernald, no. 449. Massacnusretrs:— Franklin Co.
calcareous slaty ledges by the Connecticut River near Miller’s Falls,
May, 1911, Fernald: Berkshire Co. summit of Tom Ball Mt., Alford,
August, 1904, R. Hoffmann. New Yonk: — Washington Co. rocks,
Mt. Nebo west of Fort Ann, September, 1911, S. H. Burnham, no.
15: Tompkins Co. White Church, June, 1881, W. R. Dudley, no. 55;
Ithaca, rocks, 1897, K. M. Wiegand. Norra CanRoLINa: — Bun-
combe Co. Craggy Mt., April & June, 1899, Biltmore Herb., nos.
5664c and d; Cedar Cliff Mt., 1904, Biltmore Herb. ALABAMA: —
Blount Co. “shrub,” Sand Mt., June, 1901, Biltmore Herb., no. 6706a.
Ontarto: — Brockville Co. rocky bank of St. Lawrence River,
Brockville, October, 1907, Blanchard, set 6 (probably): Frontenac

1912 Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America 141

Co., Plevna, August, 1902, J. Fowler: Simcoe Co. Gravehurst, August,
1897, Biltmore Herb., no. 5664. Micu1agan:— Huron Co. in poor and
sandy ground in open woods, Sand Point, July, 1908, C. K. Dodge,
Nos. 74, 76; Stony Island, Saginaw Bay, “ plentiful in poor and sandy
ground,” July, 1908, C. K. Dodge, no. 75: Allegan Co. beach sand
near Saugatuck, August, 1896, C. F. Wheeler. Mrtxnnesota: — Hen-
nepin Co. Falls of Minnehaha, July, 1886, L. H. Bailey.

Forma GRANDIFLORA. New York:— Chenango Co. Norwich,
May, 1892, H. L. Stewart: Tompkins Co. Fall Creek Ravine, Ithaca,
May, 1882, W. R. Dudley, 1896, K. M. Wiegand; McKenney’s Glens,
Ithaca, 1899, Wiegand; Southwest corner of Cayuga Lake, Ithaca,
1899, Wiegand.

Var. GASPENSIS. QUEBEC: — Gaspé Co. thicket near mouth of
River St. Anne des Monts, August, 1905, Collins & Fernald; rocky
bank, Percé Mt., Percé, August, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease;
banks of Grand River, July, 1908, Geo. H. Richards, July, 1904,
Fernald: Matane Co. banks of Matane River 10 miles up stream,
August, 1904, F. F. Forbes: Rimouski Co. dry ledges, Bic, July,
1904, Collins & Fernald: Bonaventure Co. alluvial woods, mouth of
Bonaventure River, July, 1902, Williams & Fernald; gravelly beach
and flats, Bonaventure River, August, 1904, Collins, Fernald& Pease.

2. A. humilis sp. nov.

A. spicata many Amer. authors, in part, probably; not A. spicata
(Lam.) Koch, Dendrol. i. p. 182 (1869).

Frutex 3-12 dm. altus caespitosus substoloniferus; folis ovali-
oblongis ovalibus vel obovato-cuneatis basi subcordatis vel rotundatis
apice obtusis margine grosse dentato-serratis, dentibus valde patenti-
bus, junioribus subtus dense tomentosis, pilis pallide flavescentibus,
demum glabratis subviridis, venis subevanescentibus, petiolis 8-20
mm. longis; racemis densis erectis tomentosis; petalis 7-10 mm.
longis obovato-oblongis; hypanthio pelviformi post anthesem infra
constricto; sepalis brevibus triangulari-lanceolatis vel-ovatis ab
medio revolutis; ovario ad apicem dense lanato; fructu atropurpureo
glauco.

A rather stiffly upright shrub, 3-12 dm. high, growing in patches
from rhizome-like bases (stoloniferous), the individual stems scat-
tered: leaves oval-oblong or less commonly oval, rarely obovate-
cuneate (blade of average leaves 2.5-5 em. long by 2-4 cm. broad),
sub-cordate, rarely rounded at the base, broadly rounded to a low
angle at the apex, rarely sub-acute or sub-truncate; margin coarsely
dentate-serrate to below the middle, or in stunted plants to the middle
only; teeth rather low, often double, ascending, abruptly short-
apiculate from a blunt summit, sinus acute (4-5 teeth per cm., about
20 teeth on each side when toothed to the base); green above when

142 Rhodora [JULY

young, unfolding with the flowers, at first densely pale-flavescent-
tomentose beneath, at length pale green and glabrous or nearly so
except usually the petioles, and slightly glaucous; veins in average
leaves 9-13 pairs, conspicuous, ascending, the upper especially so,
close together, slightly more arching and slightly less regular than in
A. sanguinea, mostly forking and becoming indistinct before reaching
the margin; mature petioles 8-20 mm. long: flowers small and num-
erous in rather dense terminal and lateral upright racemes (about
4-5 cm. long); pedicels and axis silky-tomentose, lower pedicels
8-17 mm. long, in fruit 10-20 (25) mm. long: petals obovate-oblong,
broad for the length (7-10 mm. by 4-5 mm.), broadest just above
the middle: hypanthium saucer-shaped, about 4 mm. in diameter,
constricted below on the young fruit and then quite prominent,
tomentose outside or becoming glabrate toward the summit: sepals
short, triangular-lanceolate or ovate, 2-4 mm. long, revolute from
the middle when the petals fall, usually hairy on both sides: ovary
densely woolly at the summit: fruit almost black, glaucous, sweet,
juicy and agreeable. Fics. 2 A-G.

Flowers appearing with those of A. sanguinea, about 10-14 days
later than A. canadensis; fruit maturing in August. Dry open rocky
or gravelly soil in calcareous districts; Vermont and Ontario to New
York, Ohio, Nebraska, and Minnesota, and apparently northwestward
to Mackenzie.

This species differs from A. sanguinea in its low stature, stoloni-
ferous growth, blunter leaves, lower, blunter and more ascending teeth,
less straight and less parallel veins which do not run directly to the
teeth, upright dense woolly racemes, smaller flowers on shorter pedi-
cels with shorter and broader sepals and petals, and slightly deeper,
narrower hypanthium. The hypanthium of A. sanguinea is almost
rotate, while that of A. humilis is deeply saucer-shaped.

A. humilis is always low, and, so far as the writer can learn, always
has the peculiar “stoloniferous” habit above described. The roots
or stems just at the surface of the ground or slightly below extend hori-
zontally a short distance in a very irregular fashion and then send up
strictly erect branched aerial shoots. The result is a “patch” of
plants often covering a square meter or more with the aerial stems
equally distributed over that area. The writer is acquainted with this
species on the shores of Cayuga Lake in Central New York, where it
forms patches on the crests of the driest calcareous cliffs along the
lake, and where it is exposed to full sunlight. Writing of this species,
presumably, Mr. Herbert Groh! says: “Each patch is some square

1Ont. Nat. Sci. Bull. (No. 6, p. 52, 1910.)

1912] Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America 143

rods in extent, like a thicket of raspberries or osier-dogwood, and the
closely crowded stems composing it are only from one to three feet in
height, and when found were flowering profusely, regardless of size."

Occasionally, both in Vermont and at Ithaca, N. Y., individual
plants occur with obovate-cuneate leaves dentate near the apex
only, but in other respects typical. These seem like mere individual
variations from the normal type.

The following typical specimens have been examined. VERMONT:
— Lake Champlain, limestone headlands, Cloak Island, Isle la
Motte, June, 1907, J. A. Cushman, no. 871 (probably); dry banks of
Grand Isle, Robbins, Oakes (probably). New York: — Rensselaer
Co. Lansingburg, C. H. Peck; Troy, H. H. Eaton: Orange Co. West
Point, May, 1882, Ella W. Meams (probably): Tompkins Co. exposed
rocks, shore of Cayuga Lake, Ithaca, 1896, Wiegand. ONTARIO: —
Near Mt. Dennis, June, 1900, D. W. Beadle; Hastings Co., Belleville,
1878, Macoun; vicinity of Ottawa, July 1906, Rydberg, no. 7912.
Onurto: — Franklin Co. Columbus, Sullivant (?). Micutgan: — Kent
Co. very barren sand, June, 1897, C. W. Fallass. Wisconstn:—
1882, J. Dunlop: Dame Co. 1861, T. J. Hale. lowa4:— Floyd Co.
Charles City, May, 1875, J. C. Arthur: Fayette Co., 1894, B. Fink.
Minnesota: — Houston Co. Spring Grove, June, 1902, C. O.
Rosendahl, no. 316. | NEBRASKA: — Cherry Co. Valentine, May,
1898, Bates; Simeon, July, 1899, Bates; Merriman, 1898, Bates:
Dawes Co. Fort Robinson, May, 1897, Bates: Greeley Co. Scotia
Junction, Bates: Rock Co. Kirkwood, Bates: Brown Co. Johnstown,
Bates. ALBERTA:— vicinity of Banff, June, 1906, Stewardson Brown,
nos. 23 & 56 (not typical). ATHaBascaA:— Athabasca River, 1892,
Miss E. Taylor (probably this sp.). MacKenzie: — Fort Resolution,
1903, E. A. Preble, no. 202 (probably this sp.).

3. A. FLORIDA Lindley.

Aronia alnifolia Nutt., Gen. Am. i. p. 306 (1818), possibly: Amelan-
chier florida Lindley, Bot. Reg. t. 1589 (1833): Am. alnifolia, many
Am. authors.

Shrub 0.5-3 m. high: leaves broadly oval or short-oblong-oval
(blade of average leaf 3-4 cm. X 2.5-3.3 em.); base subtruncate,
rarely rounded or subcordate; apex rounded, subtruncate, or rarely
retuse; margin coarsely and sharply toothed, usually to the middle
or rarely below, with few, spreading, deltoid, obliquely acute teeth
(3-5 teeth per cm.), and acute open sinuses; green above when young,
fully unfolded but not full grown at flowering time, tomentose at first
but very soon entirely glabrous (usually before the flowers are fully
expanded); veins about 12 pairs, rather conspicuous, parallel, close

144 Rhodora [JULY

together, the upper strongly ascending, all slightly irregular and not
running straight to the margin; mature petioles 15-20 mm. long:
racemes many flowered, mostly lateral, short, dense, erect, glabrous,
3-5 em. long; lower pedicels 8-17 mm. long, in fruit 10-25 mm. long:
flowers small or of medium size: petals from oblong to narrowly
oblong, 7-15 mm. long: hypanthium open saucer-shaped, very rarely
slightly woolly, 3-4 mm. in diameter, constricted below on the young
fruit: sepals short, triangular or lanceolate, 1.5-2.5 mm. long, re-
curved from the middle when the petals fall, slightly woolly inside:
summit of the ovary woolly, becoming almost glabrate in fruit:
mature fruit almost black, glaucous. Fies. 3 A-G.

Related to A. sanguinea in its narrow and often long petals, but dif-
fering in the blunter leaves with veins which do not reach the margin,
fewer teeth of a different shape, shorter erect racemes with the flowers
on shorter pedicels, and the more glabrous character of the whole
plant. Closely related to A. humilis in the venation of the leaves and
in general appearance, but differing in narrower, often longer, petals,
blunter leaves, usually sharper teeth, and much earlier loss of to-

tentum.

The following typical specimens from the area covered by this
paper have been examined. Muicutcan:— Houghton Co. Isle
Royale, July, 1909, W. S. Cooper, no. 122: Keweenaw Co. on bluffs,
May & July, 1889, O. A. Farwell: Alcona Co. Plains, June, 1888,
L. H. Bailey.

4. A. stolonifera sp. nov.

A. spicata Brit. & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii. p. 238 (1897), in part; Brit.
Man. p. 517 (1901) in part; many Europ. auth. in part: not 4.
spicata (Lam.) Koch, Dendrol. i. p. 182 (1869). A. ovalis of many
Europ. auth. in part; not Pyrus ovalis Willd., Berlin Baumz., ed. 1,
p. 259 (1796); not 4. ovalis Medic. Gesch. p. 79 (1793): not A.
ovalis Borkh., Fortb. ii. p. 1259 (1803). 4. oblongifolia Robinson &
Fernald, Gray's Man. ed. 7, p. 460 (1908), in part.

Frutex 3-12 dm. altus substoloniferus caespitosus; foliis ovalis
raro oblongo-ovalibus orbicularibus vel obovato-cuneatis apice fere
rotundatis mucronatis basi fere rotundatis raro subcordatis vel
cuneatis margine subtiliter serratis, junioribus subtus albo-tomentosis
demum undique glabris vel glabratis, venis primariis 7-11 jugis
irregularibus arcuato-ascendentibus evanescentibus; racemis brevibus
densis erectis sericeo-tomentosis; petalis 7-9 mm. longis; hypanthio
pelviformo post anthesem infra constricto conspicuo; sepalis revolutis;
ovario ad apicem tomentoso; fructu atropurpureo vel nigro glauco.

A rather stiff upright shrub, 3-12 dm. high, forming patches (“ sto-
loniferous") as in A. humilis: leaves commonly oval, rarely oblong-

1912} Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America 145

oval or orbicular, very rarely obovate-cuneate (average blades 2.5-
5 cm. X 2-3.5 em.); apex rounded or sub-acute, mucronate; base
rounded, rarely subcordate with a small narrow sinus, rarely cuneate;
margin finely serrate with low obliquely-mucronate teeth, almost or
quite entire on the lower third (5-8 teeth per cm.; 20-28, rarely
30-32, teeth on each side if toothed to the base), and acute or rounded,
open sinuses; green and glabrous above when young, densely white-
tomentose beneath, soon glabrous throughout or the petioles and
midribs often remaining slightly hairy; about half grown at flowering
time and then just unfolding, at maturity usually pale green and
glaucous, sometimes deep green; primary veins, in average leaves,
7-11 (mostly 8-9) pairs, irregularly and distantly arranged, usually
curved upward beyond the middle and becoming very irregular and
indistinct before reaching the margin; mature petioles slender, 10-
18 mm. long: racemes short, dense, erect, 1.5-4 cm. long; pedicels
and axis silky tomentose or almost glabrous, the lower pedicels 7-
15 mm. long, in fruit 12-22 mm. long: flowers small: petals obovate-
oblong, broad for the length, 7-9 mm. long: hypanthium open,
saucer-shaped, about 3-4 mm. in diameter, tomentose at the base or
nearly glabrous, constricted below on the young fruit and then very
prominent: sepals triangular-lanceolate, 2.5-3 mm. long, revolute
from the middle when the petals fall, inner face tomentose: summit
of the ovary densely woolly: fruit purplish black, glaucous, sweet,
juicy and of good flavor. Fias. 4 A-G.

Flowers appearing a few days later than those of A. oblongifolia
and A. laevis; fruit maturing in July. On dry rocks, gravel, or rarely
in sand, in non-calcareous districts on the coastal plain; in New-
foundland, and from Maine to Virginia. It accompanies the coastal
plain flora up the rivers, and extends to the non-calcareous summits of
mountains in Vermont and western Massachusetts, as well as to the
sandy region about Albany, New York, and Lake George, and appar-
ently also to the shores of Lake Huron and Lake Erie. Type
specimen in Gray Herb.— Sandy R. R. bank, Wellesley, Mass.,
May-June, 1911, Wiegand.

This species has the same habit as A. humilis, and takes the place
of that plant on the coastal plain. In floral structure there is very
little difference between the two, but the foliage of the present species
is much more closely related to that of A. oblongifolia, from which
it differs in the shorter outline of the leaf, fewer veins, and slightly
coarser teeth. It is similar to A. sanguinea, A. humilis, A. florida,
and A. Bartramiana in the conspicuous constricted hypanthium on
the half grown fruit. The remaining four species are without this
character.

The following typical specimens have been examined. New-
FOUNDLAND: — Grand Falls, rocks and talus, gorge of the Exploits

146 Rhodora |JuLY

River, July & August, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 5557, 5558,
5559, 5561, 5562, 5563, 5608, 5623, 5633; Rushy Pond, gravelly and
rocky pond shore, July & August, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, nos.
5627, 5630, 5635. Marne: — Washington Co. dry roadside thicket,
West Pembroke, July, 1909, Fernald & Wiegand (Fernald, no. 1887):
Hancock Co., Orland, Helen G. Atkins: Penobscot Co. river bank,
Roebar's, July, 1900, Fernald; ledgy shore, Oldtown, September,
1897, Fernald; ledgy shore, Orono, July, 1892 and 1897, Fernald:
Piscataquis Co., granite ledges, top of Bunker Mountain, East Guil-
ford, May, 1896, Geo. B. Fernald, no. 39: Franklin Co. Phillips,
September, 1894, Furbish; crevice of rocks, Bald Mt., July, 1902,
E. B. Chamberlain: Kennebec Co. ledgy river bank, Waterville,
June, 1874, F. L. Scribner, September, 1898, Fernald; Kent's Hill,
Readfield, 1892, Furbish: Androscoggin Co. South Poland, 1893 and
1895, Furbish; East Livermore, 1894, Furbish; Livermore Falls, 1878,
Furbish; Bear Mt., Livermore, 1896, Furbish: Oxford Co. low bushes
on ledgy bank, Gilead, August, 1897, Furbish: Lincoln Co. roadside,
Bristol, July, 1903, J. R. Churchill: Sagadahoc Co. West Bath, 1892,
Furbish: Cumberland Co. West Baldwin, 1900, Furbish; Brunswick,
1892, Furbish: York Co. Wells, 1898, Furbish; rocky woods, York,
June, 1900, Fernald; Shapleigh, June, 1901, Furbish. New Hamr-
SHIRE: — N. H., H. E. Sargent, no. 25: Cheshire Co. ledgy river
bank, Walpole, July, 1899, Fernald. Vermont: — Chittenden Co.
Essex Junction, August, 1899, Eggleston, no. 1176: Addison Co.
cliffs, Snake Mt., Weybridge, May, 1899, E. Brainerd: Rutland Co.
Twin Mt., May, 1898, Eggleston, no. 185 (probably this sp.). Massa-
CHUSETTS: — Essex Co. East Gloucester, May, 1899, J. H. Sears:
Middlesex Co., Middlesex Fells, May, 1881, F. S. Collins; Stoneham,
South Reservoir, July, 1894, W. P. Rich; Natick, dry upland woods,
Pickerel Pond, 1909, Wiegand: Norfolk Co. summit of Great Blue
Hill, ledges, May, 1899, Kennedy & Fernald, ledges, north side,
June, 1900, W. P. Rich, 1900, E. F. Williams, 1901 and 1902, F. G.
Floyd; Wellesley, dry banks, 1908, Wiegand, and sandy railroad bank,
1911, Wiegand: Nantucket Co. June, 1900, M. A. Day, no. 75:
Franklin Co. sand plains, Miller's Falls, Montague, May, 1911,
Fernald: Berkshire Co. the Dome near summit, Sheffield, August,
1902, R. Hoffmann. Connecticut: — New London Co. moist ground
near Stillman's Cove, Waterford, May and June, 1901, C. B. Graves:
Hartford Co. dry sandy bank, East Hartford, May & September,
1906, C. A. Weatherby, no. 2018 ; Southington, rocky or sandy road-
side, 1900, 1901, C. H. Bissell. New Yorx:— Washington Co.
sandy plains north of Sandy Hill, August, 1900, S. H. Burnham; rocks
east of Fort Ann, May, 1900, Burnham: Warren Co. rocks in Hudson
River, Glens Falls, May & September, 1900, Burnham, no. 13: Suf-
folk Co. dry pine barrens south of Ronkonkoma, July, 1908, R. M.
Harper: New York Co., Cactus Knoll, New York City, June, 1899,
W. N. Clute. New Jersey: — N. J., 1840, Asa Gray: Sussex Co.

1912] Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America 147

Culvers Gap, summit of west side, July, 1907, S. S. Van Pelt; High
Point, 1891, N. L. Britton; high rocky hill, High Point, July, 1909,
K. K. Mackenzie, no. 4201: Passaic Co. rocky headlands, Charlotte-
burg, May, 1908, K. K. Mackenzie: Bergen Co. Palisades, 1890,
Bicknell: Union Co. (?), Great Island near Elizabethport, July, 1890
(not typical): Monmouth Co. margin of woods, July, 1910, S.
Brown & B. Long, no. 168. | PENNSYLVANIA: — Luzerne Co. L. V.
R. R. between Moosehead and Bear Creek Junct., July, 1901, S.
Brown: Monroe Co. base of Pocono Knob, July, 1896, J. Crawford;
near Tannersville, July, 1901, S. Brown: Northampton Co. on the
Delaware River above Easton, May, 1897, T. C. Porter: Bucks Co.
Naseville, May 1897, 4. Jahn: Chester Co. Phoenixville, July, 1863,
I. C. Martindale. Marytanp:— Montgomery Co. rocks, Great
Falls of the Potomac, 1895, F. V. Coville, no. 166, Pollard, no. 166;
May, 1899 E. S. Steele. | VrRGINIA: — Princess Co. near Virginia
Beach, 1898, Coville & Kearney, no. 51 (not typical): Nansemond
Co. near Suffolk, 1898, Kearney (not typical). Norra CaRoLINA: —
Buncombe Co. banks of French Broad River, June, 1898, Biltmore
Herbarium, no. 6706 (not typical). Micutgan: — Alpena Co. on
sterile “plains” near Alpena, July, 1895, C. F. Wheeler.

5. A. oBLONGIFOLIA (T. & G.) Roemer.

Mespilus canadensis a obovalis Michx., Fl. Bor. Am. p. 291 (1803)
(?); Sarg., Silva, iv. p. 128 (1892), in part. M. arborea Michx., Hist.
Arb. Am. Sept. iii. p. 68 (1810), in small part. Pyrus ovalis Bigel.,
Fl. Bost. ed. 2, p. 195 (1824); Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. p. 340 (1814):
not P. ovalis Willd., Berl. Baumz. p. 259 (1796); nor A. ovalis Medic.
Gesch. p. 79 (1793): nor A. ovalis Borkh, Forstb. ii. p. 1259 (1803).
Aronia ovalis Torr., Fl. N. U.S. p. 479 (1824). Am. canadensis 8
oblongifolia T. & G., Fl. N. A. i. p. 473 (1840); Torr., Fl. N. Y. p. 225
(1843); Gray, Man. ed. 1, p. 130 (1848); ed. 2, in part; ed. 6, in part.
A. oblongifolia Roem., Fam. Nat. Syst. Rosifl. p. 147 (1847); Robinson
& Fernald, Gray's Man. ed. 7, p. 460 (1908), in part; 4. Botryapium
Brit. & Brown, Ill. Flora ii. p. 238 (1897), in part; Brit., Man. p. 517
(1901), in part. A. obovalis Ashe, Bot. Gaz. xxxv. p. 434 (1903);
Sarg., Trees N. A. p. 361 (1905), in part. A. intermedia Blanchard,
Torreya, vii. p. 98 (1907), in part; Brit., N. A. Trees, p. 438 (1908),
in part; not A. intermedia Spach, Hist. Veg. Phan., ii. p. 85 (1834).

Shrub with the slender upright stems growing in rather dense
fastigiate clumps (cespitose, alder-like), 2-8 m. high, not stoloni-
ferous: leaves oblong elliptic-oblong or narrowly obovate-oblong
(average blades 3-5.5 em. X 1.8-2.8 em.); apex rounded or barely
acute, mucronate or cuspidate; base rounded, rarely subcordate with
a minute sinus, rarely subacute; margin very finely serrate with low
sharp teeth nearly or quite to the base (6-11, av. 8-9, teeth per cm.,

148 Rhodora k [JuLy

or fewer on leaders; 20-45, mostly 25-40, teeth on each side on
average leaves) and acute but open sinuses; when young densely
white tomentose beneath, nearly glabrous above, less than half
grown at flowering time and still unfolded, at maturity usually deep
green, rarely glaucous, glabrous except petiole and lower portion of
midrib, the latter prominent; primary veins in average leaves 10-15
(mostly 11-13) pairs, somewhat irregular, rather close together,
slightly upcurved toward the margin, becoming indistinct and anasto-
mosing in the outer third, uppermost veins widely spreading; mature
petioles 8-15 mm. long: racemes short, dense, upright, terminal and
many lateral, 2.5-6 cm. long; pedicels and axis silky-tomentose,
lower pedicels 8-18 mm. long, scarcely longer in fruit (10-22 mm. long):
flowers rather small; petals from obovate-oblong to oblanceolate or
linear, 7-9 (10) mm. long, usually narrower than in A. stolonifera:
hypanthium campanulate, 3-5 mm. in diameter, tomentose at the
base or all over, on young fruit still campanulate and not conspicu-
ously constricted: sepals tomentose within, triangular, acute, 1.5-
2.5 (3) mm. long, erect or irregularly spreading: summit of the ovary
glabrous or very rarely somewhat woolly: fruit nearly black, glaucous,
moderately sweet and agreeable. Fias. 5 A-H.

Flowers appearing early with those of A. laevis; fruit ripe in June.
Non-calcareous swamps or low grounds in the coastal plain from
southern Maine to South Carolina and possibly Georgia."

This is a very characteristic plant along the coast. In Massachu-
setts and Connecticut, where it is quite common, the bushy habit
enables one to recognize it at a distance when it is in flower, since the
peculiar alder-like habit is quite characteristic. "The calyx and hy-
panthium of this species represent a distinct type, since it is the only
species, except possibly A. Bartramiana, in which the sepals do not
normally turn back in some fashion. About Boston, where the writer
has observed this plant for several seasons, the short stubby sepals are
quite generally erect, or only irregularly spreading, even until the fruit
is mature. This species, too, is the only one in which the lanation
of the summit of the ovary varies greatly, and all gradations from a
completely glabrous condition, which seems most common; toa
sparsely lanate covering may occasionally be found. All other
characters, however, remain fairly constant. At present, there is no
good reason to believe that this variation in the woolly covering of
the ovary is due to hybridization.

1 Ashe says of his A. obovalis, which seems to be this species: — '''T his plant is not
uncommon along the edges of swamps on loose soils from Smithfield, N. C., southward
along the coast to Augusta, Ga., and according to Sargent to Mobile, Ala." The
writer has not seen plants from so far south.

1912] Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America 149

As the fruit matures the inflorescence expands much less in this
species than in others, the axis and pedicels remaining short. The
shoots upon which the racemes are borne remain short also, while
frequently there is a strong growth of leafy shoot beyond the inflores-
cence and as a result the inflorescence often appears to have been left
far behind, and to have been lateral when really terminal after the
manner of Stell ria uliginosa. Unfortunately this condition is too
frequently obscu ʻe to be of use as a distinguishing characteristic.

At Ithaca, New York, and at Freeville, ten miles away, a very
anomalous cond tion exists in respect to A. oblongifolia. Several
plants have beer found by the writer in low or boggy ground, which
have the exact l abit of this species and which appear like it when
in flower, but v hich have a more acute leaf than 4. oblongifolia
with fewer veins and fewer sharper teeth as well as a slight tendency
toward purple co oration when young. "The largest and finest of these
plants are found in a boggy spot noted already as an extreme inland
station for sever: l coastal plain species, among which is Lyonia ligus-
trina. A satisfa:tory disposition of these plants cannot be made
until the region i. thoroughly searched to see if the typical A. oblongi-
folia may not be: iscovered. If such a discovery should be made these
anomalous plant may be reasonably interpreted as hybrids between
A. oblongifolia ax d A. laevis. |

The following :ypical specimens have been examined. MarNE:—
Kennebec Co. F ;yette, 1878, K. Furbish: Oxford Co. Gilead, 1897,
Furbish: Cumbe land Co. West Baldwin, September, 1900, Furbish:
York Co. Wells 1897, 1898, Furbish. MassAcHUSETTS: — Essex
Co., Ipswich, Oa ‘es; East Gloucester, July, 1891, J. H. Sears: Mid-
dlesex Co. Line ln, May, 1906, Fernald; Spot Pond, Stoneham,
May, 1854, Wn. Boott; Fresh Pond swamps, Cambridge, 1855,
Wm. Boott: Sui olk Co. Roxbury, 1835, Wm. Boott: Suffolk or
Norfolk Cos. St my Brook Reservation, June, 1895, P. Gallagher,
June, 1895, W. i". Manning: Norfolk Co. swamps, Wellesley, 1908,
K. M.Wiegand; 3lue Hill, wet place near observatory, 1911, Wiegand;
Holbrook, June, 899, E. F. Williams: Barnstable Co. Hyannisport,
July, 1896, J. 1. Churchill. Connecticut: — New London Co.
moist ground near Silliman's Cove, and low ground near south end
of Fargo Road, Waterford, May & July, 1901, C. B. Graves: Hartford
Co. "roadside in sandy soil," and * beside brook," and * roadside in
wet hard soil," Southington, May & June, 1901, C. H. Bissell: New
Haven Co. damp woods, Oxford, May & June, 1901, E. B. Harger:
Fairfield Co. wet woods, Bridgeport, May, 1901, E. H. Eames.
New York: — Richmond Co. in swamp, Annadale, May & August,

150 Rhodora [JuLy

1892, N. L. Britton: Tompkins Co. (probably this sp.). New JERSEY:
— Passaic Co. Manchester, 1877, A. Brown: Monmouth Co., Farm-
ingdale, May 1910, B. Long & S. Brown, no. 3600: Ocean Co.
Forked River, 1896, Exe. Torr. Bot. Club: Burlington Co. Brown’s
Mills, April, 1905, A. MacElwee: Camden Co. (?) Westville, May,
1894, A. MacElwee: Atlantic Co. Landisville, June, 1899, C. A.
Gross Herb.; Folsom, June, 1911, B. Long, no. 5918; Newtonville,
June, 1911, B. Long, no. 5915. PENNSYLVANIA: — Delaware Co.
Preston Run, June, 1904, A. Jahn: Lancaster Co. 1900, Heller;
vicinity of Smithville, May, 1890, J. K. Small. District or COLUM-
BIA: — Vicinity of Washington, 1880, L. F. Ward. VIRGINIA: —
Norfolk Co. Great Bridge, May, 1893, Britton & Small; near North-
west, 1898, Kearney, no. 1100: Princess Ann Co. 1898, Kearney,
no. 1125. NomrH CanoLIiNA: — South East N. C., W. W. Ashe:
Cumberland Co. Fayetteville, 1895, A. Bradford. SOUTH CAROLINA:
— Darlington Co. "ditch across creek at Paper Mill," Hartsville,
1909, W. S. Coker (probably this sp.).

6. A. CANADENSIS (L.) Medicus.

Mespilus canadensis L. Sp. Pl. p. 478 (1753). Pyrus Botryapium
L. f. Suppl. p. 255 (1781); Willd. Sp. Pl. ii. p. 1013 (1799); Pursh FI.
Am. Sept. p. 339 (1814). Crataegus racemosa Lamk. Encyc. i. p. 84
(1783) (Y). Mespilus nivea Marsh. Arbust. p. 90 (1785) (?). A.
canadensis Medic. Gesch. p. 79 (1793). Crataegus amoena Salisb.
Prod. p. 357 (1796). Mespilus canadensis B cordata Michx. Fl. Bor.
Am. p. 291 (1803). A. Botryapium Borkh. Handb. Forstb. ii. p.
1260 (1803) (?); DC. Prod. ii. p. 632 (1825); Hook, Fl. Bor. Am. i. p.
202 (1840) (?); Brit. & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii, p. 238 (1897), in part; Brit.
Man. p 517 (1901), in part; Small Fl. Se. U. S. p. 531 (1903), in part.
Aronia Botryapium Pers. Syn. ii. p. 39 (1807); Torr. Fl. N. & M. U.S.
I. p. 479 (1824). Mespilus arborea Michx. Hist. Arb. Am. Sept. iii.
p. 68 (1810). Aronia arborea Barton, Comp. Fl. Phil. i. p. 228 (1818).
Am. ovalis B subcordata DC. Prod. ii. p. 632 (1825) (probably this sp.).
Aronia subcordata Raf. ex. DC. Prod. ii. p. 632 (1825) (?). Am. cana-
densis a Botryapium T. & G. Fl. N. A. p. 473 (1840); Torr. Fl. N. Y.
p. 225 (1843); Gray, Man. ed. 1, p. 130 (1848) (?); Robinson &
Fernald in Gray's Man. ed. 7, p. 460 (1908). 4. canadensis var. (?)
oblongifolia, Gray's Man. ed. 2, p. 126 (1856), in part; Man. ed. 6,
p. 167 (1889), in part. A. canadensis var. obovalis Sarg. Silva iv.
p. 128 (1892) in part. A. canadensis var. tomentula Sarg. Trees N. A.
p. 361 (1905); Robinson & Fernald, Rumopona xi. p. 47 (1909). A.
intermedia Brit. N. A. Trees, p. 438 (1908) in part; not Spach, Hist.
Veg. Phan. ii. p. 85 (1834).

Irregularly bushy tree, 5-10 m. high, or sometimes a shrub,
fastigiately and irregularly branched above; stems solitary or few

1912 Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America 151

together: leaves generally obovate, less commonly ovate, oval or
oblong (average blades 4-10 em. long by 2.2-5 em. wide); base cordate,
or very rarely rounded or subacute on individual leaves near the ends
of shoots; apex very acute, or more commonly acuminate; margin
very sharply and somewhat doubly serrate almost or quite to the base,
with medium ovate-triangular acuminate teeth separated by usually
acute rather deep sinuses (6-10 teeth per em.; (38) 45-75, mostly
50-60 teeth, on each side of average leaves); blades and petioles densely
white tomentose below when young, less so above, traces of tomentum
usually persistent, especially on the petioles, until maturity or even
until old age, becoming green, not purple, very small at flowering
time and not unfolded, or even entirely enclosed within the bud-
scales; at maturity green or yellowish green, scarcely glaucous;
primary veins in average leaves 11-17 pairs, often with short inter-
mediate ones, unequally distant, sinuous, anastomosing and indistinct
in the outer third, the uppermost very irregular, widely spreading;
mature petioles 10-25 mm. long: racemes short, rather dense, nodding,
3-5 em. long; lower pedicels 8-17 mm. long, becoming 15-25 mm. long
in fruit, silky tomentose: flowers of medium size: petals linear or
linear-oblong, 10-14 mm. long: hypanthium small, 2.5-3 (rarely 3.5)
mm. in diameter, campanulate, glabrous or somewhat woolly, soon
stretched around the summit of the ovary after flowering, and not
constricted below: sepals broadly oblong-triangular, abruptly pointed
or obtuse, rarely more slender, tomentose, 2-3 mm. long, abruptly
reflexed at the base when the petals fall: summit of ovary glabrous:
fruit scanty, maroon-purple, dry and tasteless. Fras. 6 A-G.

Flowers appearing very early in spring before the leaves, or with
the leaves in the more shrubby forms; fruit ripening in June. Dry
banks and hillsides, Washington County, Maine, and from western
New Hampshire to Iowa, Kansas and Missouri, and southward to
Georgia and Louisiana.

The broad sepals and small hypanthium are usually quite character-
istic of this species, but both vary to some extent. It is also the only
species with leaves distinctly tomentose on both surfaces when young.
It is distinguished from A. laevis by the tomentose inflorescence and
leaves, the size of the hypanthium, shape of the sepals, number of
veins in the leaves, and the number and shape of the teeth. From
A. oblongifolia it differs in habit, in length of petals, size of hypanthium,
shape and position of the sepals as well as the shape of the leaf, and its
apex. The teeth are sharper and larger than in A. oblongifolia, with
deep sharp sinuses. In the Southwest, the sinuses, however, are fre-
quently shallower and not so acute, and the hypanthium is often
larger. The tomentum is more persistent than in any of the other
species.

152 Rhodora [JULY

This is the most abundant species in central New York and probably
the most abundant from Ontario southward and southwestward;
but is unknown in eastern New England except at Pembroke, Maine.
This isolated station at Pembroke is, however, not unique, since sev-
eral other plants were found in the same locality which showed a simi-
larly interrupted distribution. These other plants were calciphiles,
which fact suggests that the occurrence of 4. canadensis at Pembroke
is due to a local outcrop of lime. Michaux,' in his description of Mes-
pilus arborea (which is probably a synonym of A. canadensis), may
have confused this species with others when he said: "With the ex-
ception of the maritime parts of the Carolinas and of Georgia, this
tree is spread over the whole extent of the United States and of Can-
ada; but it is most multiplied upon the Alleghany Mountains, and
upon the elevated banks of the rivers which flow from them."

This species comes into full bloom before the leaves are conspicu-
ous in the spring, and while they are still completely covered with
white wool. The flowers are usually very abundant and the plant,
therefore, presents a beautiful snowy-white appearance with no
intermixture of green or purple. As the common conspicuous snowy-
white shad-bush of the landscape, it replaces inland the A. oblongifolia
of the coastal plain.

According to the experience of the writer in central New York,
A. canadensis does not produce fruit which will at all compare
in edible qualities with that produced by other species, and he has
never seen it of the same blue-black color as in other species. The
pulp, too, is usually comparatively dry and tasteless. Michaux says
(of Mespilus arborea), * . . . largest tree rarely yields more than half a
pound... The fruit of this tree is, in my opinion, too small and too
scanty to reward the pains of improving its taste and of increasing its
volume by long continued cultivation.” On the contrary, Curtiss?
says: “In the latter [Lower District] section of the State [North
Carolina], it is hardly more than a shrub, and is common along
branches and swamps (A. oblongifolia ... ?...auct.). In the former
[Upper D.], it inhabits the shaded sides of Mountains, and is 15 to 25
feet high. The fruit is here much sweeter, more juicy and palatable,
like the Medlar, than in other parts of the State, and the trees are some-

1 N. A. Sylva (Transl.) ii. p. 41 (1853).
2M. A. Curtis, Trees of N. C. p 68 (1860).

1912] Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America 153

times recklessly cut down to obtain it.” Whether this difference of
opinion is due to a confusion of A. canadensis, A. laevis, and A. oblongi-
folia is an interesting question. Wangenheim: in writing of Pyrus
Botryapium in “New York Province,” says of the fruit (translated):
“The dark-carmine-red round-oval fruit is ripe toward the end of June
— the flesh that surrounds these [seeds] is whitish, of sour taste, and
serves only for the food of birds." His P. Botryapium was described
as hairy when young, and was probably, in the main, A. canadensis.

The relation of the arborescent and shrubby forms of this species is
perplexing. In Central New York the writer has found the arbores-
cent form more common in the open, and the small shrubby form
more common in the woods or on cliffs. The more tree-like plants
frequently have a very short trunk, or if the trunk is longer, it is
irregular and the branches are frequently turned more to one side,
so that the transition to the smaller plants is not as abrupt as would
at first appear. The two, obviously intergrade. The shrubby
individuals, which may have several stems from the base, suggest
A. oblongifolia, but the tops are bushy and spreading, thus giving
a more umbrella-type of growth than the fastigiate habit of A. oblongi-
folia. The leaves on the shrubby form are usually more or less un-
folded at the time of flowering, while on most of the trees they have
scarcely emerged from the bud-scales when the tree is in full bloom.
These forms are probably ecological.

The following typical specimens have been examined. Marne: —
Washington Co. rocky woods, West Pembroke, July, 1909, Fernald &
Wiegand (Fernald, no. 1885). New Hampsatre: — Sullivan Co.
Sumner’s Falls, Plainfield, July, 1900, Eggleston, no. 1959. VERMONT:
— Rutland Co. Noyes Swamp, Pittsford, May, 1899, Eggleston, no.
1183; Twin Mountain, West Rutland, July, 1900, Eggleston. Mass-
ACHUSETTS: — Franklin Co. sandy thicket near Miller’s Falls, May,
1911, Fernald. Connecticut: — New Haven Co. Middlebury,
April & July, 1896, W. M. Shepardson. ONTARIO: —Shore of Lake
Ontario, Canada, 1891, J. Dearners: Welland Co. Niagara, May,
1901, J. Macoun, no. 34296. New Yorx:— Tompkins Co. dry
banks, Ithaca, 1873 & 1882 Dudley, 1896 Wiegand. PENNSYLVANIA:
Lehigh Co. June, 1878, A. F. K. Krout; 1911 H. W. Pretz, nos.

3188, 3251, 3403: Monroe Co. August, 1911, Bayard Long, no. 6586:
Philadelphia Co., June, 1908, S. S. VanPelt: Pike Co., Blooming
Grove, May, 1891, 4nna M. Vail: Alleghany Co. Harrison Township,
1893, A. Koenig. West Viretnta:— Upshur Co. Bucklin, 1895,

1 Beitrag z. teutsch. Forstwiss.; Anpf. Nordam. Holza. p. 90 (1787).

154 Rhodora [JULY

W. M. Pollock. Districr or CorvMBiA: — Anatoslian Island,
April, 1881, L. M. Ward. Virernta: — Norfolk Co., near Norfolk,
1898, Kearney, no. 1173: Pulaski Co. on Peak Mountain, alt. 2200
ft, July, 1892, J. K. Small: Smyth Co. Pond Mountain, and
Marion, May, July, 1892, N. L. Britton, E. G. Britton & A. M. Vail:
Wash. Co. White Top Mt., Aug. 1892, Small. NORTH CAROLINA: —
Henderson Co. woodland near Flatrock, June, 1904, Biltmore Her-
barium, no. 5615 f. Sovru CaroLtina:—Oconee Co. Clemsen Col-
lege, 1906, H. D. House, no. 1861. Grorata: — North Georgia, 1875,
C. Wright: Bibb Co. dry woods near Holton, 19—, R. M. Harper, no.
1806 (not typical). KENrUcKv:— banks of the Licking River,
C. W. Short. Onto: — Lawrence Co. Ironton, April & May, 1892,
W. C. Werner. Micutcan:— Gratiot Co. Alma, sandy swamp,
July, 1893, C. 4. Davis: Ingham Co. campus, Michigan Agriculture
College, Lansing, 1899. ILLINOIS: — Lasalle Co. sandstone ledges,
Starved Rock, July, 1909, Greenman, Lansing & Dixon: Peoria Co.
hilly woodlands, Peoria, April-June, 1904, F. E. McDonald. lowa:—
Story Co. Ames, April, 1897, R. Combs, no. 350. MISSOURI: —
rocky banks, Dumas, July, 1909, B. F. Bush, no. 5917: Newton Co.
rocky banks, July, 1893, Bush, no. 85: McDonald Co. rocky banks,
July, 1893, Bush, nos. 85a. & 85c., July, 1892, no. 30. ARKANSAS:
— Benton Co. 1889, E. N. Plank: Yell Co. Petit Jean, April, 1903,
H. A. Pilsbry.

7. <A. laevis, sp. nov.

Pyrus Botryapium Bigel. Fl. Bost. ed. 2, p. 196 (1824); not A.
Botryapium Borkh. Handh. Forstb. ii. p. 1260 (1803). A. canadensis
var. Botryapium Gray, Man. ed. 1, p. 130 (1848) probably; also ed.
2. A. canadensis Gray, Man. ed. 6, p. 166 (1889), Sarg. Silva iv.
p. 127 (1892); Brit. & Brown Ill. Fl. ii. p. 237 (1897); Brit. Man.
p. 517 (1901); Small, Fl. Se. U. S. p. 531 (1903); Sarg. Trees N. A.
p. 360 (1905); Robinson & Fernald in Gray's Man. ed. 7, p. 459
(1908); Brit. N. A. Trees p. 437 (1908).

Arbor humilis irregularis ad 13 m. (43 ped.) alta vel interdum
frutex; foliis firmis ovato-ovalibus ovalibus vel ovato-oblongis semper
glabris basi subcordatis rotundatis vel raro acutis apice breviter
acuminatis margine argute serratis, junioribus luride glauco-pur-
pureis raro viridibus demum viridibus, venis primariis 12-17-jugis
irregularibus paulo arcuatis ad marginem reticulatis summis diver-
gentibus, petiolis tenuibus 12-25 mm. longis; racemis plerumque
flexuosis pendulis glabris; pedicellis perlongis; floribus grandibus
pulchrisque; petalis 12-18 mm. longis; hypanthio campanulato post
anthesem infra paulo constricto inconspicuo; sepalis revolutis;
ovario ad apicem glabris; fructo purpureo vel atropurpureo glauco.

A tree, when well developed, 13 m. high or less, shrubby in the north:
leaves firm in texture, ovate-oval, oval or ovate-oblong, rarely slightly

1912] Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America 155

obovate or elliptical (blade 4-6 cm. long by 2.5-4 em. wide), sub-
cordate, rounded, or more rarely acute at base; apex short acuminate;
margin sharply serrate nearly to the base (except in occasional speci-
mens in which some or all of the lower teeth are omitted), with firm,
callous-tipped, usually subulate, medium-sized teeth, and usually
rounded sinuses, the body of the teeth usually wanting, or more
rarely with acute sinuses and more prominent cuspidate teeth (6-8
teeth per em.; 35-46 teeth on each side); glabrous from the first or
with a few silky hairs, at flowering time one-half to three-fourths
grown and lurid-glaucous-purple, rarely bright green, at maturity
dark green and slightly glaucous, even the petioles glabrous; primary
veins 12-17 pairs, with short intermediate ones, unequally distant,
sinuous, slightly upcurving, anastomosing near the margin, upper-
most widely spreading; mature petioles slender, 12-25 mm. long:
racemes, when well developed, many-flowered, flexuous, drooping,
glabrous or nearly so, 3-7 cm. long; pedicels very long, the lower
15-33 mm. long, becoming in fruit (25) 30-50 mm. long: flowers large
and showy: petals oblong-linear, 10-18 mm. long: hypanthium
campanulate, 2.75-5 mm. broad, glabrous, soon stretched around the
summit of the ovary after flowering, very slightly or not at all con-
stricted below: sepals triangular-lanceolate or subulate (2.75) 3-4 mm.
long, mostly abruptly reflexed at the base when the petals fall: sum-
mit of the ovary glabrous: fruit purple or nearly black, glaucous, of
fair quality, when half grown often broader than long. Fics. 7 A-G.

Flowers appearing with the leaves in early spring; fruit ripe in
June in the latitude of Massachusetts and New York. On damp
wooded slopes and banks, or in fields where not too dry, or at the edge
of swamps, in calcareous and non-calcareous soil, from Newfoundland
throughout New England, westward to Michigan and Kansas; and
southward along the mountains to Georgia and Alabama. Type in
Gray Herb. “near Aqueduct Bridge, Wellesley, Massachusetts, May &
June 1911” Wiegand.

Forma nitida, f. nov., foliis perviridibus nitidis.— Leaves deep
green, not glaucous, lustrous. In Newfoundland, and probably
elsewhere. Type in Gray Herb. Bishop’s Falls, Newfoundland,
July, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 5593.

A more northern species than A. canadensis, very common in
Newfoundland, and fairly common throughout New England. At
Ithaca, N. Y., it grows in the ravines bordering Cayuga Lake, in damp
situations, and usually on the south sun-screened side; while A.
canadensis is found on the dry rocky crests and fields nearby. In
central New York it also occurs around swamps. Though a tree in
New York and southern New England, it becomes more like a fastigi-
ate shrub in its northern range, especially in Newfoundland. ‘There,
also, the leaves are frequently narrower, and a larger proportion of

156 l Rhodora [JULY

them have tapering bases. All intermediate gradations occur, how-
ever. The fruit in New England and New York is rarely abundant,
according to the writer’s experience, but in the North the bushes are
often heavily laden.

A. laevis differs from A. canadensis in the size and coloring of the
leaves at flowering time, texture and shape of the leaves at maturity,
number of teeth, shape of the teeth, length of the pedicels, size of the
hypanthium, and length and shape of the sepals. When growing
together, the contrast in appearance at flowering time is striking. The
loose racemes and bronzy foliage of A. laevis give a rich somewhat
drooping effect; while in A. canadensis the whole tree is pure white
and usually stiffer.

The following typical specimens have been examined. New-
FOUNDLAND: — St. Johns, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 5538, 5568:
Whitbourne, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 5552, 5587, 5591, 5632:
Grand Falls, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 5547, 5578a. QUEBEC: —
Quebee Co. vicinity of Montmorenci Falls, June, 1905, J. Macoun,
no. 66926. New Brunswick: — Kent Co. May, 1870, J. Fowler.
Nova Scoria: — Guysborough Co. Boylston, May-September,
1890, C. A. Hamilton: Pictou Co. fence-row near Pictou, July, 1901,
Howe & Lang, no. 549: Digby Co. edge of pond near Digby, July,
1901, Howe & Lang, nos. 265 & 297. Marxe: — Washington Co.
rocky woods, Pembroke, July, 1909, Fernald & Wiegand (Fernald,
no. 1884): Hancock Co. Bar Harbor, F. H. Peabody: Penobscot Co.
Bangor, 1875, F. L. Scribner; Orono, 1873, Scribner, 1892, F. G. Gould,
1888, 1889, 1904, Fernald; Stillwater, 1896, E. D. Merrill: Somerset Co.
Cambridge, 1873-8, F. S. Bunker; East Mercer, Abbie E. Packard:
Knox Co. Camden, top of Mt. Battie (1325 ft.), July, 1903, K.
Furbish: Kennebec Co. Kent's Hill, Readfield, September, 1892,
K. Furbish; Fayette, 1878, 1894, K. Furbish; Manchester, May, 1874,
F. L. Scribner: Franklin Co. Rangeley, 1894, K. Furbish: Oxford Co.
Gilead, 1897, K. Furbish: Androscoggin Co. Bear Mountain, Liver-
more, 1896, Furbish; South Poland, 1895, Furbish: Cumberland Co.
West Baldwin, September, 1900, Furbish; Brunswick, May, 1892,
Furbish: York Co. Old Orchard, July, 1901, Furbish; North Berwick,
1893-95, J. C. Parlin, May, 1897, Fernald; Kennebunkport, July,
1907, H. J. Koehler. New Hampsurre: — Coos Co. roadside,
Whitefield, 1896, W. Deane: Grafton Co. Franconia, May, 1892,
E. & C. E. Faxon; near Flume House, Franconia, 1855, Wm. Boott:
Carroll Co. Wolfboro, May, 1909, H. E. Sargent, no. 22: Cheshire Co.
Mt. Monadnock, May, 1895, J. R. Churchill, May, 1897, Rand &
Robinson, no. 617, alt. 2000 ft., May, 1898, E. F. Williams. VERMONT:
— Orleans Co. roadside, Westmore, June, 1909, J. R. Churchill:
Lamoiole Co. Johnson, May, 1894, A. J. Grout: Rutland Co. Rut-

1912] Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America — 157

land, June, 1899, Eggleston, no. 1117 & 1185: Windham Co. rocky
hill, Westminister, May-June, 1906, Blanchard, set 1; Basin Farm
Bridge, North Westminister, May-June, 1907, Blanchard, set 2:
Bennington Co. Pownal, June, 1901, F. G. Floyd. MASSACHUSETTS:
— Essex Co. Ipswich, Oakes: Suffolk Co. Revere, 1877, H. A. Young:
Middlesex Co. Mystic Pond, 1855, Wm. Boott: Norfolk Co. Wellesley,
1907-11, Wiegand: Worcester Co. Ashburnham, May, 1896, Sydney
Harris, May, 1898, J. R. Churchill: Franklin Co. sandy thicket near
Miller's Falls, May, 1911, Fernald: Berkshire Co., Williamstown,
summit of Mt. Greylock, June, 1898, J. R. Churchill; Savoy, May, 1901,
R. Hoffmann. Ruope IsraNp: — Providence Co. East Providence,
1902, J. F. Collins. Connecticut: — New London Co. rocky bank
of river, Groton, May-June, 1901, C. B. Graves: Litchfield Co.
Winchester, June, 1901, E. B. Harger: Hartford Co. roadside,
Southington, May-June, 1901, C. H. Bissell: New Haven Co. damp
woodland, Oxford, May-June, 1901, /arger. ONTARIO: — Welland
Co. Queenstown Heights, May, 1901, J. Macoun, no. 34304. New
Yonk:— Warren Co. May, 1902, S. H. Burnham: Tompkins Co.
damp woodlands and clearings, Ithaca, 1896-1906, Wiegand: Rich-
mond Co. Tocht Hill, Staten Island, April, 1891, N. L. Britton.
New Jersey: — Sussex Co. High Point, May, 1891, H. Kraemer.
PENNSYLVANIA: — Sullivan Co. Ganoga Lake, April, 1897, S. Brown:
Luzerne Co. Lake Lugh, May, 1903, S. Brown: Monroe Co. Pocono
Plateau, August, 1904, J. W. Harshberger: Lehigh Co. Bake-oven
Knob, May, 1911, H. W. Pretz, no. 3246: Delaware Co. Brandewine,
May, 1901, B. H. Smith: Lancaster Co. near Safe Harbor, April,
1891, Heller & Halbach: Franklin Co. Blue Ridge Summit, May,
1906, S. Brown & S. S. Van Pelt. VinRGINIA: — Washington &
Grayson Cos. Summit of White Top Mountain, alt. 5678 ft., May,
1892, J. K. Small, May-June E. G. Britton & A. M. Vail: Augusta
Co. Mt. Rogers (Elliott's Knob), alt. 2000-4473 ft., May, 1893, Heller,
no. 824: Smyth Co. Dickies Creek, June, 1892, N. L. & E. G. Britton &
A. M.Vail:. .. .Co. Mountain Lake, June, 1890, N. L. & E. G. Britton.
Nortu CAROLINA: — Buncombe Co. Gray Beard Mt., 1901, Pollard;
summit of Little Craggy Mt., May, 1898, Biltmore Herbarium, no.
5615a: Watauga Co. between Shull's Mills and Grandfather Mt., 1891,
alt. 4000 ft., Small & Heller, no. 239 (not quite typical): Roan Mt.,
Eagle Cliff, alt. 5500 ft., 1902, W. A. Cannon, no. 136: Spring Mt.
Park (Western N. C.), 1897, E. C. Townsend. Kentucky: — C. W.
Short (in part): Lyon Co. Bluff Spring to Mout, June, 1909, Eggleston,
no. 4701. TENNESSEE:—steep rocky cliff, Knoxville, May, 1896,
A. Ruth, no. 13 (not typical). GEoRGrA: — Rabun Co. Rabun Bald,
June, 1906, H. D. House, no. 2283: Lookout Mt. (woods), July, 1898,
A. Ruth, nos. 284, 292 (in part): Habersham Co. Tallulah Falls, alt.
1600 ft, August, 1895, J. K. Small. Atasama:— Mobile Co.
streams, C. Mohr. MicniGaAN: — Keweenaw Co. 1889, O. A. Farwell,
nos. 48 & 49: Huron Co. dry sandy ground in open woods, Sand Point,

158 Rhodora [JULY

July, 1908, C. K. Dodge, no. 72: St. Clair Co. Port Huron, woods and
river bank, May, 1838, D. Houghton: Ingham Co. near Lansing,
May & August, 1887, L. H. Bailey: Wayne Co. vicinity of Linden
Park, Detroit, 1893, Farwell, no. 53: Gratiot Co. river banks, Alma,
July, 1893, C. A. Davis. INDIANA:— Porter Co. Dune Park, 1903,
Agnes Chase, no. 2053. ILLINors: — Cook Co., Evanston, P. Price.
Wisconsin: — Racine or Kenosha Cos. May, 1900, S. C. Wadmond:
Jefferson Co. woods, Jefferson Junct., July, 1903, H. Eggert. Mis-
SOURI: — Iron Co. Pilot Knob, July, 1888, L. H. Pammel. Kansas:
— Cherokee Co. rocky woods, 1897, A. S. Hitchcock.

Forma NITIDA.

NEWFOUNDLAND: — St. John's, August, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 5567: Glenwood, July, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 5528,
5638: Bishop’s Falls, July, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 5592,
5593: Grand Falls, August, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 5548,
5601: Rushy Pond, August, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 5542.

8. A. Barrramrana (Tausch) Roemer.

Mespilus canadensis 8 oligocarpa Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. p. 291 (1803).
Pyrus Bartramiana Tausch, Flora xxi. 2, p. 715 (1838). A. canadensis
é oligocarpa T. & G. Fl. N. A. i. p. 474 (1840); Gray, Man. ed. 1-5.
A. oligocarpa Roem. Fam. Nat. Syn. Rosif. p. 145 (1847); Gray,
Man. ed. 6, p. 167 (1889); Brit. & Brown Ill. Fl. ii. p. 239 (1897);
Brit. Man. p. 518 (1901); Robinson & Fernald in Gray's Man. ed. 7,
p. 460 (1908). A. Bartramiana Roem. Syn. Rosif. p. 145 (1847).
A. arguta Nutt. in Brit. Man. ed. 3, p. 1076 (1907).

Shrub, 0.5-2.5 m. high; stems several together, loosely cespitose-
fastigiate (alder-like): leaves thin or firm, elliptical, varying to elliptic-
oval or elliptic-oblong (average blade 3-5 (7) em. long, by 15-30 (40)
mm. wide); apex from rounded to very acute; base more or less
acuminate; margin sharply, often doubly, serrate to below the middle
or nearly to the base; teeth very variable, fine, usually abruptly and
obliquely acuminate from a broad base, rarely muticous, the point
strongly ascending, sinus usually sharp, sometimes rounded (6-12
teeth per cm.; 17-52 teeth on each side, or 4-15 on each side of leaves
at ends of shoots); not conduplicate when young but flat or revolute,
glabrous from the first except the slightly silky petioles, half-grown
at flowering time, at maturity slightly glaucous; mid-rib unusually
broad and conspicuous on the upper side; veins indistinct, very
irregular, the primary pairs 12-17, irregularly distant, with shorter
ones between, often crowded, sinuous, gradually and irregularly
curved upward, anastomosing and indistinct in the outer third, the
uppermost widely spreading; petioles stout and very short, 2-7 (10)
mm. long: flowers 1-2, rarely 3, on each branchlet, one terminal, with
others in the axils of the upper foliage leaves: pedicels glabrous, 10-25

1912] Wiegand,— Amelanchier in eastern North America — 159

(30) mm. long, in fruit scarcely longer (15-30 mm.): flowers small:
petals broad and short, oblong-oval or oval, broadest at the middle,
6-9 mm. long: hypanthium 3-6 mm. wide, campanulate below, more
spreading above, constricted below on the young fruit and then
prominent: sepals 3-4 mm. long, triangular subulate, more or less
persistently tomentose within even in fruit, loosely spreading, varying
from nearly erect to somewhat revolute: ovary densely woolly at the
summit, tapering into the somewhat thickened woolly style-base: fruit
large for the genus, 13 mm. in diameter or less, ovoid, dark purple,
edible. Flowers appearing rather late; fruit maturing in late July
or in August, but not of the best quality. Kies. 8 A-H.

Damp uplands and borders of bogs, Labrador to mountains of
Massachusetts, Adirondack and Catskill Mountains of New York,
Pocono Plateau of Pennsylvania, and westward through Canada to
northern Michigan and Minnesota.

Easily distinguished from all eastern species by the almost solitary
and apparently axillary flowers, and the nearly sessile leaves, which
are not conduplicate, but flat or near so when young, as well as by
the more tapering summit of the ovary. "The teeth of the leaves, also,
have a peculiar look which is soon learned by experience.

The following typical specimens have been examined. LABRADOR:
— Makkovik, August, 1896, A. Stecker, no. 19: Groswater Bay,
Hamilton Inlet, inland along the Nascaupee and Crooked Rivers to
Lake Michikaman, July, August, 1905, Dillon Wallace: Square Island
Harbor, July, 1864, B. P. Mann: Red Bay, July, 1891, Bowdoin
College Exped., July, 1892, J. D. Sornborger, no. 20. NEWFOUND-
LAND: — St. John's, August, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 5755, 5757:
Whitbourne, August, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 5578: Glenwood,
July, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 5740, 5741: Notre Dame Bay,
Dildo Run, July, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 5756: Snooks Arm,
August, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 5535: Tilt Cove, August, 1911,
Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 5745, 5746: Grand Falls, July, 1911, Fernald
& Wiegand, nos. 5737, 5750, 5754, 5602: Rushy Pond, July, 1911,
Fernald & Wiegand, no. 5744: Hodge’s Hill, July, 1911, Fernald &
Wiegand, no. 5751: Millertown Junction, July, 1911, Fernald &
Wiegand, nos. 5738, 5739: Quarry, July, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 5736: Gaff Topsail, July, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 5752:
Birchy Cove, Bay of Islands, July, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3554.
Uneava: — Lake Mistassini, swampy woods, August, 1885, J. M.
Macoun. QUEBEC: — Saguenay Co. Eskimo Point near Mingan,
June, 1909, C. W. Townsend; Mingan, June, 1909, Townsend; Seven
Islands, August, 1907, C. B. Robinson, no. 782: Gaspé Co., Mount
Albert, thicket below tableland, alt. 1000 m., August, 1905, Collins &
Fernald, and northern slopes, July, 1906, Fernald & Collins, nos. 233
& 625; Table-top Mountain, alt. 670 m., western base, August, 1906,

160 Rhodora [JULY

Fernald & Collins, no. 614; low woods, banks of Grand River, June-
July, 1904, Fernald: Rimouski Co. damp woods, Bic, July, 1904,
Collins & Fernald; limestone and limestone-conglomerate ridges,
Bic, July, 1907, Fernald & Collins, no. 1100: Quebec Co. vicinity of
Montmorenci Falls, June, 1905, John Macoun, no. 66925. New
Brunswick: — Serpentine River, July, 1900, G. U. Hay, no. 63:
Bass River, July, 1875, J. Fowler. MAINE: — Aroostook Co. damp
woods, Fort Kent, June, 1898, Fernald, no. 2314; summit of Mars Hill,
July 1893, Fernald; low woods near New Limerick, June, 1899,
Fernald & Chamberlain; Houlton, 1881, K. Furbish: Washington Co.
border of heath, Lubec, July & August, 1909, Fernald & Wiegand,
(Fernald nos. 1882 & 1883); low woods, Cutler, July, 1902, Kennedy,
Williams, Collins & Fernald: Piscataquis Co., Mt. Katahdin, August,
1847 G. Thurber, 18 (?) Edward Everett Hale, South Basin, September,
1898, E. D. Merrill, Chimney Pond and North Basin, July, 1900
Fernald; low woods, Greenville, July, 1895, Fernald no. 257; Brown-
ville, May, 1905, J. C. Parlin; granite ledges, top of Buker Mt.,
East Guilford, May, 1896, Geo. B. Fernald: Penobscot Co. wet
woods, Patten, August, 1897, Fernald; slopes of Mt. Chase, August,
1897, Fernald: Somerset Co. north slope of Mt. Bigelow, above 2000
ft., August, 1896, Fernald; mountain top, Caratunk, July, 1892,
Fernald: Franklin Co. Mountain Pond Mt., Greenvale, August, 1894,
K. Furbish: Oxford Co. low rocky woods around Swan Pond, July,
1901, J. C. Parlin, no. 1429; Streaked Mt., Hebron, May, 1897, J. A.
Allen: Androscoggin Co. South Poland, 1893, 1895, Furbish; East
Livermore, 1894, Furbish: Cumberland Co. rich woods by stream,
Scarboro, May, 1903, Fellows & Fernald: York Co. Kennebunkport,
June, 1907, H. J. Koehler. New Hampsatre:— Coos Co. Mt.
Washington, Lake of the Clouds, July, 1855, Wm. Boott, June, 1878,
E. & C. E. Faxon, July, 1887, W. C. Cusick; Tuckerman’s Ravine,
July, 1888, E. & C. E. Faxon, June & August, 1901, Eggleston, no.
2369; Huntington's Ravine, September, 1890, E. & C. E. Faxon;
Cape Horn, elev. 4600 ft., June, 1898, E. F. Williams, June, 1898,
J. M. Greenman, no. 1058; near Crawford House, June, 1881, E. &
C. E. Faxon: Grafton Co. Echo Lake, Franconia, May, 1892, E. &
C. E. Faxon; Mt. Moosilauke, July, 1886, E. & C. E. Faxon: Che-
shire Co. Mt. Monadnock, May, 1895, J. R. Churchill, alt. 3000 ft.,
May, 1897, Rand & Robinson, no. 616. VEenMoNT: — Mt. Mansfield,
June, 1893, Eggleston, July, 1897, J. R. Churchill, E. F. Williams:
Rutland Co. Blueberry Hill Bog, Rutland, July, 1900, Eggleston,
nos. 1960, 1963, 1964; Cedar Swamp, Fairhaven, May, 1893, May,
1898, Eggleston, June, 1899, Eggleston, no. 1119: Windham Co.
Grout Pond, Stratton, alt. 2300 ft., August, 1900, Eggleston, no.
1962; dry land, roadside, Stratton, alt. 1500 ft, May, 1904,
June, 1907, Blanchard set 1; in swamp, Stratton, July, 1904,
Blanchard, set 2. Massacnusetrs: — Worcester Co., Mt. Wachu-
sett, Nuttall: Berkshire Co., summit of Mt. Greylock, June, 1898 &

1912] Flynn,— Vermont Botanical Club, Winter Meeting — 161

1901, J. R. Churchill; Florida, top of Hoosac Plateau, July, 1909,
R. Hoffmann. New York: — Adirondack Mts., 1898, W. H. Lewis,
Jr.; Panther Mt., near Little Moose Lake, July, 1906, Rydberg, no.
7808, also S. S. Van Pelt & J. Crawford; Rifle Notch, northern n. Ya
September, 1900, N. L. & E. G. Britton: Ulster Co. Slide Mt., May,
1901, N. L. Britton. PENNSYLVANIA: — Monroe Co. Naomi Pines,
Pocano Mt., July, 1893, T. C. Porter; Tobyhanna, July, 1893, S.
Brown, 1894, J. Crawford: Sullivan Co. Ganoga Lake, 1897, S. Brown:
Dauphin Co. East Mt., Williamstown, May, 1892, F. E. Lloyd.
Micutcan: — Houghton Co., Isle Royale, July, 1909, W. S. Cooper:
Keweenaw Co. Clifton, June, 1889, O. A. Farwell, no. 52d. MINNE-
sOTA:— St. Louis Co. Vermillion Lake, July, 1886, Arthur, Bailey,
& Holway, no. B407; Tower, June, 1893, E. P. Sheldon.

WELLESLEY COLLEGE.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES 95 AND 96.1

Figs. A, AA, B, and C. Representative leaves taken from various specimens.
D. Calyx, hypanthium, and ovary at the time when the petals fall.
E. Same, in vertical section. F. Same as D, but the fruit half mature.
G. Same as F, but in vertical section. H. Cross-section of winter
bud showing arrangement of leaves (the bud-scales were removed before
sectioning).

SEVENTEENTH ANNUAL WINTER MEETING OF THE |
VERMONT BOTANICAL CLUB.

NELLIE F. FLYNN.

THE seventeenth annual winter meeting of the Vermont Botanical
Club which was planned to be held in St. Johnsbury the last week in
January but was postponed on account of the small-pox scare there
was finally held at Dartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire,
March 29 and 30, in conjunction with the Vermont Bird Club. Some
thirty members of both Clubs were in attendance and the meeting was
both enjoyable and instructive.

A lengthy program of about forty papers, two thirds of which were
botanical, was successfully carried out, and about fifteen new members
were elected. A most interesting lecture by Prof. Merritt L. Fernald
of the Gray Herbarium on “Some Red Letter Days on the Newfound-

eland Barrens,” illustrated with lantern slides and mounted specimens

1 Since the plates were printed it has been noticed that the teeth of the leaves of
A. sanguinea and of the middle leaf of A. humilis have been inadvertently somewhat
exaggerated in the direction of fineness.

162 Rhodora [JuLy

of the plants collected there, was given in Wilder Hall on the evening
of the 29th. The assembling of the local floras of Vermont was a
distinctive feature of the meeting. This, led by Mr. J.G. Underwood,
is preparatory work on the new Flora of Vermont which will be issued
in the not far distant future.

Bulletin No. 7 of the Club will be issued some time in June.

The summer meeting of the Club will probably be held in Franklin
and Berkshire at several ponds and bogs in that vicinity, the last week
in July, with a lengthening of the trip to Lakes Memphremagog and
Willoughby for those so inclined.

The officers of the Club are: President, Dr. Ezra BRAINERD,
Middlebury; Vice-President, Mr. W. W. EaGLEsTON, United States
Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.; Secretary, Pror.
GEonaE P. Burns, University of V ermont, Burlington; Treasurer,
Mrs. NELurE F. FLyNN, Burlington; Editor, Mr. GEORGE L. KIRK,
Rutland; Librarian, Miss PuorBE M. Tow sg, Burlington.

BURLINGTON, VERMONT.

Vermont BoranicaL CLUB, Summer Mererina.— The annual
joint summer meeting of the Vermont Botanical and Bird Clubs will
_ be held on Thursday and Friday, July 25 and 26, at Franklin, Vermont,
in the Northwest corner of the State. The shores of a large pond,
and the flora of three cedars bogs unknown in great measure to the
botanists of the state, form the greatest attractions. It has been
felt that the Botanical Club should explore some of the more unknown
parts of the State before the publication of the revised Flora of Ver-
mont. After the meeting there will be opportunity for any who
wish, to join in a trip to Lake Memphramagog at Newport, and the
wild lands about Island Pond in the Northeast part of the State.
Persons interested in this meeting should communicate with one
of the members of the joint Committee.

Jay G. UNDERWOOD, Hartland, Vt.
Pror. GeorGE H. Perkins, Burlington, Vt.
Miss Dura I. GRIFFIN, St. Johnsbury, Vt.

JossELYN BOTANICAL SocrETY.— The eighteenth annual meeting
of the Josselyn Botanical Society of Maine will be at Gardiner?
August 7, 1912, for three days' work in thefield. Hotel rates will not

1912] Blewitt,— Introduced Plants new to Connecticut 163

exceed two dollars per day, and we hope to secure reduced fare on the
Maine Central Railroad from all points.

The summer meetings of this Society, since its organization, with
three exceptions, have been held in June or early in July, and these
three were on or near the seashore, so that this is the first opportunity
offered for the collection and comparison of plants of the interior of
the State in the month of August. This will afford a series of flowering
plants differing much from those of June or July. Make your plans
now to attend, and further notice, with additional information, will
be sent two weeks previous to the meeting.— Dana W. FELLows,
Secretary, 655 Congress St., Portland, Maine.

AN ILLUSTRATED KEY To THE TREES.— It is always a pleasure to
be able to recommend a book which is perfectly simple and direct and
for which one does not have to offer an apology. Such a thoroughly
satisfactory little work is the Key of Trees by Collins & Preston.! It is
simply an illustrated key, without pretense to being anything more
and without the mawkish padding which fills so many “tree books.”
But it is done with infinite care and will be found trustworthy and of
real use by all who wish to know the identities and ranges of the
native and ordinarily planted trees. A liberal interpretation of the
definition of trees has been allowed so that all species which anywhere
attain an arboreal habit are included, even many species of Salix
and Crataegus. The illustrations, from photographs of trunks and
line-drawings of leaves, are very accurate and aid to make the book
the most satisfactory Key to Trees which has yet been produced.—
M. L. F.

INTRODUCED PLANTS NEW TO CoNNECTICUT.— In RHODORA, vol.
xiii. 149, the writer enumerated a number of rare introduced plants
found in a yard about a rubber reclaiming plant at Naugatuck,
Connecticut. A number of other rare plants have been collected at
this place since, four of them new to the State: Hordewm murinum L.,
a European species; Tradescantia reflexa Raf., a Spiderwort of the
South and West; Onosmodium occidentale Mackenzie, a coarse plant
of the western plains; and Salvia verticillata L., a European Salvia

1 Illustrated Key to the Wild and commonly Cultivated Trees of the Northeastern
United States and Adjacent Canada based primarily upon Leaf Characters, by J.

Franklin Collins and Howard W. Preston. Pocket size, 184 + x pp. with 279
illustrations. N. Y. Henry Holt & Co. 1912.

164 Rhodora [Junv

with very handsome bluish blossoms; also the rare White Mustard,
Brassica alba (L.) Boiss., growing in abundance.

Two other rare plants new to the State were collected the past season;
Achillea Ptarmica L., Sneezeweed, about an old cellar at the foot of
the “Glen,” * High Rock Grove" Beacon Falls; and Arctium nemoro-
sum Lejeune, growing with A. Lappa L. and A. minus (Hill) Bernh.
on waste ground at Waterbury and appearing intermediate between
them.— Artuur E. BrEwrrr, Waterbury, Connecticut.

A NEW VARIETY OF RUDBECKIA SUBTOMENTOSA.
Eanr E. SHerrr.

In the summer of 1910, while collecting in the immediate neighbor-
hood of St. Louis, Missouri, the writer chanced to find a peculiar
form of Rudbeckia. In general aspect, anise-scented involucre, etc.,
it closely resembled R. subtomentosa Pursh, a species very abundant
in that vicinity; but in its light, greenish-yellow chaff-scales and yel-
lowish disk-corollas, it was entirely distinct. Furthermore, extended
observation showed that its flowers opened about two weeks later than
did those of the species proper.

A careful search in literature and herbaria has failed to reveal
previous mention of this plant. But in the summer of 1911, the same
form was found growing south of Allenton, Missouri, by Dr. G. W.
Letterman. And during the same year, further material was collected
in the original locality by Professor Moses Craig, of the Missouri
Botanical Gardens. The evident constancy manifested by the form
in its distinctive characters appears to warrant its treatment as a
formal variety.

Rudbeckia subtomentosa, var. Craigii, n. var., paleis subviridi-
flavis, corollis subflavis. "Type, fields and clearings, west of St. Louis,
Missouri, August 19, 1910, Sherff no. 1,106; Gray Herbarium. Co-
types, Herb. Field Museum and Herb. Mo. Bot. Gardens.

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS.

1 For whom the variety is here named, in appreciation of the work done in securing
additional specimens and data the past year.

Volume 14, no. 162, including pages 97 to 116 and plate 94, was issued
14 June, 1912.

Rhodora

Plate 95.

^A. humilis

A.stolonifera

i (pe
\ {
y
\
Y
N
\
N
\

TypicaL Leaves, CaLYcEs, HYPANTHIA AND Fruits or NORTH

AMERICAN AMELANCHIERS.

Rhodora Plate 96.

TYPICAL LEAvES, CALYCEs, Hypantuia, FRUITS, AND DIAGRAMS
OF VERNATION OF NORTH AMERICAN AMELANCHIERS.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 14. August, 1912. No. 164

NOMENCLATORIAL CHANGES REQUIRED BY SOME
GRAMINEAE OF THE SEVENTH EDITION
OF GRAY'S MANUAL.

F. Tracy HUBBARD.

DvniNG my systematic studies in the Family Gramineae I have
noted that several generic and specific names are used in the Seventh
Edition of Gray's Manual, which do not conform to the International
Rules for Botanical Nomenclature (“Vienna Code"). It is the aim
of this paper to bring these observations before the users of the
Manual.

In most instances the defect arises from a violation of Sect. 7, Art.
50 of the International Rules (* Vienna Code"), which states that a
name shall not be rejected on account of the existence of an earlier
homonym which is universally regarded as non-valid. "These names,
taken up by Hitchcock in Gray's Manual, though contrary to the
" Vienna Code," remain valid according to the American Code by
Sect. V, Canon 16, which states without qualification that *a name is
rejected when preoccupied (homonym)." This latter rule, while not
without its defects, certainly tends toward a more stable nomenclature,
and it seems a pity that it was not adopted at the Vienna Congress.
Some of the untenable names in the Manual are changes from the

.Sixth Edition, but the majority of them are those of species new to
the Manual, which have been described by botanists using the Ameri-
can Code and accepted without emendation in the preparation of
the Seventh Edition. In two instances the change is necessitated by
later knowledge regarding types.

Naturally much of this paper is the result of compilation and of

166 . Rhodora [AUGUST

study of synonymy as given by recent authors, but I have endeavored
to weigh all the evidence and to look up the views of earlier authors
regarding the names involved. Where possible I have made my own
interpretation of the original description and have tried to learn if
the type specimens of the species described have been examined re-
cently and, if so, what they have been considered to be. In all in-
stances where changes in nomenclature are made I have satisfied
myself that the original descriptions are conformable to the require-
ments of the * Vienna Code." Certain of the names involved lead to
complicated questions, where personal judgment is a factor, and in
this respect I wish to express my thanks to Dr. B. L. Robinson, who
has been more than kind in his suggestions and advice. My thanks
are also due to Prof. A. S. Hitchcock, who has been kind enough to
read the paper and offer certain suggestion relating to types, and to
Miss M. A. Day for her assistance in questions relating to bibliography.

ERIANTHUS SACCHAROIDES Michx.

This name is valid according to the American Code, but not accord-
ing to the * Vienna Code." The oldest specific name of the plant is
Anthoxanthum giganteum Walt. Fl. Carol. 65 (1788) and is cited by
Michaux Fl. Bor.-Am. 1: 55 (1803) as a synonym of his species.
According to the American Code the specific name giganteus cannot
be taken up on account of E. giganteus Muhl. Cat. 4 (1813); but
this does not invalidate its use, when the “ Vienna Code” is followed,
as E. giganteus Muhl. was based on Andropogon alopecuroides L. Sp.
Pl. 1045 (1753) which equals E. divaricatus (L.) Hitche. Contr. Nat.
Herb. 12: 125 (1908). [Cf. Hitche. l. e.] Consequently by Sect. 7,
Art. 50 of the * Vienna Code" the specific name giganteus 1s available
for the species commonly known as E. saccharoides Michx.

EnrawTHUS giganteus (Walt.) comb. nov. not Muhl. l. c. (1813).
Synonymy in part. Anthoxanthum giganteum Walt. Fl. Carol. 65
(1788). E. saccharoides Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1: 55 (1803); Wat-
son & Coulter in Gray Man. ed. 6, 637 (1890) excl. syn.; Hitche. in
ed. 7, 93 (1908); Nash in Britt. Man. ed. 3, 68 (1907). E. al-
opecuroides as to descr. Gray Man. 616 (1848) — this is a misappli-
cation of the name by Prof. Gray as his description is that of E.
giganteus (E. saccharoides Michx.) and not of E. divaricatus (L.)
Hitche., which has a twisted awn and loose panicle.

1912] Hubbard,— Nomenclatorial Changes in Gramineae 167

PANICUM HEMITOMUM Schultes.

Under this species in Hitchcock and Chase Contr. Nat. Herb. 16 :
322 (1910) ! the first synonym is P. Walteri Ell. Sk. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1:
115 (1816). Schultes Mant. 2: 227 (1824), bases his species, P.
hemitomum on P. Walteri Muhl. Descr. Gram. 108 (1817); this is the
second synonym given by Hitchcock and Chase l. c. 323. P. Walteri
Muhl. was probably described from Elliott's plant, as the specimen
in the Muhlenberg Herbarium is labeled “Panicum dimidiatum
Walter, Ell. 478” and is evidently a duplicate of Elliott's plant [cf.
Hitche. & Chase l. c. 323]. Both Elliott and Muhlenberg cite P.
dimidiatum Walt. Fl. Carol. 72 (1788), as a synonym of their species
[in fact the herbarium specimens of both are labeled P. dimidiatum
Walt.— cf. Scribn. U. S. Div. Agrost. Cire. 29: 4 (1901) and Scribn.
& Merr. U. S. Div. Agrost. Circ. 27: 2 (1900). The name dimidiatum
antedates all others applied to the species, but it is not advisable to
use it because unquestionably it is a misapplication of P. dimidiatum
L. Sp. Pl. 57 (1753) and not intended as a new species. P. dimidiatum
L. equals Stenotaphrum dimidiatum (L.) Brogn. in Duperry Voy. Coq.
Bot. 127 (1828) [cf. Hitche. Contr. Nat. Herb. 12: 116 (1908) under
discussion of P. dissectum L.].

P. Walteri Ell. is well described and the type specimen is known.
However, the specific name Walteri, of Elliott, is antedated by P.
Walteri Pursh Fl. 1: 66 (1814) and P. Walteri Poir. in Lam. Dict.
Suppl. 4: 282 (1816) and is consequently invalid according to the
American Code. P. Walteri Pursh |. c. from the description is evi-
dently a species of Echinochloa and is given by Torrey Fl. N. Y. 2:
424 (1843), as a synonym of Echinochloa crusgalli (L.) Beauv. P.
Walteri Poir. 1. c. equals P. Boscii Poir. in Lam. Dict. Suppl. 4 : 278
(1816) [cf. Hitche. & Chase l. c. 317]. Since the older P. Walteri
Pursh and P. Walteri Poir. are invalid, they do not invalidate P.
Walteri Ell. (Sect. 7, Art. 50 of the * Vienna Code"), and consequently
the valid name of what has been known as P. hemitomum Schultes is
P. Walteri Ell.

Panicum WALTERI Ell. Sk. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1:115 (1816), not Pursh
l. c. (1814) nor Poir. l. c. (1816). Synonymy in part: P. hemitomum
Schultes Mant. 2: 227 (1824); Hitche. in Gray Man. ed. 7, 103

1I have cited Hitchcock & Chase North American Species of Panicum under the
serial title Contr. Nat. Herb. 18 throughout this article.

168 Rhodora [AvavsT

(1908); Hitch. & Chase Contr. Nat. Herb. 15 : 322 (1910). P.
Curtisii Chapm. Fl. So. U. S. 573 (1860); Watson & Coulter in Gray
Man. ed. 6, 631 (1890). Brachiaria digitarioides (Carpenter) Nash
in Britt. Man. 77 (1901); ed. 3, 77 (1907).

For complete synonymy cf. Hitche. & Chase l. c.

PANICUM VERRUCOSUM Muhl.

According to the American Code P. debile Ell. Sk. Bot. S. C. & Ga.
1 : 129 (1816), the oldest name applied to the species, is invalid on
account of older usage of the specific name debile. P. debile Desf.
Fl. Atlant. 1: 57 (1798) equals Digitaria sanguinalis (L.) Scop. Fl.
Carnol. ed. 2, 1:52 (1772). P. debile Poir. in Lam. Dict. Suppl. 4 :
283 (1816) is based on P. divaricatum Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1 : 50 (1803),
which equals Festuca mutans Spreng. Fl. Hal. Mant. 34 (1807) (F.
obtusa Spreng.) [cf. Hitche. Contr. Nat. Herb. 12: 149 (1908)]. Con-
sequently, since the older P. debile of Desfontaine and of Poiret have
been definitely reduced to synonymy, P. debile Ell. is the valid name
of the species commonly known as P. verrucosum Muhl. (Sect. 7,
Art. 50 of the * Vienna Code").

PANICUM DEBILE Ell. Sk. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1 : 129 (1816), not Desf.
l. c. (1798), not Poir. l. c. (1816). Synonymy in part: P. verrucosum
Muhl. Descr. Gram. 113 (1817); Hitch. in Gray Man. ed. 7, 103
(1908); Hitche. & Chase Contr. Nat. Herb. 15 : 127 (1910).

For complete synonymy cf. Hitche. & Chase l. c.

PANICUM STIPITATUM Nash.

This specific name is antedated by P. elongatum Pursh Fl. 1 : 69
(1814), upon which it is based. According to the American Code,
P. elongatum Pursh is invalidated by P. elongatum Salisb. Prodr. 18
(1796). P. elongatum Salisb. is, however, based on P. italicum L.
Sp. Pl. 56 (1753) which equals Setaria italica (L.) Beauv. Agrost. 51
(1812). Consequently according to the “Vienna Code" (Sect. 7,
Art. 50) P. elongatum Pursh,— which is identical with P. stipitatum
Nash [cf. Hitche. & Chase Contr. Nat. Herb. 15 : 104 (1908)],— is
the valid name.

PANICUM ELONGATUM Pursh Fl. 1 : 69 (1814) not Salisb. 1. c. (1796).

1912} Hubbard,— Nomenclatorial Changes in Gramineae 169

Synonymy in part: P. stipitatum Nash in Scribn. U. S. Div. Agrost.
Bull. 17, ed. 2, 56, fig. 352 (1901); Hitche. in Gray Man. ed. 7, 105
(1908); Hitche. & Chase Contr. Nat. Herb. 15 : 104 (1910).

For complete synonymy cf. Hitche. & Chase l. c.

PANICUM DEPAUPERATUM Muhl.

The oldest specific name is P. strictum Pursh Fl. 1 : 69 (1814), which
is the first synonym given by Hitchcock & Chase Contr. Nat. Herb.
15 : 151 (1910) under P. depauperatum Muhl. It is also given as a
synonym of P. depauperatum Muhl. by Gray Man. 614 (1848) and
by many other authors. P. strictum Pursh is not valid, according
to the American Code, on account of P. strictum R. Br. Prodr. 190
(1810). It is valid, however, according to the * Vienna Code" be-
cause P. strictum R. Br. is conceded, by various authors, equal to
P. marginatum var. strictum Benth. Fl. Austral. 7 : 846 (1878) who
gives it as a synonym of his variety. "There is also P. strictum Roxb.
Hort. Beng. 7 (1814), which is a nomen nudum. Consequently by
Sect. 7, Art. 50 and Sect. 4, Art. 37 the older uses of strictum as a
specifie name are invalid and P. strictum Pursh becomes the valid
name for what is known as P. depauperatum Muhl.

PANICUM STRICTUM Pursh Fl. 1 : 69 (1814) not R. Br. l. c. (1810)
nor Roxb. l. c. (1814). Synonymy in part: P. depauperatum Muhl.
Descr. Gram. 112 (1817); Gray Man. 614 (1848); Watson & Coulter
in ed. 6, 663 (1890), Hitche. in ed. 7, 105 (1908); Hitche. & Chase
Contr., Nat. Herb. 15: 151 (1910).

For complete synonymy cf. Hitche. & Chase I. c.

PANICUM YADKINENSE Ashe.

P. yadkinense Ashe in Journ. Elisha Mitchell Soc. 16 : 85 (1900) is
based on P. maculatum Ashe inl. c. 15 : 44 (1898). This is the oldest
name of the species if we except the uncertain P. dumus Desv. Opusc.
88 (1831), which is made a questionable synonym of P. yadkinense
Ashe by Hitchcock and Chase Contr. Nat. Herb. 15 : 195 (1910).
There are two older uses of the name maculatum neither of which stand
in the way of the Ashe usage when the * Vienna Code" is followed.

P. maculatum Aubl. Pl. Guian. 1: 51 (1775) equals P. latifolium

170 Rhodora [AvausT

L. Sp. Pl. 58 (1753) [cf. Doell in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2 pt. 2 : 207 (1877)
in syn. and Ind. Kew. 2, pt. 1, 415 (1895)]. P. maculatum Reichb.
ex Schlecht. & Cham. in Linnaea 6 : 33 (1831) is used in synonymy
under P. divaricatum 2) latifolium and is consequently invalid (Sect.
4. Art. 37 of the “ Vienna Code"). Incidentally P. divaricatum L. Syst.
Nat. ed. 10, 2:871 (1759) equals Lasiacis divaricata (L.) Hitche.
[cf. Hitche. & Chase Contr. Nat. Herb. 15 : 16 (1910)]. Since, accord-
ing to the * Vienna Code," both older uses of the specific name macu-
latum are invalid P. maculatum Ashe replaces P. yadkinense Ashe.
According to the American Code, P. yadkinense Ashe remains the valid
name.

PANICUM MACULATUM Ashe in Journ. Elisha Mitchell Soc. 15 : 44
(1898) not Aubl. l. c. (1775), not Reichb. ex Schlecht. & Cham. I. c.
(1831). Synonymy in part: P. yadkinense Ashe in 1. c. 16 : 85 (1900);
Hitche. in Gray Man. ed. 7, 107 (1908); Hitche. & Chase Contr. Nat.
Herb. 15 : 195 (1910).

For complete synonymy cf. Hitche. & Chase l. c.

PANICUM WRIGHTIANUM Scribn.

This species, which belongs next to P. lewcothrix Nash, is not de-
scribed in the Manual, but as it has been collected in southern New
Jersey [cf. Hitche. & Chase Contr. Nat. Herb. 15 : 208 (1910)] and
at Barnstable, Mass. by Mr. E. W. Sinnott, who reports his locality
in Rropona 14 : 29 (1912), it seems best to speak of it. The authenti-
city of Mr. Sinnott’s specimens is unquestionable, as the writer has
specimens in his herbarium and as Mr. Sinnott states that the material
was determined by Mrs. Agnes Chase of the Bureau of Plant Industry.

The oldest name applied to this species is P. strictum Bosc. in R. &S.
Syst. Veg. 2 : 447 (1817), but this name is not available because of P.
strictum Pursh (1814) which is the valid name of P. depauperatum
Muhl. [cf. discussion under P. depauperatum Muhl.].

'The second synonym given by Hitchcock and Chase Contr. Nat.
Herb. 15 : 207 (1910), under P. Wrightianum Scribn., is P. minutulum
Desv. Opusc. 87 (1831). According to the American Code the use
of the name minutulum for this species is invalidated by the older
P. minutulum Gaud. in Freycinet Voy. Bot. 410 (1826). This equals
Isachne miliacea Roth Nov. Pl. Sp. 58 (1821) [cf. Hook. f. Fl. Brit.
Ind. 7:25 (1896)]. According to the “Vienna Code” (Sect. 7,

19312 Hubbard,— Nomenclatorial Changes in Gramineae. 171

Art. 50) P. minutulum Gaud. does not invalidate P. minutulum Desv.,
which consequently replaces P. Wrightianum Scribn.

PANICUM MINUTULUM Desv. Opusc. 87 (1831) not Gaud. l. c. (1826).
Synonymy in part: P. Wrightianum Scribn. U. S. Div. Agrost. Bull.
11:44, fig. 4 (1898) & Hitche. & Chase Contr. Nat. Herb. 15 : 207
(1910); Sinnott in Ruopora 14 : 29 (1912).

For complete synonymy cf. Hitche. & Chase I. c.

PANICUM HUACHUCAE Ashe Var. siLvicoLA Hitche. & Chase.

According to the American Code this name is correct, but by the
* Vienna Code” (Sect. 6, Art. 48) the varietal name fasciculatum (P.
dichotomum L. var. fasciculatum 'Torr.) must be retained, as the fact
that there is a species of the same name (P. fasciculatum Sw.) does not
make the use of fasciculatum as a varietal name invalid. The valid
name, consequently, becomes

PANICUM HUACHUCAE Ashe var. fasciculatum (Torr.) comb. nov.
Synonymy in part: P. dichotomum L. var. fasciculatum 'Torr. Fl. No.
& Mid. U. S. 145 (1824). P. huachucae Ashe var. silvicola Hitche. &
Chase in Robinson in Ruopona 10 : 64 (1908); Hitchc. in Gray Man.
ed. 7, 109 (1908); Hitche. & Chase Contr. Nat. Herb. 15 : 216 (1910).

For complete synonymy cf. Hitche. & Chase l. c.

PANICUM COLUMBIANUM Scribn.

The oldest name of this species is P. heterophyllum Bose in Nees
Agrost. Bras. 227 (1829). "This is the first synonym given by Hitch-
cock and Chase, Contr. Nat. Herb. 15:247 (1910). The specific
name Aeterophyllum is invalid, according to the American Code, as
there are older usages of heterophyllum, but these usages do not invali-
date its use, according to the * Vienna Code" (Sect. 7, Art. 50) since
two are reduced to synonymy and the third is a nomen nudum (Sect.
4, Art. 37).

P. heterophyllum Spreng. Neue Entdeck. 3:13 (1822) equals P.
pilosum Sw. Prodr. 22 (1788) [cf. Ind. Kew 2 pt. 1:414 (1895)].
Steudel Nom. Bot. ed. 2, 2:261 (1841) under P. pilosum Sw. gives
Setaria pilosa Kunth as a synonym and Kunth Rev. Gram. 1 : 47
(1829) under Setaria pilosa gives P. pilosum Sw: and P. heterophyllum
Spreng. as synonyms. I cannot find that, at any time since Kunth,
anyone has used P. heterophyllum Spreng. otherwise than as a synonym

172 Rhodora [August

of P. pilosum Sw. and consequently it would be inadvisable to consider
it as rendering P. heterophyllum Bose invalid. P. heterophyllum
Muhl. in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 3 : 160 (1793) is a nomen nudum and
is referred to under P. microcarpon Muhl. by Hitchcock & Chase l. c.
181 (1910). P. heterophyllum Sw. Adnot. Bot. 6 (1829) equals P.
sphaerocarpon Ell. [cf. Hitche. & Chase l. c. 251 (1910)]. Conse-
quently, according to the “Vienna Code," P. heterophyllum Bosc is
the valid name for what has been known as P. columbianum Scribn.

PANICUM HETEROPHYLLUM Bosc in Nees Agrost. Bras 227 (1829),
not Spreng. l. c. (1822), nor Muhl. 1. c. (1793), nor Sw. 1. c. (1829).
Synonymy in part: P. columbianum Scribn. U. S. Div. Agrost. Bull.
7 : 78, fig. 60 (1898); Hitchc. in Gray Man. ed. 7, 112 (1908); Hitchc.
& Chase Contr. Nat. Herb. 15 : 247 (1910).

PANICUM COLUMBIANUM Scribn. Var. THINIUM Hitch. & Chase

Since the specific name has been altered it is necessary to mention
the new varietal combination.

P. HETEROPHYLLUM Bosc Var. thinium (Hitchc. & Chase) comb.
nov. P. unciphyllum Trin. Var. thinium Hitche. & Chase, Ruopora 8 :
209 (1906). P. columbianum Scribn. Var. thinium Hitche. & Chase
in Robinson, Rnopona 10 : 64 (1908); Hitche. in Gray Man. ed. 7, 112
(1908); Hitche. & Chase Contr. Nat. Herb. 15 : 248 (1910).

PANICUM POLYANTHES Schultes.

The oldest name for this species is P. multiflorum Ell. Sk. Bot.
S. C. & Ga. 1:122 (1816) [cf. Hitche. & Chase Contr. Nat. Herb.
15 :254 (1910) in syn. under P. polyanthes Schultes]. According to
the American Code P. multiflorum Poir. in Lam. Dict. Suppl. 4 : 282
(1816) renders the use of multiflorum as the specific name invalid,
but by Sect. 7, Art. 50 of the “Vienna Code" P. multiflorum Poir.
which equals P. dichotomiflorum Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1:48 (1803)
[cf. Hitche. & Chase l. c. 48 (1910)] does not invalidate P. multiflorum
Ell. Consequently the valid name of the species now known as P.
polyanthes Schultes is P. multiflorum Ell.

PANICUM MULTIFLORUM Ell. Sk. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1:122 (1816)
not Poir. l. c. (1816). Synonymy in part: P. polyanthes Schultes
Mant. 2 : 257 (1824); Hitche. in Gray Man. ed. 7, 113 (1908); Hitche.
& Chase Contr. Nat. Herb. 15 : 254 (1910).

For complete synonymy cf. Hitchc. & Chase l. c.

1912] Hubbard,— Nomenclatorial Changes in Gramineae. 173

Panicum AsHEI Pearson.

P. Ashei Pearson in Ashe Journ. Elisha Mitchell Soc. 15 : 35 (1898)
is antedated by P. umbrosum LeConte in Torr. Cat. Pl. N. Y. 91 (1819).
P. umbrosum Le Conte is given as a synonym of P. Ashei Pearson by
Hitchcock and Chase Contr. Nat. Herb. 15 : 301 (1910) and is repre-
sented by specimens in the Torrey Herbarium, according to Hitch-
cock and Chase l. c., who point out that, while the sheet also contains
a piece of a culm of P. dichotomum L., Le Conte's description (though
not applying in all respects) applies better to the two vernal culms.
These two vernal culms are what is know as P. Ashei Pearson.

Retzius [Obs. 4 : 16 (1786)] describes a plant as P. umbrosum which
usage of wmbrosum antedates P. wmbrosum Le Conte (1819). The
Retzius species is, however, given by various authors as a synonym
of P. prostratum Lam. 'Tabl. Encycl. 1:171 (1791) which equals P.
reptans L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 2:870 (1759) [cf. Hitche. & Chase l. c.
36 (1910)]. Lamarck l. c. under P. prostratum cites P. umbrosum
Retz. as a synonym. Nees, Agrost. Bras. 109 (1829) cites it as a
synonym under P. procumbens Lam. [As Lamarck apparently did
not describe any species under the name of procumbens, it is probable
that Nees intended to treat P. prostratum Lam. especially so as he
cites the Lamarck varieties of P. prostratum]. Hooker f. [Fl. Brit.
Ind. 7 : 34 (1896)] cites P. wmbrosum Retz. in a note under P. prostra-
tum Lam. saying that he (Hooker f.) cannot untangle the synonymy of
P. prostratum Lam. and P. villosum Lam., but seems to lay stress on the
synonymy as given by Nees.

As there has been no disposition on the part of any writer from the
time of Lamarck (1791) to Hooker f. (1896) to treat P. wmbrosum
Retz. as a valid species it would seem advisable to accept the general
belief that it is a synonym of P. reptans L. (P. prostratum Lam.),
in which case (according to Sect. 7, Art. 50 of the “Vienna Code")
the valid name of P. Ashei Pearson is P. umbrosum Le Conte. Accord-
ing to the American Code P. Ashe? Pearson remains valid.

PANICUM UMBROSUM Le Conte in Torr. Cat. Pl. N. Y. 91 (1819) not
Retz. |. e. (1786). P. Ashei Pearson in Ashe Journ. Elisha Mitchell
Soc. 15 : 35 (1898); Hitche. in Gray Man. ed. 7, 113 (1908); Hitche. &
Chase Contr. Nat. Herb. 15 : 301 (1910).

(To be concluded.)

174 Rhodora [AUGUST

SUCCISA PRATENSIS IN MASSACHUSETTS.— A small colony of Suc-
cisa pratensis Moench is established at Riverside, Haverhill, Massa-
chusetts, on the bank of the Merrimack River. It was my good for-
tune to find this plant on August 22, 1911. Its only American station.
according to Gray’s Manual, is about Louisburg, Cape Breton Island,
In order to verify my own identification I sent a specimen to Mr.
C. A. Weatherby at the Gray Herbarium, who sent back word that
it was really Succisa pratensis and that it had not been reported before
from the American continent. It seems probable that the seeds were
carried down the river during the spring floods from waste in some of
the mill-yards of Manchester, Lowell or Lawrence and deposited at
Riverside. If anyone cares to look for this plant he can locate it by
going along the shore of the river from Groveland bridge toward
Rocks Village on the Haverhill side of the river. The colony is about
one fourth of a mile below the bridge and about 100 feet from high-
water mark. The plant seems well established although the colony
is small, covering perhaps 50 square yards.—J. RICHARD LUNT,
Milton, Massachusetts.

NEw STATIONS FOR PASPALUM PSAMMOPHILUM.— In July, 1906,
Mr. W. P. Rich, and I collected at Halifax, Massachusetts, a Paspalum
very different from P. Muhlenbergii, the common species of eastern
Massachusetts. It had bright bluish-green foliage, the leaves and
sheaths pubescent and ciliate; the spikelets also pubescent and about
2 mm. in diameter, rather larger than in the common species. The
plants were growing vigorously in the dry sand of the railroad em-
bankment.

Again, September 4, 1911, Mr. Rich and I found an abundance of
the same plant beside the highway near West Barnstable railroad
station. Also during the same month I collected specimens in Dux-
bury! and Plymouth. Duplicates of the Barnstable plants were
sent to the National Herbarium, and identified by Prof. A. S. Hitch-
cock as P. psammophilum Nash. Mr. F. S. Collins found this grass
in a sandy field at Eastham in 1910 (Ruopora XIII, 22, 1911), and
it has also been found on Nantucket (Bicknell), and at Sprague,
Franklin and Old Saybrook, Connecticut, according to the recent
Connecticut Catalogue. The range "s. N. Y. to Del." given in the

1 This is the grass reported as P. setaceum in Ruopora XIV, 20, 1912.

1912] Fernald,— Galium brevipes in Minnesota 175

seventh edition of Gray’s Manual may therefore be extended to
include Connecticut, Nantucket, Cape Cod and Plymouth County in
Massachusetts.

This grass evidently is to be classed with Panicum Wrightianum,
Eupatorium. leucolepis, Sclerolepis uniflora and numerous better-
known plants which are characteristic of the pine barrens of the Middle
and South Atlantic States. More and more of these are being found
in the glacial gravels and sand-plains of southeastern Massachusetts,
where the soil and moisture conditions are evidently similar to those
of the coastal plain.— CLarence H. KwowrroN, Hingham, Massa-
chusetts.

Two Grasses New ro New HAMPSHIRE.— Among some plants
which I collected in Hillsborough County, New Hampshire, in 1911,
there are two — a Panicum and a Calamagrostis — that have not been
known hitherto in this State. "Through the courtesy of Mr. Walter
Deane specimens have been submitted for identification to Mrs.
Agnes Chase, who very kindly has compared them with material in
the National Herbarium.

The Calamagrostis, which I obtained in a grassy meadow in Sharon,
New Hampshire, July 20, 1911, is C. inexpansa Gray. It occurs in
New Jersey and New York, but until now has been unknown in New
England. Mrs. Chase writes that my plant "has a less densely
flowered panicle than any specimen we have, but the spikelet char-
acters are those of C. inexpansa though the glumes are slightly shorter
than in most of the specimens, only equalling the lemma instead of
being a little longer."

The Panicum proves to be P. commutatum Schultes. I found it
July 2, 1911, growing in a meadow in Peterborough, New Hampshire.
It appears to have been taken but once before in New England.
Hitchcock and Chase, in their recent monograph on the North Ameri-
can species of this genus, cite one specimen in the National Herbarium,
obtained at Wellesley, Massachusetts, in 1899, by Mr. W. P. Rich.—
CHARLES FOSTER BATCHELDER, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

GALIUM BREVIPES IN MuiwwNEsOTA.— In 1910 Galium brevipes
Fernald & Wiegand, a small species with very short-pedicelled axillary
flowers, and fruits scarcely 1 mm. in diameter, was described ! from

! REopona, xii, 78 (1910).

176 Rhodora [AvavsT

Quebec and Maine. It is, therefore, interesting to find in a package
of undetermined material recently received from the National Her-
barium G. brevipes collected September 1, 1891, by Dr. E. A. Mearns
on Pike’s Island at Fort Snelling, Minnesota.— M. L. FERNALD.

PLANTS APPARENTLY NEW TO THE MAINE CATALOGUE.
ARTHUR H. Norton.

Tuae following plants, I believe, are without published records for
their occurrence in Maine. Specimens of all of them are preserved
in the Herbarium of the Portland Society of Natural History.

It may be noted that these are all indigenous American species,
of southern rather than northern distribution.
SCIRPUS PLANIFOLIUS Muhl. In the Herbarium of the Portland
Society of Natural History there is a sheet of this species, collected
at Wells, Maine, by Rev. Joseph Blake, August, 1881. This was

labelled Fimbristylis capillaris. The herbarium number is 1458.

CAREX LUPULIFORMIS Sartwell This species was collected at
Stroudwater, September 22, 1907, by Mr. A. R. Stubbs of Portland.
This has been determined by Professor M. L. Fernald.

ACNIDA CANNABINA L. On the 16th of September, 1905, I found
this plant in several small spots on the brackish marshes on the
easterly shore near the mouth of the Presumpscot River, a place known
as the Dyke Marshes and about four miles from Portland. I have
seen it on several later occasions which shows that it is permanent.

Lupvicta POLYCARPA Short & Peter. Specimens were taken by
Mr. A. R. Stubbs in Deering, Maine, August 28, 1908.

LirAEOPsIS LINEATA (Michx.) Greene. During the meeting of the
Josselyn Botanical Society at Brunswick, in 1911, while with a party
of the Society, at Winnegance Creek, on August 23, led by Miss
Kate Furbish, I came upon a small patch of this plant. "Though the
patch was small, the plant thickly covered the space. It was well
hidden from view by Spartina glabra alterniflora which lined the shore.
PORTLAND SOCIETY or NATURAL History,

Portland, Maine.

Volume 14, no. 163, including pages 117 to 1 64 and plates 95 and 96, was issued
20 July, 1912.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 14. September, 1912. No. 165

A SUGGESTION FOR SUMMER OBSERVATIONS.
Cora H. CLARKE.
(Plates 97 to 99.)

INCOMPLETE and imperfect observations on any subject do not
enhance the observer’s scientific reputation, but they are perhaps of
worth by calling to the subject the attention of those whose studies
may be of more value. And in the case of grass anthesis, if many
persons should happen to make notes on the same grass species, their
notes, if agreeing, will give us fixed rules, or, if differing, will show us
range of variation in the flowering habits of the species.

With this apology, I offer the result of my own desultory examina-
tions, made in the summer of 1911, having been incited thereto by
reading for the first time that, in grasses, “The opening of the flowers
caused by the divergence of the two glumes is effected by the lodicules.
They become fleshy and succulent and usually spheroidally swollen
at base, by means of which they overcome the resistance of the elastic
outer glume and move it outward. After fading, which occurs at
latest in one to two hours, they shrivel up again into small, thin
leaves."

This closing again in * one to two hours" must be one of the hundred
lies a lecturer has to tell to make his story straight. Probably it is
true for most species, but in Arrhenatherum elatius I noted two indi-
vidual spikelets, the flowers of which kept open twenty-four hours;
and two flowers in a marked spikelet of Poa annua kept open six hours

1 A distinguished lecturer at Wood's Hole once remarked: ''I never make a straight
story in my lecture without feeling I have told a hundred lies.”

178 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

— both of these, however, were in the house, though the Poa was
growing in earth. The true test would be to mark individual flowers
in natural conditions out of doors — paint, or waterproof ink might be
used.

Poa annua is a grass always “on tap.” I found the first open flower
this year (1912) on April 28, and it will keep in bloom until late fall,
and then may be potted and will flower through the winter in the house,
while as to time of day, I have found blossoms open out of doors from
3 A. M. (before light) to 6 P. M.!

One often finds grass flowers open and not a grain of pollen left in
the anthers, which then usually resemble two empty canoes placed
back to back. Grasses are wind-fertilized, and Hackel states that
they are “usually protandrous, more rarely protogynous (Alopecurus,
Anthoxanthum, Spartina)” “The anthers empty most of the pollen
at once by turning completely over; when the stigmas project later-
ally from the pendulous or nodding spikelet they turn upward, and
thus are only dusted with the pollen of flowers situated above. Rarely
they project from the tip of the spikelet. This occurs in protogynous
or monoecious species. ‘The glumes in species of Alopecurus, Antho-
xanthum, Phalaris and Phleum open scarcely or not at all during
anthesis. In these cases, stigmas and anthers project through a
narrow slit."

If I had read the above at the beginning of the summer, it would
have saved me many fruitless efforts to find open flowers of PAleum.
Neither did I find any in Spartina, but I found anthers shedding pollen
in abundance out of doors, at 10.30 A. M. on a sunny day, and once,
bringing a dew-soaked inflorescence into the house at 6 A. M., it shook
out the pollen at 10, when the dew had dried.

But the most drenching dew does not seem to hinder the pollen of
Ammophila arenaria from flying in thick clouds: I found it thus on
Aug. 23 at 6.15 a. M. An hour later, returning from my walk, I
found the usually trim, terete inflorescence looking positively ragged
with the many gaping mouths of the flowers up and down the spikes,
the pollen not being all shed, though examining spikes as late as
9 4. M. I found the anthers quite empty. A quotation given by Kunth
says “the stigmatic branches do not protrude, and are receptive within

1 But it flowers most profusely in the early morning — one day in June, at 5 A. M.,
I counted, on the panicles borne by one root of Poa annua, 30 open flowers, there being
usually two in the same spikelet.

1912] Clarke,— Suggestion for Summer Observations 179

the still closed glumes, while the undehisced anthers already project
slightly from their tips.” I did not find the flowers to open readily
in the house, though my drawing of the lodicules was made from a
spike in a vase [at 6.30 A. M.].

But flowers of Festuca elatior do open readily in the house — I noted
them at 6, 7 and 8 a.M.and at noon, and those of Agropyron repens
at 10.30 and 3.30; and out of doors I found them open at 5.30 P. M.,
back of Magnolia Beach, on a cool, gray day.

The anthesis and pollination of Arrhenatherum elatius is fully
pictured and described in Kunth, but I was glad to find two panicles,
and to see for myself the large lodicules, with unusually long tops.

Elymus virginicus is common at Magnolia, along Raymond St.,
but through some piece of carelessness, having forgotten the results of
previous determinations, I last summer brought it out to E. canadensis.
Finding flowers open, in a vase in the house at 4 P. M., I drew the
lodicules with the scale-like tops fringed. Later, I looked up the
Latin description of various lodicules in Kunth's Enumeratio Plan-
tarum, and noticed that he called those of Elymus canadensis “ non-
ciliatae," and those of E. virginicus, "ciliatae"; I then compared
my Raymond St. plants with previously named mounts in my her-
barium, and found them to be really E. virginicus.

Oats — Avena sativa, grew abundantly by stables and roadsides at
Magnolia, and as I passed them, at all hours of the day, I gathered
the pretty panicles and looked for open flowers, also standing them in
vases about the house, but I never caught a blossom open till the
morning of September 12, at 6 a. M., when my eye was caught by
one open blossom in a glass in the house, with turgescent lodicules, and
a half-split anther caught onto one stigma. But if American-grown
Oats behave like European, there seems no reason why I should not
have found flowers open very often. Out of a number of observers
quoted by Kunth, Godron states that the flowers open between
2 and 4 P. w.; Hildebrand that in dry weather, they open in the
afternoon or towards evening, but in unfavorable weather, they
remain closed, and pseudo-cleistogamous autogamy takes place;
Kirchener says that anthesis begins in the afternoon when the weather
is favorable and lasts till evening; Koórnicke says, many varieties,
besides opening in the P. M. do so also in the A. M. beginning in favor-
able weather, before 8 a. M. and continuing some hours, but the bulk
of the flowers always open after mid-day. De Vries tells us that

180 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

“Wheat, barley and oats are self-fertile and do not mix in the field
through cross-pollination.”

In grass-species that are the same as those of Europe, I look with
interest to see if the hours of anthesis given for Europe are the same
in America; Kunth names 11 4. M. for Agrostis, and on Copley Square
at that hour, I gathered a panicle of Agrostis alba with open flowers,
and taking it to a Botany Class, we had the satisfaction of seeing the
tiny, but turgescent lodicules. The much-observed Dactylis glomerata
is said by one man to open at 6 and 7, by another man, 6 and 9;
here, I have found them at 6 and 7 A. M.

By the end of the summer, I had examined only nine or ten of the
turgescent lodicules of grass-species belonging to the Sub-family
Poacoideae, and four or five belonging to that of the Panicoideae, an
insufficient basis for a theory, yet I noticed that the lodicules of the
former had thin, scale-like tops to their turgescent bases, while of the
latter the lodicules of Setaria verticillata, Digitaria humifusa and D.
sanguinalis were like pebbles, round or oblong, while those of Echino-
chloa crus-galli were broad, and square at the top; fortunately remem-
bering that Dr. Percival Lowell tells us that “nothing is so rash as a
general denial, except a particular statement," I looked in Kunth's
drawings of lodicules in Enumeratio plantarum, and there found two
or three of the Poacoideae that had truncate tops, not tapering up into
a lanceolate tip — these were the “squamulae in unam connatae"
of Glyceria aquatica and Glyceria fluitans, and the squamulae with
ciliate tops of Andropogon halepensis.

I found the flowers of Setaria verticillata and S. glauca open in July
at about 6 a. M.; those of Digitaria humifusa I found open from 4
to 5 4. M., but think they were all closed by 7 — that, however, was
on an intensely hot day (July 4, 1911). From 7 to 8 a. m. the little
mouths of Digitaria sanguinalis open up and down the freshly emerged
"fingers" that have scarcely begun to separate from each other.
A quotation from Knuth informs us that the “stigmas protrude simul-
taneously with the anthers, so that at first only self-pollination is
possible." I noticed that the neutral flower has as well-developed
turgescent lodicules as the perfect flower.

Flowers of Echinochloa crus-galli I found open, in the house, from
8 to 9 4. M., with lodicules so different from those of any other grass-
species that I have examined, that I shall seek for the earliest blooming
panicle this year, to verify my drawings.

1912} | Clarke,— Suggestion for Summer Observations 181

Although to see the lodicules thoroughly requires a compound
microscope (binocular preferable) a hand-lens shows their presence,
and enables one also to make accurate and useful observations as to
hours of anthesis, duration of anthesis, time required for emptying
the anthers, and facts about the stigmas. A folding chart might be
made of paper ruled in squares, with the hours and half-hours of the
day on top, and names of grass-species observed, on the left side, with
space for notes as to whether the atmosphere is dry or damp. A v
might represent an open flower, dots stand for pollen being shed,
and a fringed line represent stigmas in good condition.— suggestions
upon which students will soon learn to improve.

Note: When I wrote the above account of my last summer's
observations on grass anthesis, I hoped it would appear early enough
in the season to suggest to others to investigate the interesting subject
for themselves. I fear that by the end of September, there will not
be many grass-species in bloom, but I am sincerely glad of a delay
which enables me to add some of the results of my more recent observa-
tions, extending, modifying or reversing those of last year.

I stated that Poa annua can be found in bloom at any hour of the
day, but I find that by far the greater number of blossoms open in the
early morning, say from 3 to 7 4. M. On one plant in my border,
I counted about 30 spikelets with open flowers — 2 or 3 in each spike-
let.

Last summer, I only once found an oat blossom open; this year,
I have found them open often, both in a vase in the house, and out
of doors,— the latter was in the afternoon.

Last year I found no open flowers of Glyceria canadensis; this year,
I found many; the time was 7 4. M. on July 6th. I have also exam-
ined the lodicules of Glyceria grandis, G. borealis, G. acutiflora and G.
pallida, all of which species grow at Magnolia, though I do not remem-
ber seeing G. grandis here before this summer. The lodicules and
stigmas of G. pallida I could not distinguish from those of Poa annua,
but the other four have stigmas differing from the usual grass-ty pe,
and lodicules square-topped, that is, no uninflated scale-like top.
Sometimes, under the microscope, they take the form of those
“bracket-fungi” that grow on tree-trunks. I found Glyceria pallida
with open flowers at 11 4. M.; in the afternoon, many more opened in a
vase in the house, and next morning, several were open, the pretty
red-brown anthers contrasting pleasingly with the pale green of the
spikelets.

182 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

The lodicules of Danthonia spicata are also of the square-topped
type. I found flowers open on July 2nd, at 10 A. M.

When a grass-species begins to bloom, the flowers at the top of
the panicle open first, but if the spikelets are many-flowered, anthesis
begins with the lowest flower in each spikelet; when each little mouth
is closed again, the shrivelled anthers are left outside, so that one can
usually tell, by looking at a spike or panicle, even if no flowers are
open, whether the plant is coming into bloom or passing out of bloom.
On August 14th, I brought home a few young culms of Andropogon
furcatus; next morning a row of from 4 to 8 little mouths was open in
the upper part of each spike, a curling stigma protruded on each side,
and a fringe of pendulous golden anthers (3 from each flower) con-
trasted with the gray and purple color of the grass. Here again I
found the flat-topped type of lodicule, the pair meeting in front and
then each extending back along the side of the ovary. The pollen
was shaken out between 6 and 8 4. M. I have only seen grass-pollen
fly in clouds when the grass is touched or jarred,— whether it appears
in a visible cloud when the grass is blown upon by the wind, I do not
know.

Some grasses seem to open all their flowers at once —Deschampsia
flexuosa, for instance. On July 3rd at 7 a. M. I found a panicle on
which all but one or two flowers were wide open. I suppose that
accounts for the species passing by so quickly. Arrhenatherum, of
which there was an abundance here, this season (1912) also passed
all too quickly through its blooming period, and so did Calamagrostis
canadensis, and many other grasses; per contra Glyceria pallida
has been in bloom 7 weeks already.

I have examined turgescent lodicules of various species of Panicum,
e. g., P. latifolium, P. virgatum, P. agrostoides, and P. capillare, and
find the general plan the same, curving in front, with a flattish top,
and a projection extending backward on each side of the ovary, part
of each lodicule being outside the edge of the palet and part inside.
Kunth describes the lodicules of P. virgatum as follows — “ Squamulae
duae, late cuneatae, apice oblique truncatae et sinuatae subbilobae
glabrae, ovario triplo breviores." I found this handsome species at
Manchester, Mass., not far from the R. R. Station, growing near salt
water; at noon, Aug. 13th, a warm, sunny day, many flowers were
open, and on the panicles I took home, I could find a few open flowers
all through the next day, though the most abundant anthesis was about

1912] Clarke,— Suggestion for Summer Observations 183

noon (some of the open flowers were the staminate ones, some the
fertile). Each had its pair of lodicules; but on the third day, the
flowers did not open so well. I notice that grasses with hard, stiff
culms do not open their flowers well in the house.

As lodicules lie between the ovary and the lemma, to see them well
I turn the lemma back against the pedicel, nip the two in stage forceps
and put them under the inch objective of my binocular; then I can
twist and turn them about, their appearance varying much according
to the angle from which one regards them, also according to degree
of turgescence; perhaps this explains why the lodicules of Digitaria
sanguinalis do not look to me this year as I drew them last year!
Then they looked to me like round pebbles, and now they appear
square-cornered! But that the neutral flower has a pair of them as
well as the fertile, remains an uncontrovertible fact.

Boston, MASSACHUSETTS.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE 97.

Poa annua, lodicules, stamens and stigmas, as seen in the bud.

Poa annua, lodieules and ovary, in the open flower; one stamen left,
with an empty anther; Nov. 17th, 5 4. M. (in pot in house).

Poa annua, lodicules reduced to scales again; grain nearly ripe; anthers
and dried-up stigmas pushed to top of flower.

Festuca elatior, with turgescent lodicules, ovary, one stamen, and base of
two other filaments and of the two styles; Aug. 12th, 7.30 A. M.

Avena, turgescent lodicules, bristly ovary, base of the two stigmas, with
one partly-dehisced anther caught onto one of them; Sept. 12th, 6 A. M.

Ammophila arenaria, turgescent lodicules; Aug. 20th, 6.30 A. M.

Arrhenatherum elatius, turgescent lodicules; Aug. 22nd, 10.30 a. m.

Elymus virginicus, turgescent lodicules; Aug. 6, 4 P. M.

OND m B w Ne

PLATE 98.

Setaria verticillata, cluster of four spikelets, flowers more or less open.

Setaria verticillata, part of single spikelet, showing turgescent lodicules,
styles, stigmas, two anthers, and a bristle; July 6th, 5.30 a.m.

Echinochloa crus-galli, turgescent lodicules, ovary, bases of two styles,
three filaments and the palet; Sept. 16th, 8 A. M.

Echinochloa crus-galli, a soaked-out flower bud; shows two young, scale-
like lodicules, two young stamens, and base of palet.

Digitaria sanguinalis, turgescent lodicules, etc.; Sept. 12th, 8 A. M.

Digitaria humifusa, part of spikelet, turgescent lodicules, styles, stigmas,
and three empty anthers; July 4th, 5 A. M.

Digitaria humifusa, part of a raceme, with spikelets more or less open,
showing anthers and stigmas.

Bm mc 5»

184 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

PLATE 99.

Glyceria acutiflora, lodicules, united into one; ovary, and base of palet;
July 2nd, 6 4. M.

Glyceria grandis, united lodicules, ovary, styles, and base of curious
stigmas; July 15th, 5 A. M.

Glyceria canadensis, ovary, lodicules and base of palet; July 6th, 7 A. M.

Glyceria pallida, lodicules, ovary and base of palet; July 7th, 4 p. w.

Danthonia spicata, lodicules, ovary and base of palet; J uly 2nd, 10 a. M.

The same, side view.

Distichlis spicata; staminate flower; lodicules, base of palet and of the

3 filaments. Aug. 14th (hour not recorded).

Andropogon furcatus, base of palet, and lodicules embracing the ovary,
viewed from above; Aug. 14th, 9 A. M.

Andropogon furcatus, lodicules, and ovary viewed from the rear or palet-

$9.9 npe M n

side
10, 11, and 12. Panicum capillare, ovary, lodicules and palet, from different
points of view; 10 to 11 A. M.

NOMENCLATORIAL CHANGES REQUIRED BY SOME
GRAMINEAE OF THE SEVENTH EDITION
OF GRAY'S MANUAL.

(Continued from page 173.)

F. Tracy HUBBARD.

PANICUM SCRIBNERIANUM Nash.

Section V, Canon 16, upholds this name when the American Code
is followed, but according to Sect. 7, Art. 50 of the “Vienna Code”
P. macrocarpon Le Conte in Torr. Cat. Pl. N. Y. 91 (1819) which equals
P. latifolium L. Sp. Pl. 58 (1753) [Cf. Hitche. & Chase Contr. Nat.
Herb. 15 :314 (1910)] does not render invalid P. macrocarpon Torr.
Fl. No. & Mid. U. S. 143 (1824), which is the oldest name of the
species [cf. Hitchc. & Chase l. c. 283 (1910). Consequently P.
Seribnerianum Nash becomes P. macrocarpon Torr.

PANICUM MACROCARPON Torr. Fl. No. & Mid. U. S. 143 (1824) not
Le Conte l. c. (1819). Synonymy in part. P. Scribnerianum Nash
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 22:421 (1895); Hitehe. in Gray Man. ed. 7,
115 (1908); Hitche. & Chase Contr. Nat. Herb. 15 : 283 (1910).

For complete synonymy cf. Hitche. & Chase l. c.

1912} Hubbard,— Nomenclatorial Changes in Gramineae 185

TRIDENS R. & S.

The genus Tridens of Roemer and Schultes [Syst. Veg. 2 : 34, 599
(1817)] in its commonly accepted sense is antedated by Tricuspis
Beauv. Agrost. 77, t. 15, fig. 10 (1812). The generic description of
Tricuspis is fairly good and its identity is unquestionable. It is com-
monly cited as a synonym of Tridens [in fact it is given as a synonym
by Roemer and Schultes l. c. 34] when that genus is separated from
Triodia R. Br. According to the American Code Tricuspis Beauv. is
untenable on account of the older Tricuspis Pers. Syn. 2 : 9 (1807),
but by Sect. 7, Art. 50 of the “Vienna Code" Tricuspis Pers. which
equals Crinodendron Molina, Saggio Chile 179 (1782) [a genus of
Elaeocarpaceae] does not invalidate Tricuspis Beauv.

Beauvois after describing his genus cites Poa coerulescens Mich.
[should be Michx.] and gives his combination Tricuspis Novaeboro-
censis Nob. without description. According to Ind. Kew. 2 pt. 1,
571 (1895) Poa coerulescens Michx. ex Kunth is described in Kunth
Enum. Pl. 1:319 (1833) in syn., but it also occurs in synonymy in
Kunth Rev. Gram. 1:108 (1829); in both cases under Uralepis
cuprea Kunth. In Rev. Gram. there is a plate (t. 68) which agrees
very fairly with Beauvois' illustration.

Kunth in Enum. Pl. 1:319 (1833) among other synonyms of his
Uralepis cuprea cites Poa coerulescens Michx. [upon which Beauvois
bases his genus Tricuspis]; P. seslerioides Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1 : 68
(1803); P. quinquefida Pursh Fl. 1:81 (1814); Triodea cuprea Jacq.
Eclog. Gram. 2 : 21, t. 16 (1814) and Tricupis noveboracensis Beauv.
Agrost. 77 (1812) with a question mark.

Triodia cuprea Jacq. is the name used for the first species of T'riodia
by Watson & Coulter in Gray Man. ed. 6, 657 (1890) while in the
first edition we find Prof. Gray using Tricuspis seslerioides Torr. with
the following synonyms: Poa flava L., P. seslerioides Michx., P. quin-
quefida Pursh and Windsoria poaeformis Nutt. Tricuspis seslerioides
is given as a synonym of T'riodia cuprea Jacq. in edition six and this
in turn is shown to be a synonym of Tridens flavus (L.) Hitchc.
Ruopora 8:210 (1906). This is the first species under Tridens in
Gray Man. ed. 7, 149 (1908).

This chain of equivalents shows conclusively that the type species
of Tricuspis Beauv. is unquestionably the same as Tridens flavus (L.)
Hitche. and consequently the older Tricuspis Beauv. (1812) replaces
Tridens R. & S. (1817).

186 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Tricuspis Beauv. Agrost. 77, t. 15, fig. 10 (1810); Gray Man.
589 (1848) in part, excl. $2 Triplasis. Tridens R. & S. Syst. Veg. 2:
34, 599 (1817); Hitchc. in Gray Man. ed. 7, 149 (1908). Windsoria
Nutt. Gen. No. Am. Pl. 1:70 (1818). Triodia R. Br. $1 as used
by Watson & Coulter in Gray Man. ed. 6, 657 (1890).

Tricuspis flava (L.) comb. nov. Synonymy in part: Poa flava
L. Sp. Pl. 68 (1753). P. seslerioides Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1 : 68 (1803).
Tricuspis novaeborocensis Beauv. Agrost. 77, t. 15, fig. 10 (1812).
Poa quinquefida Pursh Fl. 1:81 (1814). Triodia cuprea Jacq. Eclog.
Gram. 2:21, t. 16 (1814); Watson & Coulter in Gray Man. ed. 6,
657 (1890). Tridens quinquefida R. & S. Syst. Veg. 2:599 (1817).
Tricuspis seslerioides Torr. Fl. No. & Mid. U. S. 118 (1824); Gray
Man. 589 (1848). Tridens flavus (L.) Hitche. Rmonpoma 8 : 210
(1906); Hitche. in Gray Man. ed. 7, 149, fig. 146 (1908).

TRICUSPIS STRICTA (Nutt.) Gray in Proc. Acad. Sci. Phila. 1862 : 335
(1863). Synonymy in part: Windsoria stricta Nutt. in Trans. Am.
Phil. Soc. 6 : 147 (1837). Triodia stricta Benth ex Vasey Ill. No.
Am. Grasses, 1 pt. 2, t. 38 (1891). Tridens strictus (Nutt.) Nash
in Small Fl. So. E. U. S. 143, 1327 (1903); Hitche. in Gray Man. ed. 7,
149 (1908).

GLvckRIA TorrEYANA (Spreng.) Hitche.

Since the preparation of his manuscript for the seventh edition of
Gray's Manual Prof. Hitchcock has been abroad and has made exten-
sive studies of the types of American grasses. "This has thrown new
light on a number of species and has made the change of certain names
necessary. G. Torreyana (Spreng.) Hitche. is an instance of this.
A study of the type specimen of Panicum melicarium Michx. Fl. Bor.
Am. 1 : 50 (1803) has shown it to be what has commonly been known
as G. elongata 'Trin. in Mem. Acad. St. Petersb., ser. 6, 4 pt. 2, 58 (1836)
[cf. Hitche. Contr. Nat. Herb. 12 : 149 (1908)]. G. elongata Trin. has
been reduced to a synonym of G. Torreyana (Spreng.) Hitche. in
Rnuopona 8:211 (1906). Consequently as Michaux's name is the
oldest we must accept it for our species.

GLycERIA melicaria (Michx.) comb. nov. Synonymy in part:
Panicum melicarium Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1:50 (1803). Poa Torrey-
ana Spreng. Neue Entdeck. 2:104 (1821). Poa elongata Torr. ex
Spreng. l. c. 104 (1821) in syn. G. elongata (Torr.) Trin. in Mem. Acad.

1912] Hubbard,— Nomenclatorial Changes in Gramineae — 187

St. Petersb., ser. 6, 4 pt. 2 (Gram. Suppl.) 58 (1836); Gray Man.
593 (1848); Watson & Coulter in ed. 6, 667 (1890). Panicularia
elongata (Torr.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. 2 : 783 (1891). Glyceria Torreyana
(Spreng.) Hitche. RHopora 8 : 211 (1906); Hitche. in Gray Man. ed.
7, 158 (1908). Panicularia melicaria (Michx.) Hitche. Contr. Nat.
Herb. 12 : 149 (1908).

Hystrix Moench.

Unfortunately the generic name was changed from Asprella Willd.
of the sixth edition of the Manual to Hystrix Moench in the seventh.
While Willdenow was not the oldest authority for the name Asprella
or Asperella, as it should be spelled, his genus stood for the same plants
as the older Asperella Humb. in Roem. & Usteri Mag. 7:5 (1791).
According to the American Code Asperella Humb. is invalidated by
the older Asprella Schreb. in L. Gen. Pl. ed. 8, 1 :45 (1789). Asprella
Schreb., however, equals Homalocenchrus Mieg. in Act. Helv. Phys-
Math. 4 : 307 (1760) which in turn is a synonym of Leersia Sw. Prodr.
21 (1788). Leersia Sw. is one of Harms' list of nomina conservanda.
Consequently Asprella Schreb. does not invalidate Asperella Hubm.
(Sect. 7, Art. 50 of the “ Vienna Code.").

Humboldt goes into a lengthy discussion of Elymus hystria L. Syst.
Pl. ed. Reich. 1 : 234 (1779) which is the same as E. hystrix L. Sp. Pl.
560 (1753) and points out wherein this species differs from the genus
Elymus L. He forms his genus correctly and gives a species A. hystrix
basing it on Elymus hystrix L. Syst. Pl. ed. Reich. 1:234 (1779).
Furthermore he refers to the older Asprella Schreb. and states that
Schreber informs him that his (Schreber's) genus is a synonym of
Homalocenchrus Mieg.

ASPERELLA Humb. in Roem. & Usteri Mag. 7 : 5 (1790) not Schreb.
l. e. (1789). Hystrix Moench Meth. 294 (1794); Hitchc. in Gray
Man. ed. 7, 170 (1908). Asprella Willd. Enum. Pl. Hort. Berol. 132
(1809); Watson & Coulter in Gray Man. ed. 6, 674 (1890). Gym-
nostichum Schreb. Beschr. Gris. 3 : 127, t. 47 (1810); Gray Man. ed.
2, 571 (1856); ed. 5, 639 (1867). Elymus §Gymnostichum Gray
Man. 604 (1848). ? Stenostachys Turcz. in Bull. Soc. Natural. Mosc.
35 pt. 2, 330 (1862).

ASPERELLA HYSTRIX (L. Humb. in Roem & Usteri Mag. 7:5
(1790). Synonymy in part: Elymus hystrix L. Sp. Pl. 560 (1753);

188 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Gray Man. 604 (1848). Hystrix patula Moench Meth. 294 (1794);
Hitche. in Gray Man. ed. 7, 170 (1908). Asprella Hystrix Willd.
Enum. Pl. Hort. Berol. 132 (1809); Watson & Coulter in Gray Man.
ed. 6, 674 (1890). Gymnostichum Hystrix Schreb. Beschr. Gräs.
3:127, t. 47 (1810); Gray Man. ed. 2, 571 (1856); ed. 5, 639
(1867). Hystrix Hystrix Millsp. Fl. W. Va. 474 (1892); Nash in
Britt. Man. ed. 3, 158 (1907).

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

THE INLAND VARIETY OF SPIRAEA TOMENTOSA.
M. L. FERNALD.

In looking over a package of plants from Wisconsin I was recently
impressed with the aspect of a specimen labeled Spiraea tomentosa L.
In the almost simple and somewhat remote branches of its inflorescence
it contrasted with the common form of the species in the Atlantic
States, where the branches of the inflorescence are mostly compound,
bearing the flowers often in small glomerules so closely crowded as to
give the whole thyrsus a very dense appearance. Examination of all
the material at hand showed that generally on the Coastal Plain and
in the Atlantic States Spiraea tomentosa agrees in having the branches
of the panicle densely flowered so that it is difficult to see distinctly
the individual pedicels; while the material from the Appalachian
Mountain system (West Virginia, North Carolina and South Carolina)
as well as that from Wisconsin and Minnesota and a single sheet from
southeastern Virginia agree in having the flowers less crowded so
that the pedicels are distinctly visible and, though in very young
material it is naturally difficult to make out this character, it is readily
determined in all flowering and fruiting specimens. Another char-
acter seems to accompany that of the inflorescence. In all the fruit-
ing material from the Coastal Plain and from the lower levels of the
coastal States the follicles are so densely lanate that only in old or
weather-beaten specimens can the surfaces of the follicles be seen;
but in all the fruiting specimens of the more inland plant, even
in inflorescences with the lowest branches still in anthesis, the com-

1912] Fernald, — Variety of Spiraea tomentosa 189

paratively short (not lanate) tomentum is promptly deciduous so
that the lustrous and glabrate surfaces of the follicles are apparent.
Attempts to find other characters have failed for in foliage the two
plants closely simulate one another, the leaves of both varying in
outline from lanceolate to ovate-oblong, with the tomentum of the
lower surface from white to rufous; and occasional individuals from
the coastal region have an open inflorescence and distinct pedicels but
lanate follicles. The writer therefore does not feel justified at present
in treating the plants as distinct species; but as geographic varieties
they are well marked and deserving of recognition.

Judging from the Linnean description of Spiraea tomentosa which
came from Philadelphia (Kalm) and was compared with S. salicifolia
in the following terms: Differt a praecedenti....racemo terminali
composito densiori longiori," + there is no question that he meant the
densely flowered shrub of the Coastal Plain and adjacent regions; but
the Plukenet plate of “Ulmaria pentacarpos, integris serratis foliis
parvis subtus incanis, virginiana," ? cited by Linnaeus as belonging to
Spiraea tomentosa has the open inflorescence and slender pedicels of
the more inland shrub.

In his New Flora Rafinesque divided Spiraea tomentosa into five
species with the characteristic comment: “All the above sp. agree
in nothing but the tomentous leaves beneath, to deem them all varie-
ties would be preposterous, as no character including them all could
befound." Besides true S. tomentosa Rafinesque defined S. ferruginea
with “flowers subsessile”; S. glomerata with “flowers subsessile
glomerate"; S. parvifolia with “panicle spicate glomerate, flowers
sessile”; and S. rosea with “panicle lax, peduncles [pedicels] as long
as calix— West Kentucky to Alabama, disc. by Mrs. Holley, a
beautiful shrub with fine rosate flowers, it deserves to be deemed a
peculiar sp. by narrow leaves not white beneath, and lax rose flowers." *
From the description and the range of Rafinesque's S. rosea there can
be no question that he had the more loosely flowered extreme of S.
tomentosa, with glabrate follicles; but the shrub cannot be separated
from typical S. tomentosa “by the narrow leaves not white beneath"
since the foliage varies in both these characters as much as that of
true S. tomentosa; and, as already stated, the characters of the in-

1 L. Sp. PL, 489 (1753).

? Pluk. Alm., 397, t. 321, f. 5.
3 Raf. New Fl., iii. 62, 63 (1836).

190 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

florescence, pedicels and follicles, although ordinarily well marked,
show such transitions as to indicate that S. rosea is an extreme variety
of S. tomentosa rather than a distinct species. It should be called
SPIRAEA TOMENTOSA L., var. rosea (Raf.) n. comb. S. tomentosa
L. Sp. Pl. 489 (1753) as to the Plukenet plate. S. rosea Raf. N. Fi.
iii. 62 (1836).— The following specimens are characteristic. WEsT
VinaGiNIA: Elkins, Randolph Co., Greenman, no. 188. Nortu CARO-
LINA: Biltmore, Biltmore Herb. no. 1247b. SovrH CAROLINA:
definite station not given, M. A. Curtiss. Wisconsin: Milwaukee,
Lapham, Polk Co., C. F. Baker; Camp Douglas, E. A. Mearns, no.
336. Murnnesota: St. Paul, Hale; Chicayo Co., B. C. Taylor.
Gray HERBARIUM.

SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE IN THREE STATES.
SipxEY F. BLAKE.

My first meeting with the typical form of Sisymbrium officinale (L.)
Scopoli was on 13 July, 1910, when I collected three plants (sheet
1295, my herb.) along arailroad at St. Paul, Minnesota. Not
recognizing its identity at the time, I failed to note whether other
individuals of the species were present. So far as I am aware, the
typical form has not been reported from the state since the difference
between our two forms was first pointed out by Dr. Robinson some
years ago.

Since that time I have twice collected the plant in Stoughton,
Massachusetts. On 4 July, 1911, a single plant, growing with many
of var. leiocarpum DC., was collected on a dump (sheet 2823). On
13 July, 1912, just two years after my first meeting with the species,
four specimens were taken, found, together with many glabrous-
fruited ones, in dry soil in a house-yard, perhaps a mile from the dump
at which it had previously been taken.

On 27 July, 1911, Mrs. N. F. Flynn showed me at Starr Farm,
Burlington, Vermont, a colony of Hedge Mustard in which she had
noticed three days before a plant or two with pubescent pods. Going
over the colony more carefully, we counted some forty-eight plants of

1912] Blake,— Sisymbrium officinale 191

true S. officinale, which according to my notes “far outnumbered the
variety leiocarpum which was also present." A number of plants
were collected. This occurrence, the first indubitable one for the
state, led me to watch for the plant thereafter, and I was rewarded by
two more “finds,” though of very small colonies. On 30 July, in a
pasture in Shelburne, not far from Shelburne Pond, I found and
collected three plants of the type. I do not recall that any individuals
of the variety were present. On 2 Augusta solitary plant (sheet 3580)
was taken in a field near a farmhouse in Colchester, near Barney
Point. All these Vermont records have been briefly published by
Mrs. Flynn in Bull. 7, Vermont Botanical Club, p. 16, 17 (May, 1912).

In a comparison of the twenty-six plants of Sisymbrium officinale
now in my possession with a number of specimens, mostly freshly
picked, of var. leiocarpum, other differences than the pod-character
have appeared. In the first place, in S. officinale the pedicels and
axis of the main spike-like inflorescence, as well as of the usually
horizontal lateral branches (which in both forms so generally come
off at or above the middle of the stem, except in case of an injury to
the main axis lower down,— in which event several ascending branches
develop from the upper leaf axils, much as in Lactuca under similiar
conditions,— that one of the St. Paul specimens, only 25 em. high,
with four well developed branches in its first five em. of height, seems
worthy of notice on this account) are more or less densely pubescent
with the same short spreading hairs as are the pods. In var. leiocar-
pum the pedicels, like the pods, are glabrous, while the flowering axes
are glabrous except for a few scattered enlarged retrorse hairs with
swollen usually purplish bases, reminding one of miniature Rubus
prickles (which also occur in the type, among the much more numer-
ous smaller hairs). Similiar hairs occur on the main stem in both
forms, but in true S. officinale they are again intermixed with smaller
hairs, far outnumbering them, similar to those on the pods.

A few further differentiae of more doubtful import may be men-
tioned. The runcinate lower leaves of both forms are indistinguisha-
ble, but in S. officinale the hastately three-lobed, or even unlobed and
linear-lanceolate, leaves of the flowering parts are appressed-
pubescent, sometimes densely so, above and beneath, whereas the
variety has these leaves glabrous or with a few hairs on the lower
surface, rarely on the upper. Again, none of the S. officinale has the
purple of the stem so extensive as it very often is in the variety, the

192 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

color being present only at its base, although in this respect the plants
do not differ from some specimens of the variety. Finally, S. officinale
seems, so far as my experience goes, to be the smaller plant of the two;
my tallest individual is only about 50 cm. high, while the variety is
almost always taller than this. Whether this character would hold
in a larger series of specimens I am not able to say.

STOUGHTON, MASSACHUSETTS.

A PURPLE-FRUITED Asu.— In June, 1911, Mrs. H. K. Morrell sent
from Gradiner, Maine, a branch of Fraxinus americana L. with deep
reddish-purple fruit with a query as to its identity and the remark
that “ours about the house have green wings and these red.” The
present writer then made it a point to watch the White Ash in the
neighborhood of Boston and, although the majority of trees bear
green or greenish-yellow fruit, occasional colonies were found having
the fruit a beautiful purple, which renders the trees conspicuously
different in aspect from the ordinary greenish-fruited form. The
purple-fruited form seems not to have been distinguished but it is
so pronouncedly different in aspect that it deserves the designation:

FRAXINUS AMERICANA L., forma iodocarpa, n. f., fructibus purpureis.
— Marne: Gardiner, June 13, 1911 (Jennie M. H. Morrell). Massa-
CHUSETTS: Winchester, June 17, 1911 (F. F. Forbes and M. L. Fernald).
— M. L. Fernap, Gray Herbarium.

Volume 14, no. 164, including pages 165 to 176 was issued 23 August, 1912.

Rhodora Plate 97.

C. H. Clarke del.
LopIcULES OF GRASSES.

Rhodora Plate 98.

5

C. H. Clarke del.
LopICULES OF GRASSES.

Rhodora Plate 99.

C. H. Clarke del

LopDICULES OF GRASSES.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 14. October, 1912. No. 166

EDITORIAL.

Ovn journal has now been issued for nearly fourteen years. During
this period the necessary expenses of printing and publication have
greatly increased and the initial subscription price of one dollar a year
is quite inadequate to cover the cost. As no reduction in the cost
appears to be possible which would not seriously impair the quality
of the journal and as the board of editors and managers feel increasing
reluctance to permit recurring deficits to become a burden to the Club,
it seems necessary to bring the price of the journal more nearly into
accord with the cost. After careful consideration, it has been decided
to place the annual subscription price from the beginning of Volume
15 at one dollar and a half, a rate which will be uniform both for the
United States and for all foreign countries within the postal union.

A FURTHER NOTE ON EUPHORBIA CYPARISSIAS IN
FRUIT.

WALTER DEANE.

SiNcE I reported (Ruopona, XII, 57-61, 1910) the abundant
fruiting of Euphorbia Cyparissias L. on the estate of Mr. G. N. Mc-
Millan in Shelburne, New Hampshire, three seasons have passed, and
I have examined all plants of this species met with, and made careful
inquiries wherever possible. The Shelburne station has flourished
inordinately, spreading over much more territory and perfecting its
seeds in a manner worthy of a better cause. Indeed the case has

194 . Rhodora [OCTOBER
become so serious that a portion of the ground, covered by this
plant, has been ploughed up, and Alfalfa (Medicago sativa L.) planted.
[ know of no other place where this Euphorbia has so persistently
spread to such an extent. The fact that fresh plants appear many
rods from established areas seems to indicate clearly that the seeds are
responsible for these new colonies, while such colonies rapidly increase
by means of the rootstocks in which the plants abound.

I have learned of but two new places where the plants develop
fruit, these cases being interesting as showing the abundance of
capsules where fruit is formed, while the fact that so few cases have
come to my notice would seem to indicate the scarcity of fruiting
areas, especially since attention has been previously called to the
subject. Mr. W. Herriot of Galt, Ontario, kindly sent me in Novem-
ber, 1911, some fine fruiting specimens of Fuphorbia Cyparissias L.,
collected by him in Galt on June 18, 1911. He wrote me several
letters during the course of the year in regard to the species from which
I will make extracts. On March 12, 1911, he says, “Regarding the
fruiting of Euphorbia Cyparissias I have known the plant well for
over 30 years, it being a common plant in old graveyards especially,
but occasional by roadsides where it is very troublesome as a weed,
being very difficult to eradicate. As to the fruiting I cannot speak
with any certainty previous to 1910, my attention being drawn to its
fruiting because I wanted to procure seed for the Department of
Agriculture at Ottawa in their making up of extensive seed collections
in which they are now engaged. I procured about one pint of seed
altogether, and I would say that it fruits quite generally with us."
In regard to the season of fruiting Mr. Herriot says under date of
December 23, 1911, * Last year I collected the plants in full bloom on
May 24, and the specimens I sent to you [in very ripe fruit] were
collected June 18 of this year. On June 27 I collected about one half
a pint of mature seed." The Shelburne plants were ripe on June 16,
and on July 2 were rapidly losing their seeds.

I am indebted to Mr. Robert A. Ware for the other instances of the
fruiting of this species. His letter to me, dated from his home, The
Warelands, Norfolk, Massachusetts, June 6, 1912, is so full of inter-
esting detail that I venture to quote it in full.

“You asked me for some notes on Euphorbia Cyparissias L. in fruit.
Since you called attention, a few years ago, to the infrequency with
which this plant is reported in fruit, I have examined such colonies of

1912] Deane,— Further Note on Euphorbia Cyparissias 195

it as I have chanced upon in Maine, New Hampshire and Massachu-
setts. In but one place have I found it in fruit, and that was in
Greenfield, this state, on June 16, 1910. There I found two stations.

“The first station was on one of the main residential streets when I
was walking from my hotel — the Welden — to spend a half day on the
near-by elevation known locally as the ‘Poet’s Seat) The plants
were very numerous over an area of approximately thirty meters
square, extending from the grassy street-side up a dilapidated bank-
wall and over a part of a lot of grass land, in another part of which
was a dwelling. The plants carried an abundance of well developed
fruit in such an advanced stage of maturity that on drying there was a
strong tendency for the fruit to become detached.

“On my return by a different route, I found on the margin of the
settled portion of the city, two other patches close by each other, and
distant from the first station a half or three-quarters of a mile. Though
the area here was considerably less, the plants were numerous and
bore abundant, well developed fruit.

“This year, on May 11th, I revisited the first station. The plants
appeared to be as numerous as on my first visit, but were only just
coming into flower. The area covered by them was limited on two
sides by as.many streets, while in another direction it was marked by a
line beyond which the grass is kept closely cut as a lawn about the
dwelling above referred to. Evidently the grass between the lawn
and the street is allowed to mature before it is cut, a period which
allows also for the maturity of the spurge.

“As to the persistency of the species in the face of a determined
effort to eradicate it, I cannot speak from wide experience, but my
belief is that it is not difficult to get rid of it if one wishes to do so.
And for this reason: — when, some fifteen years ago, we first took
possession of this place, I found, on one part of the house grounds, a
tangle of low blackberry vines, grass and this Euphorbia. It seemed
to me then a discouraging task to get them out of the way. But by
frequent cutting I soon found that the undesired plants were willing
to give up the struggle, and I have had no trouble from them since.
Just beyond the limits of my cutting, however, they are holding their
own with unabated vigor.

“As the first house here was built by my ancestors in the latter part
of the seventeenth century, it is likely that the plants have been long
in possession of certain places where they still persist. Ever since we
have been here I have looked for fruit, but have never seen it here."

196 Rhodora [Oc1oBER

A specimen of the Greenfield Euphorbia in fruit is in my herbarium.
There are now on record four American stations where Euphorbia
Cyparissias has been found in fruit, Shelburne, New Hampshire,
Greenfield, Massachusetts, Staten Island, New York, and Galt,
Ontario. Ishall continue to seek information in regard to the fruiting
status of this species, and I trust that any new cases will be called to
my attention.

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS.

THE SAND PLUM IN INDIANA.

E, J. Hii.

DuniNG the summer of 1906 I discovered a Prunus which differed
from any heretofore seen in the region about Chicago. It was growing
in the sand just without the right of way of the Lake Shore and Michi-
gan Southern Railroad, near Dune Park, Lake County, Indiana.
The nearness to the railroad and the striking difference between its
leaves and those of Prunus Americana, the common wild plum of this
region, led me to conclude that it was an introduction. It was mainly
represented by bushy branched shrubs, 1-3 m. high, which were quite
thorny, or provided with short, spinescent branches. They formed
two narrow thickets, each extending for several rods beside the fence
which separated them from the railroad. They were examined the
next spring for flowers, but too late for petals. No fruit set that year.
In the spring of 1908 good flowers were obtained May 2nd, about two
weeks earlier than the time of visiting them the year before. No fruit
was borne that year. Enough had been disclosed by the flowers to
make it evident that, if perfected, the fruit would be a plum. But,
from the character of the leaves and flowers, and the habit of the
shrub, I had concluded it was the sand plum, P. Watsoni Sarg., or if
not specifically distinct, P. angustifolia Marsh., var. Watsoni (Sarg.)
Waugh, introduced here from the western plains. Since it freely
spreads by long roots running just below the surface of the ground,
sending up new shoots or suckers at the distance of 4 or 5 m from the

1912] Hill,— The Sand Plum in Indiana 197

parent stem in some cases, it seemed well equipped for propagation
even if lacking fruit. But it has been examined every season for
fruit, though not for flowers, without avail till the present. This year
(1912) it was abundant, the greater part of the mature shrubs being
in bearing. It varied somewhat in size and shape, but no more than
is seen in the fruit of P. Americana. The season lasts three or four
weeks, beginning about the middle of July. "The plums are bright red,
without bloom, globose, 7-10 mm. in diameter, or larger and slightly
lengthened on some shrubs. The skin is firm but not thick, flesh
yellow and pleasantly acid, stone ovoid to oval, rather large and thick,
the surface rugose. It was apparently an improvement on the sand-
plum of the west, approaching the Chickasaw plum. In a climate
with a greater and more evenly distributed rainfall, changes for the
better might be expected. "There were a few cases in which the shrubs
were more tree-like in form, reaching a height of four meters, but the
mass of them was low, the trunks 3-10 dm. high. "The points in which
it approaches P. angustifolia may be an argument in favor of its
varietal character.

To account for the plums I had gone back to the time when I had
noticed manure spread on both sides of the railway track through the
dune region. From its appearance it evidently came from the stock-
yards of Chicago or from stock cars. It was apparently done to
encourage the growth of some covering for the sand. This was about
1890. It is not uncommon to find western plants springing up in the
dump from stock cars, some of them persisting and becoming members
of our flora. It seemed altogether probable that the plum had been
introduced then, spread beyond the fence, and though destroyed
within the enclosure by continual cutting, had held on outside. My
conjecture was unexpectedly corroborated the day the fruit was found.
Seeing some trackmen at work close by I asked their overseer if he had
lived in the vicinity for a number of years. Learning that he had I
questioned him about the plums. He said that manure from the
stockyards had been spread beside the track about twenty years before,
and the plums came up just after. As I had given him no hint of my
conjecture, this proved strong evidenceinitsfavor. His knowledge of
the character of the plum and of previous fruiting was shown by a
further statement that he had transferred some to his yard but did
not think them worth cultivating, they were so low and bushy and the
stone was large in proportion to the flesh.

198 Rhodora [OCTOBER

That this Prunus came from the west rather than from the south is
most probable both from the general movement of stock for the
Chicago market and from the hardiness of the shrub. If we refer it to
the Chickasaw plum, we find the range of this considerably south of
this latitude. It comes into the extreme southern part of Illinois,
being credited to Union county by Vasey, and into the corresponding
part of Indiana, being credited to Gibson county by Schneck. Both
of these stations are near the Ohio river. In his catalogue of the
flowering plants and ferns of Indiana, Stanley Coulter says under
P. angustifolia: “Of rare occurrence in the southwestern counties of
the state. It is reported as growing on dry, rather rocky slopes. I
have seen no specimens and the species is admitted on the authority
of collectors." ! Schneck for Gibson county is the only person cited.
It is not given among the trees of Indiana by Chas. C. Deam in the
Eleventh annual Report of the State Board of Forestry of Indiana
(1911.)

It does not seem to be hardy as far north as the south end of Lake
Michigan or probably any farther north than the localities mentioned
for these two states. Sargent says of it, “In eastern New England
it is barely hardy, seldom flowering and never producing fruit.” ?
But the Prunus at Dune Park appears as hardy as any indigenous
member of our flora. All the circumstances tend to the conviction
that it was introduced from the western plains, and that its apparently
improved condition is due to a better environment than in its native
region.

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS.

1 Report of the State Geologist, 1901, p. 794,
2 The Silva of North America 4: 26, 1892.

1912} Long,— Galium labradoricum in Pennsylvania 199

GALIUM LABRADORICUM IN PENNSYLVANIA.

BAYARD LONG.

In the summer of 1910 it was my fortune to make the acquaintance
of Galium labradoricum Wiegand in its native bogs along the lower St.
Lawrence in the Province of Quebec, Canada. Among the host of
interesting plants new to me, this humble little bed-straw, for some
reason, was always of particular interest whenever it was found at a
new locality. Doubtless its comparatively late recognition and its
perfect distinctness from allies which at one time were a fertile source
of considerable confusion, made it a pleasing species to know in the
field.

When, during the following winter, in examining and identifying
some local collections of Mr. Harold W. Pretz of Allentown, Penn-
sylvania, I came upon several sheets of this same little Galium, I
naturally at once wrote him for more data and information regarding
its occurrence, since to the best of my knowledge the species had not
been known south of west-central New York! and northwestern
Connecticut.’

I learned that Mr. Pretz’s plants had come from Monroe County,
Pennsylvania, in the vicinity of Saylorsburg. Through his kindness,
I was enabled on August 6, 1911, to visit the locality with him. Mr.
Pretz’s original collection was on June 13, 1909, when the plant was
found in good flower, but this second time in 1911 we were not so
fortunate: the flowering-season was past and even good fruit was rare.

The locality lies in the terminal-moraine region just north of the
main ridge of the Blue Mountains, between Wind Gap and Saylors-
burg. There is a line of bogs here near the head of Aquashicola *
Creek, supporting species like Salix candida and Lobelia Kalmii,
plants which ordinarily find the southern limit of their range within

1 Wiegand, Ruopora, vi. 21 (1904); Haberer, Ruopora, vii. 109 (1905).

2 Bissell, Ruopora, v. 33 (1903).

3 The United States Official Postal Guide has been followed in the spelling of this
name, since there would seem to be no logical reason why the name of the creek should
be spelled differently from that of the village, and since considerable discrepancy
was found to occur upon the various maps consulted. "The spelling used in the Second
Geological Survey of Pennsylvania (G5. p. 29) and in J. L. Smith's Topographical,
Township and Railroad Map of Pennsylvania is Aquanchicola.

200 Rhodora [OCTOBER

or near the glaciated region of Pennsylvania. Here, associated often
with Galium tinctorium (but perfectly distinct and showing little if
any striking resemblance) and more rarely with G. Claytoni, was found
in great abundance the object of our search. It was seen in two bogs,
in the larger of which it at times formed a considerable portion of the
low vegetation.

Prof. Karl M. Wiegand very kindly examined material sent to the
Gray Herbarium, and verified the identification. A full suite of
specimens (showing diversity of habit assumed, depending upon the
character of the associated vegetation) will be deposited in the Her-
barium of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Material
of the original collection is also in the herbarium of Mr. Pretz at
Allentown.

Doubtless the plant will be found in similar bogs in the higher
Alleghenies or in other localities on the Pocono Plateau, when these
areas have been more systematically explored. There are bogs in
Northampton County, south of the Blue Mountains (but within the
terminal-moraine region), which are very similar in character to those
on Aquashicola Creek and support many of the same species. These
bogs have been pretty thoroughly explored but it would not be sur-
prising if the Galium should be discovered there. Another very
possible locality is the area of glaciated bogs in northern New Jersey.

All of these areas, originally suggested to my mind by the occur-
rence there of similar bogs and associated species, strikingly agree in
general with the remark of Prof. Wiegand that Galium labradoricum
in the Pocono of Pennsylvania would show a distribution like that of
Amelanchier Bartramiana, which reaches its southern limit in the
mountain regions of eastern Pennsylvania — in the Alleghenies, the
Poconos, and the Blue Mountains. The general distribution of either
of the two above species might be briefly written: Eastern Pennsyl-
vania and the region around the western portion of Lake Superior
northward to Labrador.

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, PHILADELPHIA.

1912] Owen,— Tillaea in Nantucket 201

TILLAEA IN NANTUCKET.

Maria L. OwEN.

In 1841, William Oakes reported Tillaea simplex Nutt. amongst
other plants found in 1829 in Nantucket. (Hovey's Magazine of
Horticulture and Botany, Vol. VII. p. 182.) This name now gives
place to the earlier T. aquatica L., while at least a part of the speci-
mens of Tillaea from Nantucket show the stalked flowers and fruit
as in T. Vaillantii Willd. We cannot doubt that Mr. Oakes collected
a Tillaea in 1829 and that no more of it was found till 1894. It is
the cireumstances of this late find which I wish to record and its
second disappearance from that year up to the present time. Its
correct name, whether T. aquatica L., T. Vaillantii Willd., or even
some different one cannot be settled until we catch the elusive little
plant again. Mr. Oakes stated that he collected it “on the dried
borders of small ponds" on the island, and in my collecting days I
used to hope to come across it, and I have mentioned it to botanists
visiting Nantucket, as something to look for.

From about 1890 on, Mrs. Mabel P. Robinson with her family spent
several consecutive summers on the island; she was a diligent collector
and student of its flora, and I made my usual recommendation to her.
This time not in vain!

I was living in Springfield then, and with the specimen which Mrs.
Robinson sent me there, she wrote that she had come home from one
of her long walks with her box full of plants, and had analyzed most
of them and decided on their names when she took up this little thing,
in poor condition for it was then a day or two old. It was, indeed, so
far gone that after some study she gave it up and was just going to
throw it away, when what I had told her of Tillaea flashed into her
mind. Shetook up the specimen again and was quickly convinced that
the long-sought rarity was hers — Tillaea had come out of its seclu-
sion of sixty-five years!

This was in August, 1894. In 1896, the first time after that that
we were on the island together I invited Mrs. Robinson to drive out to
Hummock Pond with me and show me the Tillaea locality. We went
along the east shore and stopped near the southern limit of the pines;
there Mrs. Robinson left me to hunt up the spot, but soon came back

202 Rhodora [OcroBER:

and taking me to the edge of a bank pointed down to what looked to
me like a large patch (perhaps twelve feet by six) of Myriophyllum
tenellum Big. such as I often used to see by the ponds amongst the
hills between Almanac Pond and Sankaty Head — “Could any of
that growth have been T'illaea?" was my quick question. I went out
soon afterwards to investigate thoroughly, but my previous visits
there were made some fifty years before, and I now found, to my sor-
row, the low shores of these ponds invaded by a sturdy growth of
cattails which has probably completely filled the water by this time.

I return to Hummock. This bank was some ten or twelve feet high.
We went down— it was very wet below, although at a considerable
distance from the pond edge — and found the bright green sod com-
posed of " very small tufted plants an inch or two high, rooting at the
base," just as the Manual says, but the numerous flowers of a purer
white than I expected to see. The well-formed fruit in all stages was
as abundant as the flowers and made the specimens complete and
perfect, all that could be desired for the herbarium. I cut out sods
for my botanical friends, but the late Mr. L. L. Dame who was at his
summer home in Siasconset was the only one who could have received
the plant in all its freshness. The last time I saw him, the year before
he died, I asked him if he remembered it, “Perfectly” he replied.
“The pretty little flowers that starred the sod, and the fine fruit?”
“Perfectly” was again the reply. No human being has, to my
knowledge seen the patch again. I have looked for it myself a num-
ber of times in company with keen and quick-eyed searchers to whom
I have described what I wanted, but we never found it.

In 1902 Mrs. Robinson went out with me again; she not only could
not find the spot but she seemed to have forgotten it and the plant
too. She took me to the edge of the water and after search amongst
the floating weeds drew out what she said was Tillaea. I was amazed,
but I later found that it is so called by other botanists.

Tillaea simplex Nutt. is described in every edition of Gray's Manual,
in Gray's Field, Forest and Garden Botany and in Wood's Class-book,
and always as a low tufted plant with white flowers rooting in the
mud. Oakes found it rooting in the mud. Now these three botanists
surely never knew of the aquatic form which differs from their plant
in many striking particulars. It grows in shallow water, though
sometimes two feet deep, rooting at the bottom, but reaching up to the
surface; it is apt to break off and then, entangled with other water

1912] Owen,— Tillaea in Nantucket 203

growths, is washed ashore by the ripple of the wind-stirred waves.
When-drawn out of the water it hangs limp from the stick, a pale olive-
colored mass; no flower or fruit visible to the naked eye. The land
form is beautiful, but this — vegetation can hardly be more unlovely.
The land form answers, point by point, Dr. Gray’s description in
every edition of his Manual, while this differs point by point.

But my concern is to find my lost station and to rediscover Oakes’s
locality, for which our only guide is his statement that it was “the
dried-up edge of small ponds." Now he never would have called
Hummock, two miles long, a small pond; besides, that accurate
botanist used the plural number — he found it in more than one spot.
Along the south coast of the island there is a row of shallow ponds,
one or two about half a mile long, the others of varying smaller size.
Some of them are entirely dry now, though they keep their place on
the map, but in 1829 they probably all had water in their beds. Now
to give a guess at Mr. Oakes's walks, I should say that his collector's
instinct would have led him speedily to the “Head of Hummock "
which is not far from town, and, finding the vegetation rich there, he
would have kept along the east shore of the pond, and as he got towards
the southern end, he would have seen Reedy Pond and from that have
been lured along first to Great Mioxes and then to Little Mioxes.
These answer his description; they are small, and might be partly
dried up at any time, that condition depending on the character of
the season for much or little rain. Miacomet, a pond about a mile
long, is about as far from town, but if he walked out to that and went
down its east side, he might naturally have turned from its lower end
along the south shore of the island and have come to Weeweeder, a
small pond, and the first of the row just mentioned. They follow,
one after another, at such short distances, that he would have been
likely to keep on till he had searched them all. "These are Nobadeer,
Madequecham, Toopcha and Forked, and to my mind, these after the
three before mentioned, are the most likely places on the whole island.
Moreover, these are the only ponds that I ever knew, which answered
Mr. Oakes's description of his locality. The aquatic form is certainly
not what Oakes found, and it was doubtless as unknown to him as it
was to Dr. Gray after him, so his station is still undiscovered, and
mine is lost for the present. But I solemnly advise collectors to keep
away from these ponds from Reedy to the Forked Ponds. The life
savers who patrol the coast report that recently quicksands have been

204 Rhodora [OCTOBER

discovered near Reedy Pond and the Mioxes so dangerous that they
will not bear up the weight of a small dog. Of course they may
develop at any time on the edge of the others; the only safe course is
to keep away from all. But to console those who long to explore them
I will say that Oakes’s stations will probably never be seen again — the
physical changes of eighty-three years have obliterated them. My
patch however doubtless still exists, and there is a happy day in store
for any botanist who sees it at just the right season — that bright green
sod starred profusely with the small but conspicuous white flowers.

MANHASSET, Lone ISLAND.

THE SEVENTEENTH ANNUAL FIELD MEETING OF THE VERMONT
BorANICAL CLuB was held at Franklin, conjointly with the Vermont
Bird Club, on Thursday and Friday, July 25 and 26. Head quarters
were at the Franklin House and about thirty members of both clubs
attended. A short business meeting was held the evening before,
in the public library of Franklin. The forenoon of Thursday was
spent in exploring a sphagnum bog in which besides the plants usual to
such a habitat the rare white fringed orchid, Habenaria blephariglottis
(Willd.) Torr. was found, also the bladderwort, Utricularia cornuta
Michx. Next day another sphagnum bog was visited about five miles
from Franklin and lying in the three towns of Franklin, Berkshire, and
Enosburgh. Here the white fringed orchid was abundant and several
other bog orchids were found. Some hybrids of Rumex were seen by
the roadside. Scirpus Peckii Britton was found in a low meadow and
the European Malva Alcea L., var. fastigiata was abundant at several
roadside stations in the vicinity. At North Sheldon, Linaria minor
(L.) Desf. and a very dwarf form of Silene noctiflora L. were observed,
growing abundantly between the railway tracks. About a half a
dozen new members were added to the Club and the meeting will be
remembered with pleasure by all who were present. The winter
meeting will be held at St. Johnsbury in January, 1913.— NELLIE
F. Friynn, Burlington, Vermont.

bh

1912] Hunnewell,— Galium trifidum at Wellesley, Mass. 205

A New STATION ror RUBUS IDAEUS, VAR. ANOMALUS.— It may be of
interest to readers of Ruopora to know that upon May 19th, of the
present season I found a single plant of Rubus idaeus L. var. anomalus
Arrhenius, in Townshend, Vermont, growing upon a rocky hillside.
'The ridge upon which the plant was growing, while not especially
limey, is somewhat so, enough so that it has been quarried at some
little distance from the station, in former years.

Determination was by Prof, Fernald. The plant had two good
fruiting canes, one of which was sent to the herbarium of the New
England Botanical Club and the other retained in my private her-
barium.— Leston A. WHEELER, Townshend, Vermont.

A Connecticut STATION FOR ILEX MOLLIS.— Mr. W. E. Campbell
of New Haven has recently found a plant of this species growing in the
woods on the estate of Mr. T. W. Bryant at Torrington, Connecticut.
Regarding the plant Mr. Bryant writes,— “This shrub has grown ina
thicket of undergrowth and was saved by me in cutting the under-
brush. I know of six separate clumps. The largest has a parent root
about six inches in diameter out of which grow six branches, the largest
of which is about twelve feet high. This is evidently an old plant and
is completely covered with berries. The other clumps are small and
I should judge young, and only one or two of them have any berries
atall" This discovery is interesting for this is the first time, I believe,
that this species has been found in New England or nearer New
England than the Catskill Mountains.— C. S. SARGENT, Arnold
Arboretum.

[The Torrington station is apparently the second in New England. In
Ruopona, vi. 204, Mr. Ralph Hoffmann recorded a station found by him in
June, 1902, on the western side of the Dome in Berkshire County, Massachu-
setts, where the Jlex was “growing commonly in the shade in the moist
woodland." Several sheets of material from the Dome are preserved in the
herbarium of the New England Botanical Club.— Eds.]

GALIUM TRIFIDUM AT WELLESLEY, MassACHUSETTS.— Last Sep-
tember, while canoeing on Lake Waban, Wellesley, I found, growing

206 Rhodora [OCTOBER

in a wet marshy place on the edge of the lake, a small quantity of
Galium trifidum L. In the seventh edition of Gray’s Manual the
southern range of this species is given as “south to northern and
western New England.” The only record of the species from Massa-
chusetts in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club is
from Berkshire County. The material from Lake Waban was identi-
fied for me by Prof. Wiegand.— F. W. HuxxEwELL 2d, Wellesley,
Massachusetts. ;

AN OCCURRENCE OF NICOTIANA RUSTICA IN MASSACHUSETTS.—
While beating up the “ Peat meadow " section of Worcester, Massachu-
setts, for late-blooming plants on October 6th the writer came un-
expectedly across a fine station of the Wild Tobacco (Nicotiana
rustica L.). The flowering period had passed, and the plants were in
full fruit. A specimen, forwarded to the Gray Herbarium by Mrs.
E. L. Horr, was there identified, with the comment that the occurrence
of this species in the New England states has not been very definitely
recorded except in Connecticut and that the station in Worcester
had better be put on published record.

The colony here observed consisted of five plants, two being close
together, a third about six feet away, and two more (some four feet
apart) at a distance of some twenty yards. The three plants near
together, were in poor soil, mixed with broken bricks, ashes, and other
dumping-ground refuse, while the further group was in a small patch
of grassland. Within ten yards of the first group was a solitary stalk
of Hibiscus Trionum with one open flower, one inflated fruiting calyx,
and two unopened buds. At a distance of about fifty yards from the
group were two fine plants of Abutilon Theophrasti. Other plants in
the vicinity were Arctium minus, several species of Chenopodium, a
single stalk of Helianthus annuus, Sambucus canadensis, T ypha lati-
folia, Eupatorium purpureum, var. maculatum, ete.

While one of the main thoroughfares of the city passes within two
hundred yards of the stand of the Tobacco, the surrounding soil is of
a peaty character and the peat-bog comes close to the spot. Between
the Tobacco and the street, however, the land has been filled in and

1912] Kingman,— Illecebrum verticillatum 207

graded for building purposes, to some extent; but none of it has ever
been under cultivation.— Norman P. Woopwarp, Worcester, Massa-
chusetts.

A sEEDLESS DARBERRY FOUND AT SHERBORN, MASSACHUSETTS.—
At the request of the editor, it gives me pleasure to send RHODORA
some notes upon a seedless Barberry, which I recently sent to the
Gray Herbarium, where it was identified as Berberis vulgaris, var.
asperma. "The shrub has been known here for about forty years, but
its characteristic feature was not found out until four or five years ago,
when it was discovered by chance. The shrub stands in partial shade
on sloping ground in a dry, rocky field, which was formerly an open
pasture but is now rapidly growing up to pitch pines, junipers, blue-
berries, etc. Behind it is a thick stand of second growth woods, the
original trees having been cut about thirty-five years ago. There are
other barberries in the field, but all are typical B. vulgaris. So far as
known the land has never been cultivated, and the plant appears to
be thoroughly wild. It was brought to my notice in the autumn of
1911 by the discoverer of its seedless character, who not being a
botanist did not appreciate the scientific interest of the discovery.
The plant bore little fruit then, though it was large and apparently
thrifty, and I was able to collect only a poor specimen, which was
deposited in the herbarium of the Boston Society of Natural History,
No. 713 of the Flora of Sherborn, Massachusetts. This year, how-
ever, I have been able to get good flowering and fruiting material,
specimens of which I have placed in the Gray Herbarium and with
the Boston Society of Natural History, Nos. 713a and 713b.—
ManrHa Lovise Loomis, Sherborn, Massachusetts.

An AMERICAN STATION FOR [LLECEBRUM VERTICILLATUM.— Among
‘some plants recently identified for me at the Gray Herbarium was a
specimen of Illecebrum verticillatum L., a species somewhat widely
distributed in Europe and northern Africa, but apparently not hitherto
recorded from America. I found it on land formerly occupied by the
Reading Nursery, at Reading, Massachusetts. This nursery lot was

208 Rhodora [OCTOBER

abandoned several years ago and since then has not been cultivated.
The ground is everywhere covered with plants of various kinds, with
an occasional exotic cropping out among the native ones. The
Illecebrum was probably accidentally introduced some years ago on
some foreign nursery stock. It has now become quite established and
covers the ground thickly over a considerable area.— C. C. KINGMAN,.
Reading, Massachusetts.

Vol. 14, no. 165, including pages 177 to 192 and plates 97 to 99, was issued 80”
September, 1912.

QTRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 14. November, 1912. No. 167.

NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND HEPATICAE,— X.
ALEXANDER W. Evans.

THE genus Chiloscyphus is represented in Europe and North America
by a number of distinct forms, some of which are terrestrial while
others are aquatic or subaquatic in habit. A new impetus to study
these forms has been given by the publication of Schiffner’s “ Kritik
der europäischen Formen der Gattung Chiloscyphus auf phylogene-
tischer Grundlage." ! In this paper six species are recognized, three
being terrestrial and three aquatic. The terrestrial species include
Ch. pallescens, Ch. polyanthus, and Ch. ascendens, while the aquatic
species include Ch. fragilis, Ch. rivularis, and Ch. Nordstedti. With
the exception of the last these species are all definitely known from
North America. Schiffner's interpretation differs in certain respects
from that given by K. Müller in his * Lebermoose Deutschlands,
Oesterreichs und der Schweiz." ? According to his conclusions Ch.
pallescens, Ch. polyanthus, Ch. ascendens, and Ch. Nordstedtii represent
elementary species, or “kleine Arten"; Ch. fragilis and Ch. rivularis,
on the other hand, are nothing more than inconstant varieties of Ch.
polyanthus. Müller's position is upheld by Macvicar,? who includes
both these aquatic forms under Ch. polyanthus as varieties and yet
admits Ch. pallescens as a species. Ch. ascendens and Ch. Nordstedtii,
not having been reported from the British Isles, are not considered by
this author. In the opinion of the writer Schiffner's segregation of
Ch. fragilis and Ch. rivularis seems warranted, in view of the evidence
at hand and of the prevalent tendency to recognize “kleine Arten."

1 Beih. zum Bot. Centralbl. 29?: 74-116. pl. 1,2. 1912.

? Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen-Flora 6; 822-826. 1911.
3 Student's Handb. of British Hepatics 240, 241. 1912.

210 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

At the same time it must be admitted that culture experiments in the
future may necessitate different interpretations. With regard to Oh.
ascendens the evidence is less convincing; the diagnostic characters
separating it from Ch. pallescens are both vague and inconstant, and
the writer is still inclined to deny it recognition as a species. In any
case the discussion given below of these three plants, all of which are
widely distributed in eastern North America, may prove of interest.
The present paper records also several Hepaticae which are new to
New England, the most noteworthy of which is perhaps the rare
northern species Neesiella pilosa. In conclusion several additions to
local state floras are reported.

1. NEESIELLA PILOSA (Hornem.) Schiffn. Hedwigia 47:314. 1908.
On a ledge at base of cliff. Willoughby Mountain, Willoughby,
Vermont (F. G. Floyd, 1898). New to New England, but recently
reported from Bic, Quebec (J. F. Collins) and previously known in
North America from Greenland. The range of the species extends
across northern Europe into Siberia. The characteristics of this
interesting plant were given by the writer in the Bryologist for Septem-
ber, 1911, so that it is unnecessary to repeat them here. The Vermont
specimens are very fragmentary. A single carpocephalum with a
weathered thallus was received from W. G. Farlow several years ago,
but although its reference to N. pilosa seemed probable, it was con-
sidered unwise to base a definite record upon it. Fortunately more
complete material, obtained from the herbarium of G. G. Kennedy,
has since been received from Miss Lorenz.

2. Lornozi4 Hatcuert (Evans) Steph. Bull. de l'Herb. Boissier
II. 2:159. 1902. Jungermannia Hatcheri Evans, Bull. Torrey Club
25: 417. pl. 346, f. 1-7. 1898. Lophozia Baueriana Schiffn. Lotos 51:
(9). 1903. Barbilophozia Hatcheri Loeske, Verhandl. Bot. Ver.
Prov. Brandenburg 49: 37. 1907. "The writer has already noted this
species, under the name L. Baueriana, from a single New England
locality, namely: Little Saddleback Mountain, Franklin County,
Maine (Chamberlain & Knowlton) No other New England stations
can as yet be reported, but Conklin has recently shown that the species
has a wide range in North America, extending from Quebec to British
Columbia and California? The synonymy given above is now pretty

1 RuoponRA 10: 188. 1908. A few additional synonyms may be found here.
2 Bryologist 15: 12. 1912.

1912] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,—X 211

widely accepted in Europe, in spite of the fact that L. Hatcheri is an
antarctic species, while L. Baueriana is northern in its distribution,
no intermediate stations for the plant being known. The first sug-
gestion that the two species were synonymous is due to Loeske.

3. LopHozIA HETEROCOLPA (Thed.) M. A. Howe, Mem. Torrey
Club 7: 108. 1899.! On a wet rock containing magnesium. Round
Mountain, Franklin County, Maine (Miss Lorenz, 1912). Widely
distributed in Europe and northern Asia. 'The range in North Amer-
ica is still incompletely known, but the species has already been
reported from Greenland, Ellesmere Land, Yukon, Alaska, Ontario,
Wisconsin, Minnesota, British Columbia, and California. L. heter-
ocolpa belongs to a group of closely related species, of which L.
Mueller? (Nees) Dumort. is usually regarded as the type. This group
has recently been defined by K. Müller as a subgenus of Lophozia,
under the name Leiocolea? At the present time only two other
members of this subgenus, L. badensis (Gottsche) Schiffn. and L.
Kaurini (Limpr.) Steph., are definitely known from New England,’
although others are surely to be expected. "The occurrence of gem-
mae, borne on upright shoots with differentiated leaves, will serve to
distinguish L. heterocolpa from most of its allies. The gemmiparous
shoots bear some resemblance to those of L. attenuata (Mart.) Dumort.,
a member of the subgenus Barbilophozia, the modified leaves being
erect and more or less appressed to the stem. These leaves, however,
which are in three ranks, are definitely bilobed with dentate or lacerate
margins, while the gemmae themselves are ellipsoid bodies. In L.
attenuata the gemmiparous leaves are in only two ranks, they are
truncate at the apex and shortly but irregularly two- or three-lobed,
and the gemmae are more or less angular. In the subgenus Leiocolea
the only other species in which gemmae have been described is Lopho-
zia harpanthoides Bryhn & Kaalaas,* known from Ellesmere Land,
Greenland, and King Oscar Land. In this arctic plant the leaf-cells
are a little smaller than in L. heterocolpa, although their trigones are
better developed. The gemmae also are said to differ in their sub-
reniform outline and purple color, those of L. heterocolpa being usually
constricted in the middle and reddish brown. Aside from the absence

1 A full synonymy may be found here.

? Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen-Flora 6: 711. 1910.

! See Evans, Ruopora 12: 197, 198. 1910.

* Rep. Second Norwegian Arctic Exped. in the ''Fram"' 11: 31. 1906.

212 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

of gemmae L. Muelleri can be distinguished from L. heterocolpa by the
sharper lobes of the leaves, by the slightly larger leaf-cells, and by the
smaller trigones. In most other respects the two species are very
much alike and have often been confused.

4. Lopuozia optusa (Lindb.) Evans, Proc. Wash. Acad. 2: 303.
1899. Jungermannia obtusa Lindb. Musc. Scand. 7. 1879. On a
shaded bank, mixed with mosses. Round Mountain, Franklin
County, Maine (Miss Lorenz, 1912). 'The third North American
station for the species, the other two being at much higher latitudes,
in Alaska and Ellesmere Land, respectively. The plant is widely
distributed in Europe but is nowhere abundant. It has not yet been
reported from Asia. Since L. obtusa is figured and fully described in
the recent manuals of K. Müller and Macvicar, only its most striking
peculiarities need be mentioned here. The plants rarely grow in
pure mats but usually straggle through tufts of other bryophytes.
They vary in color from yellowish to dark green and bear a superficial
resemblance, as Müller has pointed out, to the much commoner L.
barbata (Schmid.) Dumort. The leaves, however, will at once separate
the species. Instead of being four-lobed, as is usual in L. barbata,
they are almost invariably only two-lobed, and the lobes are further
characterized by being rounded or very obtuse at the apex. In most
cases the postical lobe is a little larger than the antical, and there
is a tendency on slender stems for the lobes to be somewhat sharper
than is normal. Fortunately robust stems with the lobes in typical
condition are usually present. The underleaves are very rudimentary
and cannot easily be demonstrated. "This peculiarity, the absence of
specialized gemmiparous shoots, and the larger size will at once dis-
tinguish L. obtusa from L. heterocolpa, in which also the lobes are
normally blunt. In spite of its bilobed leaves L. obtusa apparently
belongs in the subgenus Barbilophozia and is placed there both by
Müller and by Macvicar. The Maine specimens of L. obtusa and of
L. heterocolpa were determined by Miss Lorenz, who has kindly sup-
plied the writer with illustrative material.

5. CnmiLoscyPHUS ASCENDENS (Hook. & Wils.) Sulliv.; Gray's
Manual, Ed. I. 691. 1848. Jungermannia ascendens Hook. & Wils.;
Drummond, Musc. Amer. St. Merid. 165. 1841. The original
material of this supposed species was collected by Drummond at St.
Louis, Missouri, and distributed, as indicated above, in his second
series of exsiccatae. Soon afterwards Sullivant detected it at Colum-

1912] Evans, — Notes on New England Hepaticae,—X 213

bus, Ohio, and before long it was found to have a wide distribution in
the United States and Canada. In distinguishing Ch. ascendens
Sullivant laid most stress on the long and irregularly lacerate-toothed
lobes of the perianth, those of the allied Ch. polyanthus being short
and nearly entire. His figure! does not show these lobes very clearly
but brings out the fact that the calyptra is enclosed by the perianth
even after the capsule has been extruded. In Ch. polyanthus, as
European writers have always insisted, the calyptra projects beyond
the perianth at maturity. Although Ch. polyanthus was the only
species with which Sullivant definitely compared Ch. ascendens, Nees
von Esenbeck ? had already recognized two species which might well
have been considered in connection with it. These were Ch. pallescens
(Ehrh.) Dumort. and Ch. lophocoleoides Nees, the latter proposed as a
new species. In Ch. pallescens the calyptra was said to be frequently
exserted, while in Ch. lophocoleoides it was said to remain hidden within
the perianth. Ch. lophocoleoides never received much recognition as a
species and at the present time is regarded by most writers as a form
or poorly characterized variety of Ch. pallescens. This implies of
course that the perianth of Ch. pallescens is subject to considerable
variation in length, being sometimes shorter than the calyptra and
sometimes longer, and the natural inference would be that Ch. as-
cendens was even more closely related to Ch. pallescens than to Ch.
polyanthus. About eight years ago the writer? called attention to
this close relationship and showed further that no constant differential
characters could be drawn from the underleaves, as certain writers
had attempted to do. It was therefore suggested that Ch. ascendens
should be regarded as a simple synonym of Ch. pallescens.

Since this time, however, Stephani, as well as K. Müller and
Schiffner, has accepted Ch. ascendens as a valid species, distinct from
Ch. pallescens, although Schiffner is careful to designate it as a kleine
Art,” closely related to both Ch. pallescens and Ch. polyanthus and to
a certain extent intermediate between them. According to Schiffner's
statements it differs from Ch. pallescens not only in its larger perianth
but also in its smaller leaf-cells, the latter approaching in size those of
Ch. polyanthus. At the same time he admits that the leaf-cells in

! Gray's Manual Ed. II. pl. 7. 1850.

? Naturgeschichte der europ. Lebermoose 2: 364. 1836.
3? Ruopona 7: 54. 1905.

* Bull. del'Herb. Boissier IT. 8: 144. 1908.

214 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Ch. pallescens are subject to more or less variation, being sometimes
no larger than in Ch. polyanthus, and he intimates that some of the
European forms which have been included under Ch. pallescens and
which have perianths equalling the calyptra in length ought perhaps to
be referred to Ch. ascendens rather than to Ch. pallescens. He further
confirms the statement of K. Müller that the Siberian variety grandi-
calyx Lindb. & Arnell,! included by its authors under Ch. polyanthus,
really represents Ch. ascendens, so that the known range of the plant is
northern North America and Asia with a possible extension into
Europe.

Although Schiffner separates Ch. ascendens from its allies on the basis
of two differences only, Stephani and K. Müller find further differen-
tial characters in the male inflorescence. According to Stephani the
androecia form slender branches arising from the stem, the bracts
being small and saccate with an obtuse antical lobule. K. Müller
describes male branches of the same type, adding that they arise in
the axils of the underleaves and that they can easily be overlooked on
account of their minute size. According to him the bracts are ovate
with a lunulate sinus and a basal inflexed lobe which encloses a single
antheridium. He also states that antheridia are often borne at the
bases of leaves on normal branches, a type of inflorescence characteris-
tic of Ch. polyanthus, Ch. pallescens, and the other members of the
genus Chiloscyphus, as recently restricted by Schiffner.! On the basis
of these observations Miiller concludes that Ch. ascendens is a con-
necting link between the restricted Chiloscyphus and Heteroscyphus,?
a genus segregated by Schiffner from the comprehensive genus Chilo-
scyphus, as defined by the older writers. In Heteroscyphus, which is
made up largely of tropical and antarctic species, the male branches
are invariably small and specialized. Schiffner hesitates to accept the
descriptions of the androecia as given by Stephani and Müller and
states that he has never found a male inflorescence in Ch. ascendens
which differs from the normal Chiloscyphus type. He therefore
refuses to admit that Ch. ascendens is intermediate between Chilo-
scyphus and Heteroscyphus. In examining a large series of specimens
from various parts of North America the writer has seen nothing to
contradict the statements of Schiffner, all of the androecia found
agreeing closely with those in typical Chiloscyphus species. What

1 Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand. 235: 24. 1889.
! Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 60: 169. 1910.

1912] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,—X 215

the short male branches described by Stephani and Miiller really
represent is difficult to determine. Possibly they belong to some
other species mixed with the plant in question. In any case, if they
are never produced by the true Ch. ascendens, one of the most im-
portant differences between this species and its allies falls away.

Müller adds further that the female inflorescence is borne on a
branch springing from the axil of an underleaf, that the perichaetial
bracts equal in size or exceed the other leaves, and that their margins
are not toothed but often bear gemmae in small numbers. He finds
gemmae also on the lobes of the perianth and on the male bracts and
compares them with the gemmae of Lophocolea minor Nees. The
writer has sought in vain to confirm these various statements. He
finds instead that the female branches are always lateral, that the
perichaetial bracts are smaller than the normal leaves and variously
lobed or cleft, and that no gemmae whatever can be demonstrated.
Here again the possibility of an admixture in Miiller’s material sug-
gests itself.

It will be seen from the foregoing remarks that Ch. ascendens is
based on very vague characters. Even the differences in the size of
the leaf-cells, upon which Schiffner places most reliance, are open to
criticism. In the specimens distributed by Underwood and Cook,}!
for example, which are cited by Schiffner as belonging to Ch. ascendens,
the marginal cells average 35 u in width and the median cells about
50 u in length. And yet in the Californian specimens collected by
Baker and Nutting and referred by Schiffner to Ch. pallescens the
cells give almost identical measurements. By computing averages
from four specimens determined by Schiffner as Ch. ascendens the
marginal cells were again found to measure 35 u in width, while the
median cells were only 47 u in length. Similar averages from four
specimens referred to Ch. pallescens yielded 35 u for the marginal cells
and 51 u for the median cells. A mean difference of only 4 u in the
length of the median leaf-cells is surely of very slight significance,
especially in plants where the cells are subject to so much variation
in size.

On a cursory examination the perianths still seem to yield differential
characters of importance. In a typical Ch. pallescens these organs
are small and deeply trifid with more or less spiny lobes. The lobes

1! Hep. Amer. 725.

216 Rhodora * [NOVEMBER

are erect or more or less spreading and the portion of the perianth
below them is cylindrical or slightly flaring in the upper part. As the
capsule approaches maturity the calyptra grows out beyond the
perianth. In Ch. ascendens the perianth is large and only slightly
trifid, although the margins are much the same as in typical Ch.
pallescens. The lobes themselves sometimes spread widely and some-
times bend inwards until almost in contact. The portion of the
perianth below the lobes is strongly inflated but sometimes presents
the appearance of being contracted in the upper part. Even at
maturity the perianth exceeds the calyptra in length. Between these
two extremes, however, are numerous intermediate conditions.
Some of these are noted by Schiffner, who states that he does not
attach very great importance to differences in the size or form of the
perianth or in the relative lengths of perianth and calyptra. Under
Ch. lophocoleoides, for example, which he considers a variety of Ch.
pallescens, he calls attention to plants from Tirol and Salzburg in
which the perianth agrees essentially with that of Ch. ascendens, while
the leaf-cells are larger than in what he considers the typical form of
that species. Under Ch. ascendens he notes a plant from Norway
with the cells of Ch. ascendens and a perianth approaching that of the
same species but a little smaller and less inflated than in the American
and Siberian specimens which he had studied. These are the forms
which he suggests may belong to Ch. ascendens, although he leaves
their determination in doubt.

The writer in his own experience has sometimes found very diverse
perianths even in a single tuft of plants. In fact the range of varia-
tion is so wide and at the same time so indefinite that it seems im-
possible to separate Ch. ascendens from Ch. pallescens on the basis of
characters drawn from the perianth. "There are, indeed, intermediate
forms between the two extremes which one student might refer to
Ch. ascendens but which another student with equal reason might
refer to Ch. pallescens. This being the case it seems advisable to
include Ch. ascendens under Ch. pallescens as a slightly aberrant form.
There is even a question as to whether Ch. pallescens ought to be
separated specifically from Ch. polyanthus. Schiffner considers it a
matter of taste whether it be looked upon as a “kleine Art," a sub-
species, or a variety. The difference in the size of the leaf-cells is the
only character in which he places much confidence, and this he admits
is far from constant. If, however, Ch. ascendens is included under

1912] | Evans— Notes on New England Hepaticae, — X 217

Ch. pallescens the species will then present a range of variability in the
perianth which far exceeds anything found in Ch. polyanthus. It
seems logical, therefore, to recognize Ch. pallescens, at least as a
“kleine Art.”

6. CHILOSCYPHUS FRAGILIS (Roth) Schiffn. Lotos 58: (27). 1910;
Beih. zum ‘Bot. Centralbl. 29?; 90. pl. 1, f. 7-14; pl. 2, f. 20, 21.
1912. Jungermannia fragilis Roth, Fl. Germ. 3!: 370. 1800.
Chiloscyphus polyanthus, var. erectus Schiffn. Lotos 48: 332. 1900.
Ch. polyanthus, var. fragilis C. Müll. Frib.; Rabenhorst's Kryptoga-
men-Flora 6:823. 1911. In pools, slow streams, and wet meadows.
Maine: Auburn (E. D. Merrill); Round Mountain Lake, Franklin
County (Miss Lorenz). New Hampshire: Fraconia Notch (A. W. E.).
Massachusetts: Magnolia (W. G. Farlow). Connecticut: Bethany,
Middletown, Winchester, and Windsor (A. W. E.); Killingworth
(G. E. Nichols). The Massachusetts station has already been recorded
by Schiffner. Until very recently the aquatic and subaquatic forms
of Chiloscyphus were indiscriminately referred to Ch. polyanthus, var.
rivularis. A few years ago, however, Warnstorf! brought out the
fact that these forms exhibited considerable diversity, and Loeske ?
soon afterwards restricted the name rivularis to a definite series of
forms, separating them from Ch. polyanthus as a distinct species (see
below). The remaining forms included by the older writers under the
variety rivularis have since been more clearly defined by Schiffner,
who has revived for the series the old name fragilis, as indicated above,
and restored it to specific rank.

According to Schiffner’s description Ch. fragilis is considerably
larger than its allies, the stems being thick and fleshy and the leaves
often attaining a length of 2 mm. or more. The stems are rarely
branched, the leaves are rotund-quadrate in outline and usually as
broad as long, while the leaf-cells in typical forms of the species are
among the largest in the genus, measuring 35-40 u just within the
margin. In the American variety Sullwantit Schiffn., however, he
recognizes a form in which the submarginal cells are only 30 u in
diameter. The perianth agrees closely with that of Ch. polyanthus
and is far surpassed by the calyptra when the capsule reaches maturity.

The variety Sullivantii, based upon Sullivant's Musci Alleg. No.
248, seems to be not uncommon in New England. The Massachu-

1 Kryptogamenfl. der Mark Brandenburg 1: 252. 1902.
? Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Porv. Branbendurg 46: 172. 1904.

218 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

setts specimen is referred to this variety by Schiffner himself and agrees
closely with most of the specimens from Connecticut. Instead of
growing in quiet pools, where typical forms of the species flourish, the
variety grows on rocks and stones in brooks. Schiffner states that no
similar form has been found in Europe and suggests that the American
plant ought perhaps to be raised to specific rank. Aside from the
slightly smaller leaf-cells, however, it seems to show no good differ-
tial characters, and it is probable that the differences in the size of the
cells are associated in some way with the differences in habitat. In
any case the writer is inclined for the present to include the var.
Sullivantii among the forms of Ch. fragilis.

Although there is usually little difficulty in recognizing CA. fragilis,
the diagnostic characters, as indicated above, are drawn from differ-
ences in general appearance, in habit, and in size, rather than from
morphological or structural differences. Even the size of the leaf-cells,
which Schiffner emphasizes especially, is subject to considerable
variation, and the differences in the form of the leaves are too slight
and too inconstant to be considered seriously. According to Müller
the characteristic features of Ch. fragilis are due entirely to environ-
mental factors and disappear when the plant establishes itself in drier
localities. Under these circumstances, in his opinion, the plant
becomes quite indistinguishable from Ch. polyanthus. Schiffner shows
pretty conclusively that this is not the case. He describes a variety
subterrestris of Ch. fragilis, which grew in a locality alternately wet
and dry, and shows that this is distinct from Ch. polyanthus. He
admits also a variety submersus Loeske of Ch. polyanthus, which has
slightly larger cells than the typical form of the species but which is
evidently distinct from Ch. fragilis. According to Macvicar, who
retains Ch. fragilis as a variety under Ch. polyanthus, the plant is even
closer to Ch. pallescens and cannot always be distinguished from it.
He emphasizes the more opaque and rarely emarginate leaves, those
of Ch. pallescens being translucent and frequently emarginate.

Aside from the New England stations listed above, Ch. fragilis may
be recorded from the following North American localities: Torbay,
Newfoundland (Howe & Lang, 1358); near Montreal, Quebec (Du-
pret); Port Renfrew, Vancouver Island (Miss Gibbs); Tacoma,
Washington (Flett); Yosemite Valley, California (Cooke); Tate Mine,
near Marysvale, Utah (Jones). 'The last named specimen belongs
to the variety calcareus Schiffn.

1912] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,—X 219

7. CHILOSCYPHUS RIVULARIS (Schrad.) Loeske, Verhandl. Bot.
Ver. Prov. Brandenburg 46: 172. 1904. Jungermannia pallescens, 8
rivularis Schrad. Syst. Samml. Krypt. Gew. 2: 7. 1797. Chiloscy-
phus polyanthus, 8 rivularis Nees, Naturgeschichte der europ. Le-
berm. 2: 374. 1836. Submerged in brooks, sometimes exposed to
the air through the drying up of the water. New Hampshire: Shel-
burne (W. G. Farlow); Waterville (Miss Lorenz). Vermont: Jerico
(A. W. E.); Newfane (A. J. Grout). Massachusetts: Lynn, Reading,
and Woburn (C. C. Kingman). Rhode Island: Cranston (J. F.
Collins, 1851a). Connecticut: New Haven and Ledyard (A. W. E.);
Bolton, East Haven, Portland, and Stafford (G. E. Nichols); Canter-
bury (Mrs. Hadley); Plainfield (J. L. Sheldon). Widely distributed
in North America, the known range extending from Newfoundland
west to British Columbia and south to Pennsylvania and California.

The present species, as understood by Schiffner, is apparently the
most abundant representative of the genus in North America as well
as in Europe. In its most typical condition the shoots, which are
about half as large as in Ch. fragilis, develop numerous widely spread-
ing branches, the leaves are deep green in color and longer than broad,
while the leaf-cells are small, averaging about 25 u in the middle of the
leaf. The perianth is much the same as in Ch. polyanthus, and the
calyptra is exserted at maturity. Apparently perianths are never
produced when the plants are completely submerged but only when
they are more or less exposed to the air. This fact is brought out by
Schiffner, who also calls attention to the changed appearance of the
plants under these circumstances. The branches, for example, are
less numerous and spread more obliquely, while the leaves become
more crowded and acquire a paler and more yellowish hue. In other
words these subterrestrial modifications (forma subterrestris Schiffn.)
show a striking resemblance to ordinary Ch. polyanthus. According
to Müller they actually represent Ch. polyanthus and he therefore
considers Ch. rivularis a mere environmental form and unworthy of
recognition as a species. Schiffner, on the other hand, maintains
that his position (which is also that of Loeske) is correct and that the
subterrestrial forms of Ch. rivularis merely resemble Ch. polyanthus
superficially without losing their specific characteristics. He points
out, among other things, that they still retain their small leaf-cells
although he admits that the cells are not quite so small as in typical
submerged conditions. He describes, however, a new submerged

220 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

variety (var. subteres Schiffn.) in which the cells are fully as large as in
the subterrestrial modification of the typical form. According to his
account this variety also passes over into a subterrestrial condition,
which he implies is quite indistinguishable from that of the typical
form. He supports his position still further by citing a locality in-
Bohemia where typical Ch. polyanthus and the subterrestrial form of
Ch. rivularis grow side by side and even intermingled without passing
into each other. Schiffner regards Ch. rivularis as a species with a
wider range of variability than is ascribed to it by Loeske and con-
siders this variability as one of the peculiarities of the plant.

In North America the typical Ch. rivularis seems to have been
rarely collected. Much of the material examined by the writer
belongs to the variety subteres, characterized not only by its larger
leaf-cells but also by its less squarrose branches and by its larger and
more crowded leaves. The latter are not explanate as in the normal
form of the species but are more or less ascending and often give the
branches a subterete appearance. The forma subterrestris, also, is
known from a number of localities. Although Ch. polyanthus has
been recorded from each of the New England states, the exclusion of
the forms now referred to Ch. fragilis and Ch. rivularis reduces the
number of New England stations which the writer can definitely
quote to two, namely: Katahdin Iron Works, Maine (E. D. Merrill)
and Brookfield, Connecticut (A. W. E.). Ch. pallescens seems to be
more abundant. Specimens have been examined from Maine, New
Hampshire, Massachusetts, and Connecticut, and the species is
reported also from Rhode Island (under the name Ch. ascendens) in
Bennett’s “Plants of Rhode Island.”

8. CEPHALOZIELLA BIFIDA (Schreb.) Schiffn. Lotos 48: 340. 1900.
Jungermannia bifida Schreb.; Schmidel, Icon. Plant. et Anal. Ed.
II. 250 (footnote). pl. 64, f. II. 1797. Cephalozia bifida Lindb.
Musc. Scand. 4. 1879. On sandy and turfy earth. Massachu-
setts: Magnolia (W. G. Farlow); Reading (C. C. Kingman). Con-
necticut: Hamden and Middlefield (4. W. E.); East Hartford and
Groton (Miss Lorenz). The determinations of C. bifida and of the
following species of Cephaloziella were made by Professor Douin, of
Chartres, France. At the present time the limits of C. bifida are not
clearly understood, so that it is difficult to give an idea of its geo-
graphical distribution. It has been reported, however, from numer-
ous scattered localities in Europe, Asia, and North America.

1912] Evans, — Notes on New England Hepaticae,—X 221

According to Maevicar! C. bifida should include C. Hampeana
(Nees) Schiffn. as a synonym, but both Schiffner and Douin advocate
keeping them apart, at least tentatively. The species shares with
C. Hampeana its autoicous inflorescence, its bifid leaves with entire
lobes and its sparingly dentate or subentire bracts and bracteoles.
The leaves, however, as Schiffner points out, are smaller than those
of C. Hampeana, the lobes are narrower, being usually only four cells
wide at the base, the sinus is also narrower because the lobes spread
less widely, and the leaf-cells have thicker walls. Whether the plant
is actually the same as Jungermannia bifida Schreb. is perhaps doubt-
ful. Lindberg considered that they were probably identical but did
not state that he had examined an authentic specimen of Schreber’s
plant. This was described and figured from German specimens,
but although the original account indicates a species of Cephaloziella, it
does not point to any definite species with certainty. The synonymy
of the plant, on the whole, is in need of further elucidation.

9. CEPHALOZIELLA BYSSACEA (Roth) Warnst. Kryptogamenfl.
der Mark Brandenburg 1: 224.. 1902. Jungermannia byssacea
Roth, Fl. Germ. 3': 307. 1800. J. divaricata Smith; Sowerby, Eng.
Bot. pl. 719. 1800. Cephalozia byssacea Dumort. Recueil d’Obs.
sur les Jung. 18. 1835. Jungermannia Starkii Nees, Naturgeschichte
der europ. Leberm. 2: 223. 1836. Cephalozia Stark Dumort.;
Cogniaux, Bull. Soc. roy. Bot. de Belgique 10: 285. 1872. Cepha-
lozia divaricata Dumort. Hep. Europ. 89. 1874. C. divaricata,
B Stark? Spruce, On Cephalozia 64. 1882. Cephaloziella divaricata
Schiffn.; Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 13: 99. 1895. Ce-
phaloziella Starki? Schiffn. Lotos 48: 341. 1900. On rocks, banks,
sandy earth, and rotten logs. New Hampshire; Lower Greeley Pond,
Waterville (M?ss Lorenz). Massachusetts: Gloucester (W. G. Farlow);
Saugus (C. G. Kingman). Connecticut: New Haven (J. A. Allen);
East Haven, North Haven, and Ledyard (A. W. E.); Vernon (G. E.
Nichols). The East Haven specimens were distributed in Underwood
& Cook’s Hep. Amer. 155, as Cephalozia divaricata. The species is
very widely distributed in Europe, Asia, and North America.

At the present time three names are being used for the above plant,
namely: C. byssacea, C. divaricata, and C. Starkii. Those who use the
first name follow the authority of Heeg,? who studied Roth’s original

1 Student's Handb. of British Hepatics 275. 1912.
2 Verhandl. der k. k. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien 43: 96. 1893.

222 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

material in the Lindenberg herbarium and pronounced it identical with
Jungermannia Starkii Nees. Those who use the second name may
well base their choice on the statements of Spruce,! who examined
Smith's original specimens, collected *on heaths, near Holt, Nov.
1798," by Rev. Mr. Francis, and found that they too were identical
with J. Starkii. Those who use the third name maintain that both
byssacea and divaricata have been used in so many different senses
that the names no longer have definite meanings. The adherents
of the first two names, according to the principles of priority, seem to
have more in their favor. Unfortunately both J. byssacea and J.
divaricata were published in the same year, 1800, so that the employ-
ment of either must rest on a purely arbitrary choice. In selecting
byssacea rather than divaricata the writer merely follows the example
of Warnstorf and Macvicar.

In its restricted sense C. byssacea is characterized by a dioicous
inflorescence, by entire leaf-lobes, by more or less distinct underleaves,
and by sharply toothed bracts and bracteoles. The older writers,
however, including Spruce, understood the species in a much broader
sense, including under it C. Hampeana, C. bifida, C. papillosa, and
probably other species which are now considered distinct. The older
records of C. byssacea (and C. divaricata), therefore, should not be
accepted without re-examination.

10. CEPHALOZIELLA PAPILLOSA (Douin) Schiffn. Oesterr. Bot.
Zeitschr. 65: (5). 1905. Cephalozia asperifolia C. Jens. Meddel.
om Grønland 15: 372. f. 1-5. 1898. C. divaricata, var. scabra M.
A. Howe, Mem. Torrey Club 7: 129. 1899. C. papillosa Douin
Rev. Bryol. 28: 72. 1901. Cephaloziella Douinii Schiffn.; Douin,
l. c. (in obs). Cephalozia asprella Steph. Bull. de l'Herb. Boissier
II. 8: 507. 1908. Cephaloziella byssacea, var. asperifolia Macv.
Student's Handb. British Hepatics 275. 1912. On rocks. Melrose,
Massachusetts (C. C. Kingman). Meriden, Connecticut (Miss
Lorenz). New to New England. Widely distributed in Europe
and North America. 'The present species, although striking in
appearance when typical, is very closely related to C. byssacea.
It is characterized by its rough leaves, the roughness being due
to small cuticular papillae or to larger outgrowths composed of one
or more projecting cells. Oftentimes the margins of the lobes are
more or less dentate or even spinose-dentate at the base. Unfortu-

t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. II. 4: 112. 1849.

1912] Evans,— Notes on New England Hepaticae,— X 223

nately these peculiarities are not always present, many of the leaves
being smooth and with entire lobes, and the occurrence of plants of
this character makes it difficult to define C. papillosa sharply. The
diffieulty is clearly stated by Howe, in his account of the variety
scabra, and deterred him from describing the plant as a distinct species.
Even Douin and Schiffner, who admit its validity, do so tentatively
and state expressly that it is nothing more than a “kleine Art," or a
species in process of formation. Possibly the roughness of the leaves
is brought about by external factors, and Douin suggests that it may
be associated with a slow growth of the plant and with the development
of gemmae.! This idea, however, can be regarded as nothing more
than an hypothesis, especially since smooth and rough forms sometimes
grow together and since smooth forms sometimes produce gemmae.

It will appear from the synonymy that the specific name asperifolia
is older than papillosa. Unfortunately the first name is not available,
on account of an earlier Cephalozia asperifolia (Tayl.) Spruce,? from
the Madeira Islands. "This plant is known at the present time from
Taylor's original description only. On the basis of this description
Spruce first referred the species to the genus Anthelia? but afterwards
transferred it to the subgenus Prionolobus of the genus Cephalozia.
Stephani retains it in the same position. According to Mitten?
the Madeira species is synonymous with T'rigonanthus dentatus (Raddi)
Mitt., but this idea is not tenable because 7. dentatus has a smooth
cuticle. Schiffner® suggests that Jungermannia asperifolia "Tayl.
and Cephalozia asperifolia C. Jens. may possibly be identical. Of
course, if this should ever be proved to be the case, the name asperi-
folia could then be revived for the present species.

1l. ANTHOCEROS CAROLINIANUS Michx. Fl. Bor.-Amer. 2: 280.
1803. On a log, at the border of a pond. New Haven, Connecticut
(G. E. Nichols). In Howe's monograph on the Anthocrotaceae of
North America he cites sterile specimens of an Anthoceros from New
Haven, collected by D. C. Eaton, which he refers somewhat doubtfully
to A. carolinianus.” The present specimens are fertile and agree

1 Bull. Soc. Bot. France 52: 147. 1905.

? Hep. Amaz. et And. 508 (footnote). 1885. (= Jungermannia asperifolia Tayl.
Lond. Jour. Bot. 5: 277. 1846.)

3 On Cephalozia 83. 1882.

‘Bull. de l'Herb. Boissier II. 8: 508. 1908.

s Godman's Nat. Hist. Azores 318. 1870.

* Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 55: (6). 1905.
7 Bull. Torrey Club 24: 7. 1898.

224 Rhodora [NovEMBER

closely with Howe's description and with authentic material, so that
the species may now be definitely recorded as a member of the New
England flora. As Howe explicitly states, 4. caroliniamus is very
close to 4. levis L. and ought perhaps to be regarded as an aquatic
or subaquatic modification of the commoner species. It is, however,
considerably larger, the involucres are longer and scarcely or not at
all expanded at the mouth, and the capsules are relatively more slen-
der. In other respects the two species are much the same. The
range of A. carolinianus is typically southern and Howe reports it
from numerous localities in the Southern States.

The additions to local state floras, not already mentioned in the
preceding pages, are as follows: —

For Maine. Pallavicinia Flotowiana, Pellia N eesiana, Cephalo-
ziella elachista, Scapania apiculata, and S. subalpina; Round Moun-
tain Lake and vicinity, Franklin County (Miss Lorenz).

For Vermont. Calypogeia sphagnicola, C. tenuis, Cephalozia
fluitans, and Lophozia marchica; Franklin (Miss Lorenz). Scapania
curta; Rochester (D. L. Dutton). It should be noted also that the
Vermont record for Lepidozia setacea may now be definitely marked
with the sign “+”, the necessary specimens having been collected by
Miss Lorenz.

For Massachusetts. Cephaloziella Sullivantii; Reading (C. C.
Kingman). —Lophocolea minor; Stoneham and Woburn (C.. C,
Kingman).

For Rhode Island. In Bennett's *Plants of Rhode Island,"
published in 1888, the following species of Hepaticae are among those
recorded: Riccia lamellosa, Fossombronia angulosa, Jungermannia
Helleriana, Lejeunea serpyllifolia, L. echinata, and Radula tenaz.
These species were all omitted from the writer's “Preliminary List of
New England Hepaticae,” ! because there was so much uncertainty
about them. It is perhaps advisable, however, to record them with
the sign "—". If this is done Riccia lamellosa should be listed as R.
Austini, Fossombronia angulosa as F. salina, Jungermannia Helleriana
as Sphenolobus Hellerianus, Lejeunea serpyllifolia as L. cavifolia, and
L. echinata as Cololejeunea Biddlecomiae. Another species, reported
by Bennett under the name Coleochila Taylori is cited in the “ Pre-
liminary List" as Mylia Taylori. This probably represents M.

1 Ruopona 5: 170-173. 1903.

1912] Fernald and Wiegand,— A Variety of Chelone glabra 225

anomala and should be so listed. There are still twenty-five Rhode
Island species which are known to the writer through published
records only.

For Connecticut. Lophozia marchica; Bethany (Miss Lorenz).

The census of New England Hepaticae now stands as follows:
Total number of species recorded, 177; number recorded from Maine,
123; from New Hampshire, 130; from Vermont, 109; from Massa-
chusetts, 96; from Rhode Island, 77; from Connecticut, 134; com-
mon to all six states, 52.

YALE UNIVERSITY.

A NORTHEASTERN VARIETY OF CHELONE GLABRA.
M. L. Fernatp AND K. M. WIEGAND.

Tue common Chelone glabra from New England to Kentucky and
the region of the Great Lakes has leaves of a more or less lanceolate
outline, gradually tapering to a long slender tip and ordinarily nar-
rowed to a very short-petioled base. This common plant, judging
from the Linnean description, * Chelone foliis lanceolatis serratis," !
is typical C. glabra.

In Newfoundland, Prince Edward Island, northern Maine and
Quebec, however, specimens of Chelone show a general tendency to-
ward a more oblong-ovate outline of the leaves and lower bracts.
The bases of the upper leaves and foliaceous bracts are also com-
monly rounded or even occasionally subcordate. On comparing
this broad-leaved northern extreme with the more southern typical
C. glabra it becomes apparent that in a majority of the specimens of
the broad-leaved extreme the leaves increase in size to the base of the
inflorescence, while in the plant with the lanceolate leaves tapering
to the petiole the leaves at or near the middle of the stem are larger
than those above. Occasional specimens in each series, however,
occur with the middle and upper leaves nearly uniform in size. The
outline of the leaves is somewhat variable in each series, showing occa-
sional transitions, so that, although the majority of the specimens

1 L., Sp. Pl. 611 (1753).

226 Rhodora [NovEMBER.

in the two series seem as readily separable as are C. glabra and C.
obliqua, in the absence of any other characters the broad-leaved
northern plant seems best treated as a geographical variety. This
tendency to a development of large upper leaves and foliaceous bracts
in C. glabra is paralleled in the same geographic area by several other
cases; for example, Eupatorium purpureum, var. foliosum Fernald
and Solidago rugosa, var. villosa (Pursh) Fernald.

The broad-leaved extreme of Chelone glabra seems not to have been
definitely recognized in literature, although it is probable that Hooker’s
description in the Flora Boreali-Americana of C. glabra: “foliis ovato-
lanceolatis" ! was based at least in part upon it, while his “var. 8
lanceolata Nutt." was apparently the more widely distributed narrow-
leaved plant. This interpretation of Hooker's treatment is the more
probable from his citation of specimens:— “Haz. a. and B. Canada.
Newfoundland, Dr. Morison. New Brunswick. Mr. Kendal.’ But
since Nuttall’s var. lanceolata is generally identified with the southern
C. obliqua L. it is evident that Hooker’s application of the name to
the northern plant was through misinterpretation.

Since the broad-leaved northern variety has not been definitely
distinguished from C. glabra it is here proposed as:—

C. GLABRA L., var. dilatata, var. nov., foliis oblongo-lanceolatis vel
oblongo-ovatis, supremis fere majoribus quam mediis 6-13 cm. longis
2.5-5 cm. latis basi rotundatis vel subcordatis.

Leaves oblong-lanceolate or oblong-ovate; the upper ordinarily
larger than those near the middle of the stem, 6-13 em. long, 2.5-5.5
em. wide, their bases rounded or subcordate.— N ewfoundland, Prince
Edward Island, Quebec, and northern Maine. TYPE, swampy thicket
on carboniferous sandstone, Stephenville, Newfoundland, August 15,
1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3941 (in Gray Herb.). Other specimens
examined. NEWFOUNDLAND: boggy open woods, Whitbourne, August
8, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6136; margin of a woodland brook,
Clarenville, August 19, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6138; wet thick-
ets, Norris Arm, August 21 & 22, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6139;
low damp clearings, Grand Falls, August 14, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 6137; boggy places in the strand, Birchy Cove, August 22, 1910,
Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3942. Prince Epwarp ISLAND: swale, Mt.
Stewart, July 30. 1912, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John, no. 7995;
springy railroad ditch, Bloomfield, August 7, 1912, F. ernald, Long & St.
John, no. 7996. QUEBEC: moist ground, Lake Edward, August 24,
1904, W. F. Wright, no. 177. Maine: gravelly thicket, Boundary
Lake, Aroostook County, August 12, 1902, Eggleston & Fernald.

! Hook. Flor. Bor.-Am. II. 94 (1840).

1912} Chamberlain. A Sedum new to North America 227

RANGE EXTENSIONS OF RHAMNUS FRANGULA AND
SPOROBOLUS ASPERIFOLIUS.

Eanr E. SHERFF.

THERE seems to have been gathered heretofore no evidence that
Rhamnus Frangula L. and Sporobolus asperifolius Nees & Meyen were
established in Illinois. Britton’s Manual credits the former with a
range from Long Island to New Jersey, also (as being * reported
from") Ontario; and the latter, with a range from Assiniboia to Brit-
ish Columbia, south to Missouri, Nebraska, California and Mexico.
Grays New Manual (7th edition) states that Rhamnus Frangula
is established in Ontario, on Long Island and in northern New Jersey;
while of Sporobolus asperifolius it makes no mention. Nor does a
careful search among the specimens in the Herbarium of Field Museum
show either species to have been found before in Illinois.

The writer has found both of these species growing in Illinois the
past season, and well established. Several tall shrubs of Rhamnus
Frangula were found in Skokie Marsh, west of Glencoe, Illinois, June
8, 1912. These were growing in a dense thicket on a somewhat ele-
vated area of ground toward the center of the marsh. Presumably
birds had previously obtained the drupes in Glencoe, more than a
mile distant, where the species is used for ornament, and the hard
nutlets had been deposited in Skokie Marsh.

Sporolobus asperifolius was found north of Elgin, Illinois, August
27,1912. Itoccurred in a small but very dense patch on wet, swampy
soil along the C. M. & St. P. R. R. tracks. The culms were decumbent
at the base and were much branched. The panicles were well devel-
oped, but none had reached the length (15 to 20 cm.) frequently at-
tained by western plants referred to this species. Evidently the
species had come from the West by way of the railroad.

Specimens of both species have been deposited in the Herbarium
of Field Museum.

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS.

A SEDUM NEW To Nortu America.— Last summer, while passing
through the village of South Bristol, Maine, I noticed an unfamiliar
Sedum growing beside the road. The specimens collected could not

228 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

be satisfactorily determined from descriptions in any of the current
manuals, so living material was sent to the Gray Herbarium, where
Mr. E. W. Sinott kindly determined the plant as Sedum anophyl-
lum DC., a species native to Southern and Southeastern Europe.
Mr. Sinott also stated that, as far as could be learned, the species
had never been reported before from North America as an escape,
the only American material in the Gray Herbarium being two sheets
collected from cultivated specimens by Geo. Thurber.

Upon further inquiry at South Bristol it appeared that the plant
had been known in its present locality for eight or ten years, but had
originally come from the garden of Mrs. Stephen Farrar, who, as my
informant supposed, had brought a few roots from a garden in North
Anson, Maine. Upon the destruction of Mrs. Farrar’s garden, the
plants were thrown out with other waste upon a ledgy lot between two
roads, without further care. The Sedum, characteristically refusing
to die, is now scattered over a space of about one and a half acres,
growing in the crevices and along the borders of a dry, sloping ledge,
and is apparently slowly spreading along the roadsides.

Specimens gathered in August have been deposited in the Gray
Herbarium, in that of the New England Botanical Club, and in the
Herbarium of the Brooklyn Institute Museum. Living specimens
are also growing in the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.

The species is not listed by L. H. Bailey in the Cyclopedia of Ameri-
can Horticulture among those commonly cultivated, nor is it described
in any of the texts usually accessible. Hence the following descrip-
tion may prove of service. A perennial herb; stems slightly woody,
rooting at the decumbent base, but soon erect, 1-3 dm. high. Leaves
oblong-cylindrical, fleshy, and cuspidate, closely imbricate and erect
upon the sterile stems, more remote upon the flowering ones. Flowers
about the size of those of Sedum acre L., yellow, sessile or nearly so,
in crowded, terminal, subscorpioid cymes. Sepals lanceolate and
acute, about half the length of the erect, linear, acute petals. Fol-
licles erect, lanceolate-acuminate.

A more complete description, with keys, will be found in the Flore
de France by G. Rouy and E.-G. Camus, Vol. vii. p. 107., and in the
Conspectus Florae Graecae by E. de Halácsy, Vol. i. p. 586.— EDWARD
B. CHAMBERLAIN, New York City.

Vol. 14, no. 166, including pages 193 to 208, was issued 18 November, 1912.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

No. 168.

Vol. 14. December, 1912.

ALCHEMILLA ALPINA AND A. VULGARIS IN NORTH
AMERICA.

M. L. FERNALD AND K. M. WIEGAND.

Tur first record of an indigenous Alchemilla in northeastern North
America was by Pursh who in his Flora Americae Septentrionalis
(1814) reported A. alpina “On the peaks of high mountains in Ver-
mont and New Hampshire,"! with, however, the qualifying and
somewhat characteristic statement: “Whether the American species
is the true A. alpina or not, I am not able to determine, as I am at
present in want of specimens to compare them; but the plate in the
Flora Danica represents the American plant fully, as far as recollection
can decide." In the Flora of North America Torrey & Gray gave A.
alpina from “Greenland: also on the summits of the White Moun-
tains, New Hampshire, and Green Mountains, Vermont, according to
Pursh; but this is extremely doubtful.” ? In the first edition of the
Manual, after citing the plant from New Hampshire and Vermont on
the authority of Pursh, Asa Gray added: "but no one else has found
the plant in the country." ? To the second edition of the Manual
A. alpina was not definitely admitted, but Gray made the note:
“A. ALPINA, L., is said by Pursh to grow on the Green and White
Mountains, New England; but there is most probably some mistake
about it." * This disposition of the case was maintained through the
fifth edition; and in the sixth and seventh editions, since Pursh's
record had remained unverified, the species was not even mentioned.

1 Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 112 (1814).
1 Torr. & Gray Fl. I. 432 (1840).

! Gray, Man. 119 (1848).
‘Gray, Man. ed. 2, 115 (1856).

230 Rhodora [DECEMBER è

Since the White Mountains and the Green Mountains have been
so extensively explored by botanists for fully a century and in all this
time, so far as records show, no specimens of Alchemilla have ever been
found there, it has long seemed evident that Pursh's report, based, as
he himself said, merely on a recollection of some plant which he had
seen, must have been an error and should be classed with his long
discredited reports of Dryas integrifolia (D. tenella) and Pleurogyne
rotata (Swertia pusilla) from the White Mountains.

Recently, however, in the North American Flora Rydberg has given
the range of Alchemilla alpina in America as: “from Greenland to
Miquelon and the White Mountains of New Hampshire.” ! As to
the origin of the Miquelon record we have no information, but the
species is not included in Delamare, Renauld, and Cardot’s Flora
Miquelonensis (1888), in Bonnet’s Florule des Isles Saint Pierre et
Miquelon,’ nor in Waghorne’s publications on Newfoundland and the
French Islands. In his statement of range above quoted Rydberg
does not include western North America, but in the Gray Herbarium
there is a specimen collected by C. H. Demetrio, July 5, 1888, “On
the trail to the Lake of the Clouds, Custer Co., Colorado," a station
which, it would seem, is not generally known since there is no mention
of the occurrence of the plant in Colorado either in Rydberg’s Flora
of Colorado or in Coulter and Nelson’s Manual of Rocky Mountain
Botany.

Although the records of A. alpina from New Hampshire and Ver-
mont are probably errors, the fact that the plant has once been found
in Colorado and is known in Greenland indicates that it should be
watched for in Labrador, Newfoundland, and on the mountains of
Gaspé.

The only Alchemilla clearly indigenous in northeastern America is
the polymorphous A. vulgaris L., which by some European authors is
considered as separable into many closely similar though distinct
species, but by others is regarded as a single species with numerous
sub-species, varieties and forms. A study of the plants in the field
in Newfoundland and Labrador, and of all the available herbarium
material from the Northeast convinces the writers that the characters
commonly relied upon to separate species (mainly those of pubescence)
are so highly variable as entirely to obscure any practical specific

1N. A. Fl, XXII. 379 (1908).
2 Journ. Botanique, I. (1887).

1912] Fernald & Wiegand,— Alchemilla alpina & A. vulgaris 231

limits. Nevertheless, in the regions of Newfoundland, Labrador and
eastern Canada where the species has been found it shows in each
geographical area fairly well marked though not constant tendencies
in the distribution and direction of the trichomes. It seems to the
writers, therefore, that these tendencies should be recognized, but
should be regarded as geographical varieties, and not as species.

The most satisfactory statement of the characters of the forms of
Alchemilla vulgaris is that given in Harald Lindberg’s Die Nordischen
Alchemilla vulgaris-Formen.!. The writers, without claiming any
originality, have therefore abstracted freely from the characteriza-
tions given by Lindberg, who, however, in his text has designated the
forms by binomials.

The first report of Alchemilla vulgaris in America seems to have been
by La Pylaie? who reports “1’Alchemilla officinalis, dans la partie
inférieure des coteaux” of Quirpon Island near the northeastern
extremity of Newfoundland, with the comment that he had seen it
in no other part of Newfoundland. The next report seems to have
been in Hooker's Flora Boreali- Americana, where Labrador specimens
are cited but without definite locality. In 1870, D. A. Watt?, reporting
upon a collection of Labrador plants from the Rev. S. R. Butler,
listed A. vulgaris as “abundant on hill-sides" about L'Anse Amour
in southern Labrador.

In an editorial note in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club,
in 1886, the late W. H. Leggett said: “In Nova Scotia, along roadsides,
was also found the Ladies' Mantle, Alchemilla vulgaris, L., which is
undoubtedly of European origin" * and in the following year Pro-
fessor George Lawson, referring to Leggett's note, said: “ Alehemilla
vulgaris....was first observed at Lucyfield, Halifax County, in
the summer of 1864. There is but one patch, which I have seen in
flower during every subsequent season; but it does not spread.
Botanists here have not noticed it elsewhere. It would consequently
be of interest to note the ‘roadside’ localities more specifically in a
future number of the BurrETIN. The Alchemilla is an introduced
plant of European origin (as you state); and I had not regarded the
one patch found in 1864 as sufficient to establish it as a permanent

! Lindberg fil. Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. XXXVII. no. 10 (1909).
? La Pylaie, Voy. à l'Ile de Terre-Neuve, 79 (1825).

3 Watt, Can. Nat. Ser. 2, V. 351 (1870).

* Leggett, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, XIII. 232 (1886)

š G. Lawson, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, XIV. 10 (1887).

232 Rhodora [DECEMBER

immigrant." Mr. Leggett, in response to Prof. Lawson's request,
made the editorial note that the Alchemilla “was found at Digby, on
the outskirts of the town in August, 1879, on the road toward 'the
Joggins'"; and Dr. T. J. W. Burgess recorded Alchemilla vulgaris:
* found in great abundance about Yarmouth, Nova Scotia, by Pro-
fessor Macoun and myself in 1883, growing in fields, etc., bordering on
the sea shore." ! Macoun, in the Catalogue of Canadian Plants, adds
to the Nova Scotia records North Sydney and Louisburg; and subse-
quently various stations in Newfoundland and Labrador have been
reported. In 1906 Miss E. F. Fletcher found a few plants, reported
as A. pratensis,? in a chicken yard at Westford, Massachusetts. At
this last station the plant is obviously of casual introduction, and it is
possible that in Nova Scotia the Alchemilla, as maintained by its
discoverers, is introduced; but in Newfoundland and Labrador the
plant is plainly indigenous, forming extensive colonies near streams
upon calcareous slopes and gravels.

The varieties of Alchemilla vulgaris in North America, excluding
Greenland, are as follows:

* Pubescence of stem and petioles spreading.
+— Pedicels and branchlets of the inflorescence glabrous: hypanthium glabrous
or sometimes sparsely hirsute.

++ Stem hairy nearly up to the pedicels: upper surface of leaf glabrous or
nearly so.

A. vuLGARIS L. Sp. Pl. 123 (1753). A. pratensis Schmidt, Flor.
Boémica inchoata, cent. III. 88 (1794?); Robinson & Fernald in
Gray, Man. ed. 7, 493 (1908) in part; Rydberg, N. A. Flora XXII.
378 (1908) in part; Lindberg fil., Die Nord. Alchemilla vulg.-Formen,
88 (1909). A. vulgaris, eu-vulgaris b. pratensis, Asch. & Graeb. Syn.
Mitteleurop. Fl. VI. Ab. i. 408 (1902).— Specimens examined. Nova
Scorta: naturalized, railroad tracks and old fields bordering the sea,
Yarmouth, June, 1883, 7. J. W. Burgess; banks and meadows along
the sea-coast, Yarmouth, June 22 & 25, 1883, J. Macoun; roadsides,
Yarmouth, June 22-29, 1901, Howe & Lang, no. 114; moist roadside-
bank, Yarmouth, Aug. 19, 1908, Eames & Godfrey, no. 7012; very
common at Yarmouth, June 5, ——, J. Macoun, no. 80,665; ditches
along the streets, Digby, Aug. 25, ——, J. Macoun, no. 80,666.

++ Stem hairy only at the base: leaves hairy above.

Var. filicaulis (Buser), n. comb. A. filicaulis Buser, Bull. Herb.
Bois. I. App. ii. 22 (1893); Rydberg, N. A. Flora XXII. 378 (1908).

.1 T. J. W. Burgess, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, XIV. 43 (1887).
1! See Ruopona, IX. 92 (1907).

1912] Fernald & Wiegand,— Alchemilla alpina & A. vulgaris 233

A. vulgaris *filicaulis ! Murbeck, Bot. Notiser. (1895) 265. A. vul-
garis 0 minor Briq. in Burnat, Fl. Alp. Marit. IIT. 153 (1899), not A.
minor Huds. Fl. Ang. 59 (1762) according to Lindberg fil. A. minor
*filicaulis Lindb. fil. Nord. Alch. vulg.-Form. 96 (1909).— Specimens
examined. NEWFOUNDLAND: without locality, Sir Joseph Banks;
open woods, Shoal Point, north of Bay of Islands, June 16, 1896,
Waghorne; gravel of Steady Brook, near mouth of Humber River,
July 15, 1910, calcareous cliffs, Steady Brook Falls, July 16, 1910,
rocks close to water, marble-region of the Humber River, July 18,
1910, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 3614, 3615, and 3616. Reported by
Rydberg from Labrador.

"— + Pedicels, branchlets of the inflorescence, and the hypanthium hirsute:
upper surface of leaf hairy.

Var. vestita (Buser), n. comb. A. minor Huds. Fl. Angl. 59 (1762)
according to Lindberg fil. 1. c. 91 (1909). A. filicaulis f. vestita Buser,
Bull. Herb. Boiss. I. App. ii. 23 (1893). A. vulgaris *vestita Murbeck,
Bot. Notiser. (1895) 265. A. pratensis Robinson & Fernald in Gray,
Man. ed. 7, 493 (1908) and Rydberg, N. A. Flora XXII. 378 (1908),
as to Massachusetts plant.— Specimens examined. LABRADOR:
gravelly border of stream, Forteau, July 30, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 3617; abundant by streams and springs on calcareous terraces,
Blanc Sablon, July 30, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3618 (also ob-
served on the QuEBEC side of the Blanc Sablon River). MassACHU-
SETTS: introduced from Europe in a chicken yard, Westford, Septem-
ber 22, 1906, Miss E. F. Fletcher (Ruopora, IX. 92 (1907)).

* * Pubescence of stem and petioles appressed, sometimes very sparse: hy-
panthium glabrous.
+ Stems hairy nearly throughout: upper surface of leaves hairy to glabrous;
veins beneath hairy from below the middle to the apex, and mesophyll
somewhat hairy: flowers in glomerules.

Var. comosa (Brenner), n. comb. A. glomerulans Buser, Bull. Herb.
Boiss. I. App. ii. 30 (1893); Rydberg, N. A. Flora, XXII. 378 (1908) ;
Lindberg fil. l. c. 105 (1909). A. obtusa, var. comosa M. Brenner,
Meddel. Soc. p. F. et Fl. Fenn. h. XXIII. 42 (1898). A. vulgaris,
subsp. sylvestris, B. glomerulans E. G. Camus in Rouy & Camus, Fl.
Franc. VI. 456 (1900). A. vulgaris *glomerulans Ahlfvengr. in Neu-
mann och Ahlfvengren, Sveriges Fl. 377 (1901).— Seen by us only
from Greenland, but reported by Rydberg from Baffin m" Region and
Labrador.

+ + Stems hairy only below: upper surface of leaves FERU except rarely
on the veins; veins below hairy only near the apex; mesophyll glabrous:
inflorescence diffuse.

1 As used by the Scandinavian botanists asterisks and similar signs indicate sub-
species as opposed to varieties.

234 Rhodora [DECEMBER

Var. GRANDIS Blytt, Enum. Pl. vasc. Christ. 21 (1844). A. alpestris
Schmidt, Fl. Boémica inchoata, Cent. III. 88 (1794); Lindb. fil.
l. c. 127 (1909). A. vulgaris *alpestris Murbeck, Bot. Notiser (1895)
266. A. vulgaris à alpestris Briquet in Burnat, Fl. Alp. marit. III.
149 (1899).— Specimens examined. LABRADOR: l'Anse au Loup,
August 21, 1892, Waghorne, Herb. Geol. Survey Canada, no. 8073.
QuxnEc: Little Métis, August 15, 1898, Mrs. Brodie, Herb. Geol.
Surv. Can., no. 19,513; J. Fowler, July 24, 1906.

RARE PLANTS IN GROTON, MASSACHUSETTS.

By CLARENCE H. KNowrToN.

THE town of Groton lies in the northwestern part of Middlesex
County, Massachusetts, the second town south of the New Hampshire
line. It is full of most interesting glacial deposits. A series of
eskers and kames obstruct the drainage in the eastern part of the
town, and enclose a chain of kettle-hole ponds. In the center of the
town is a group of large drumlins, almost perfectly symmetrical, and
to the west the land slopes down into a broad sand-plain, through.
which the Nashua and Squannacook Rivers flow, but little below the
level of the plain.

In general, the flora is of the dry-woods, sand-plain type, but the
drumlins and adjacent land are more fertile. Here the chestnut is a
common tree. I have found in Groton the following plants which are
of special interest. Three of them I have already announced in a
previous article (Ruop. IX, 11-15, 1907) but the additional informa-
tion here may be of interest. -

In September, 1905, I discovered a single plant of Linaria genistae-
folia Mill. by the railway embankment half a mile above the village.
No other specimens were in sight, and I supposed the plant to be a
waif. On October 9 of this year, however, I was surprised to find
several good specimens along the Willow Road near the railway sta-
tion. Later in the day I found a large colony on both sides of the
highway, and spreading into an orchard, near my original station.
There were at least 150 plants here, all in good flower and fruit. This
plant is given in the sixth edition of Gray's Manual on the basis of

1912] Knowlton,— Rare Plants in Groton, Mass. ` 235

a station on the northern part of Manhattan Island. Britton’s
Manual (1901) gives the plant and this station, adding “now nearly
or quite obliterated” so this Groton station seems to be a new and
separate introduction from Europe. The plant is in several charac-
teristics quite different from Linaria vulgaris, and is not likely to be
confused with it. The habit of the plant is different, as it has several
slender branches and is less leafy, with wider leaves than its congener.
The flowers are lemon yellow, the * butter" without much of the
“eggs.” They, are smaller, with a conspicuous sharp-pointed spur
7-10 mm. long. The capsules are 2.5-4 mm. in diameter, with slender
pedicels 6-9 mm. in length.

Prof. K. M. Wiegand has recently called my attention to a specimen
of Amelanchier sanguinea (Pursh) DC. in my herbarium. This I
collected May 13, 1905, on an esker in the eastern part of the town,
where it grew near Epigaea and Hepatica triloba in the shade of white
pines. This shrub is a pronounced calciphile, and has been found in
calcareous regions in Maine, Vermont, and western Massachusetts,
but this is the first report in this State from east of the Connecticut
River, and from a region not definitely calcareous.

Another shrub which often frequents limestone regions is abundant
in the low land near Baddacook Pond close by, though very rare
elsewhere in the county. This shrub is Potentilla fruticosa and was
reported from this station by Dr. C. W. Swan in the Middlesex Flora
(1888).

Lappula virginiana is abundant in thickets along the roadside over
a mile from the village, where it has every appearance of being part of
the original flora.

Another most interesting discovery this fall consisted of several
medium-sized trees of Betula nigra. These grew on a gravelly knoll
in a pasture between the village and the Groton School, fully two miles
from the Nashua River. There was a straggling growth ‘of Betula
populifolia and white pines with these trees. This station is so far
from the regular home of the species along the Merrimac, and in such
dry soil as to suggest that the trees have been introduced. ‘The tree
is frequently set for ornament, but the pasture is too far from houses
to make that likely in this case.

HiNGHAM, MASSACHUSETTS.

236 Rhodora [DECEMBER

NOTES ON THE ALGAE OF THE RIDEAU, ONTARIO.
A. B. Krvau, M. A.

Tuar Rideau canal system runs from Kingston, Ontario, to Ottawa,
the route being by way of the Cataraqui River, a chain of lakes and
the Rideau River. In July, August and September, 1911, the writer
made a reconnaissance of the Algal-flora of these waters as far as Lake
Opinacon, some forty miles from Kingston. Most work was done at
Kingston Mills, seven miles up from Kingston, and at Lake Opinacon.

The following is presented merely as a preliminary list, the species
marked with an asterisk being here recorded from Canada for the first
time.

CYANOPHYCEAE.

Aphanothece microscopica, Naegeli. Among other Algae on stones
and snags in Lake Opinacon.

Microcystis marginata, Kuetzing. As plankton in Lake Opinacon.

Coelosphaerium kuetzingianum, Naegeli. Common as plankton in
Lake Opinacon. The main constituent of a very dense “ Water-
bloom" on parts of the “Lake of Sticks" just above the locks at
Kingston Mills on September 11th.

* Anabaena flos-aquae, Brébisson. Forming a “ Water-bloom," in
basin off the upper lock at Kingston Mills, July 15th.

*Dichothrix hosfordii, Bornet. Common on submerged rocks in
Lake Opinacon.

Rivularia pisum, Agardh. On drifting water-plants at Jones’
Falls. On leaves of Potamogeton amplifolius in Lake Opinacon.

*Rivularia incrustata, De Toni. Forming gelatinous nodules on
stems of Scirpus americanus near the mouth of the Cataraqui River,
July 22.

CHLOROPHYCEAE.

Spirogyra weberi, Kuetzing. In the Cataraqui River near its mouth.
This material was so abundantly fruited that it was difficult to find
a vegetative cell.

Nephrocytium agardhianum, Naegeli. Among plankton in Lake
Opinacon.

1912] Deane,— Pink-flowered Lupinus perennis 237

Tetraedron minimum, Hansgirg. Plankton, Lake Opinacon.

Tetraedron regulare, Kuetzing. Plankton, Lake Opinacon.

Scenedesmus bijuga, Wittrock. Plankton, Lake Opinacon.

Scenedesmus quadricauda, Brébisson. In plankton, Lake Opinacon.

Coelastrum microporum, Naegeli. Among plankton, Lake Opinacon.

Hydrodictyon reticulatum, Lagerheim. Common in a pool below
the falls at Kingston Mills, July 15th.

Pediastrum boryanum, Meneghini. Common in plankton, Lake
Opinacon.

*Pediastrum duplex, Meyer. Plankton, Lake Opinacon.

Pediastrum tetras, Ralfs. Plankton, Lake Opinacon.

Gloiococcus mucosus, A. Braun. Scarce in plankton, Lake Opinacon.

*Coleochaete soluta, Pringsheim. Common on Potamogeton ampli-
folius in Lake Opinacon.

*Coleochaete orbicularis, Pringsheim. On drifting water-plants at
Jones Falls. Common on Potamogeton amplifolius in Lake Opinacon.

Cladophora fracta, Kuetzing. Floating in great masses at the mouth
of the Cataraqui River.

BOTANICAL DEPARTMENT, QUEEN’S UNIVERSITY,
Kingston, Ontario.

THE PINK-FLOWERED FORM or LUPINUS PERENNIS.— It has been
known for a long time that our common Lupine, Lupinus perennis L.,
occasionally varies from the typical blue or purplish-blue to pink or
white, and our manuals contain frequent references to this fact. In
the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club for 1890, volume XVII,
page 124, Dr. N. L. Britton made the following note, “ Lupinus
perennis L., forma rosea. Flowers beautifully pink. May’s Landing,
Atlantic Co., [New Jersey] Dr. J. E. Peters." As long ago as 1814,
Pursh in his Flora Americae Septentrionalis, vol. II, page 467, says,
* Flowers blue, purple, and sometimes white." Emma J. Cole in the
Grand Rapids Flora [Michigan], 1901, page 96, says, “Flowers are
blue, white, purple or pink; forms with pink flowers are found along
Hogadone Creek (W. M. Clark)." In the Michigan Flora by W. J.
Beale and €. F. Wheeler, 1892, page 83, we read, “ Flowers, a fine
blue-purple, varying to light pink." And to cite one more reference,
in Plants of Monroe County, New York, and adjacent Territory by

238 Rhodora [DECEMBER

Florence Beckwith and Mary E. Macauly, 1896, page 56, is the
following statement in regard to this Lupine, “A form with pink
flowers occurs near the ‘sand cut’ in Penfield.” These references to
variations from the normal color are a few taken from a number of
similar records and they show that departures from the typical color
. are not very infrequent, and yet are of sufficient interest to be cited
at times as to locality. My excuse for offering one more example is
the fact that I had some freshly gathered plants put into my hands,
and this enabled me to examine in some detail the color of the flowers.

On May 30, 1911, Mr. John Murdock brought me a large bunch of
pink Lupine collected that same morning in Namequoit, Massachu-
setts, where he has a summer home. I am indebted to Mr. Murdock
for an account of the stations where the plant occurs. The typical
blue form was very abundant near his home over the sandy areas that
prevail on Cape Cod. Scattered among these on opposite sides of
Potanumicut River were the pink forms. The original station, the
one from which came the specimens brought to me, covered an area of
about one acre, the plants growing in scattered patches from one to
four feet across. This station was in good condition on May 30, 1912.
The second station was half a mile below the first and contained a
number of plants scattered among the normal ones. The third sta-
tion was half a mile further down on Old Field Point near the mouth
of the river. Mr. Murdock has made special inquiries and he finds
no evidence that this pink form was introduced, while its occasional
occurrence throughout eastern United States, the general range of the
species, would lead one to look for it wherever the type grows. Mr.
John Kenrick who lives near the area covered by the Lupine has told
Mr. Murdock that the pink form has been there for years.

As to the color of the flowers, the keel was a soft, light pink which
continued in the adjoining portions of the lateral petals, but turned
gradually to a deeper hue in their upper parts. The banner took up
this color which grew deeper and deeper till it reached the upper
central part where it culminated in a strong dark pink spot. This
gradation, in the same hue throughout the flower, from the very light
to the very dark pink gave an indescribable delicacy of tone which,
unfortunately, cannot be preserved in the pressed specimen. It must
be seen to be appreciated.— WALTER DEANE, Cambridge, Massa-

chusetts. ,

1912] Wiegand,— Notes on Amelanchier 239

XANTHIUM STRUMARIUM IN MaASSACHUSETTS.— For many years the
name Xanthium strumarium L. was familiar to American botanists.
By Michaux and by Pursh the name was used to cover all American
clotburs; but by Torrey & Gray X. strumarium was said to be “more
or less naturalized.” In Gray's Manual for six editions the plant
was included as it was, also, in the Synoptical Flora, where it was
treated as “sparingly nat. from Eu.? or Ind?" More recently,
however, since a more detailed study of Xanthium, the occurrence of
true X. strumarium in the northeastern United States has proved so
doubtful that the name has been dropped from our manuals.

On October 22nd last, while walking with a party of students along
the beach near Crescent Beach station in Revere, Massachusetts, I
was sufficiently impressed by the unusual aspect of a tall Xanthium,
growing among the litter and seedling watermelon vines of such
cosmopolitan habitats, to stop and examine it. The plant proved to
be true X. strumarium, characterized by its tiny ovoid to subglobose
burs 8-12 mm. long, much smaller than in any of the American
species. There was a single large plant from which all who wished
took specimens, and enough burs had scattered to start a large colony
in 1913 should the fruits of this tropical and subtropical species
survive the winter at Crescent Beach. Observations next autumn
should be made by those who visit Crescent Beach.— M. L. FERNALD,
Gray Herbarium.

NOTES ON AMELANCHIER.
K. M. WIEGAND.

In a recent paper ! on Amelanchier, a designation of the type speci-
men of A. humilis Wiegand was inadvertently omitted from the
original description of the species. This type is in the Gray Herba-
rium: rocks, lake shore near McKenney’s, Tompkins County, New
York, May 11 & 30, 1895. K. M. Wiegand.

Since the above cited paper on Amelanchier was published, the
writer has again reviewed much of the previously studied material of

1 Wiegand, K. M.— The Genus Amelanchier in Eastern North America. RHODORA,
XIV, 117, July, 1912.

240 Rhodora [DECEMBER

A. canadensis from the South and West together with much new
material from the same region. "The result of this study may throw
some further light on the status of A. alabamensis Britton. It seems
now probable that a certain amount of woolliness on the summit of
the ovary must be admitted among the allowable variations of A.
canadensis without, however, constituting a distinct variety. In the
North the leaves of 4. canadensis are usually acuminate or sub-
acuminate and sharply toothed, while in the Southwest (in Missouri
principally) they are often, but not always, blunter, broader and more
shallowly toothed, as well as sometimes nearly glabrous. Traces of
the wool upon the ovary were found in about one-fourth of all sheets
representing each leaf-form. If this variation in wool accompanied
one or the other variation in leaf-form, a varietal designation would
be justified, but under the circumstances such a designation would
seem in no wise warranted. Since no other species with woolly
ovary is known from the Southwest, it would seem necessary to
assume a certain amount of variability in A. canadensis with respect
to this character of the ovary, rather than a hybrid origin of the
character. The wool is rarely more than a trace, but in one specimen
from Missouri it is moderately dense. The type specimen of A.
alabamensis, therefore, would seem to be simply a normal example
of this tendency in A. canadensis.

The leaves of A. oblongifolia have proved more frequently acute
(but not acuminate) than was at first realized. Therefore, the reader
should not be misled by the bluntness of the leaves selected for the
illustration in the paper above cited. ;

The known range of A. sanguinea in Massachusetts has heretofore
not included the region east of the Connecticut River, and, since this
species is, so far as known, a calciphile, an extension of the range into
the generally non-calcareus eastern portion of Massachusetts was
not expected. It was, therefore, very interesting to find in the private
herbarium of Mr. C. H. Knowlton a specimen of A. sanguinea from
Groton, Mass. Mr. Knowlton states that several other plants which
are usually calciphile, as for example Potentilla fruticosa, were found
near by. An inspection of Dame and Collins’ Flora of Middlesex
County shows that among plants whose distribution is usually re-
stricted to calcareous regions, the following have been found at Groton
or on the same geological formation in the immediate vicinity: Phe-
gopteris hexagonoptera, Asplenium acrostichoides, Spiranthes lucida,

1912] Wiegand,— Notes on Amelanchier 241

Anemone cylindrica, Parnassia caroliniana, Ribes, americanum Po-
tentilla fruticosa, Sanguisorba canadensis, and Eupatorium. urticae-
folium. It may, therefore, be inferred that limey soil exists locally
in Groton and vicinity.

The observations of another summer have served to strengthen the
writer’s belief that crosses between species of Amelanchier frequently
propagate themselves by seed, and become, therefore, definite local
races. For example, in a brief visit to Woods Hole during the past
summer, all the individuals of Amelanchier noticed were approxi-
mately alike, but combined characters of both A. leavis and A. oblongi-
folia. If one such specimen only had been found, it would have been
ascribed unquestionably to a hybrid origin, but to find so many was

` perplexing. During the visit to Woods Hole, no specimens of typical
A. laevis or of A. oblongifolia were seen, a fact which seemed to render
a hybrid origin of this form very improbable. It must be remembered,
however, that in so brief a visit, in midsummer, occasional typical
specimens of these two species might have been easily overlooked;
and that herbarium specimens show the existence of both species in
the general region about Woods Hole. It must also be remembered
that Woods Hole has been recently reforested,! a disturbance which
might easily have resulted in a local change in dominance of Amelan-
chier types. All things considered, therefore, the assumption that the
strain of Amelanchier in question originated by crossing, perhaps
many years ago, and is now locally dominant, becomes very probable.
In addition to this case at Woods Hole, at least two other very similar
cases have been brought to the writer's attention during the summer.
These examples illustrate very well the care necessary before a con-
clusion is reached that a certain local type cannot be the result of
crossing. |

In order to avoid confusion, it may be well to mention again that
in the illustrations of Amelanchier in the July Rnopona, the coarse
teeth of the first three species and the fine teeth of the other species
are not so well brought out in the plates as in nature.

1 Reforestation at Woods Hole, Massachusetts,— A Study in Succession, M. A.
Chrysler. Ruopona VII, 121, July, 1905.

242

Rhodora [DECEMBER

ERRATA.

Page 21, line 33; for amplexicaule read amplexicaulis.

[11

LII

22,
26,
39,
40,
51,
58,
75,
89,
178,
179,
179,
180,
185,
187,
228,

ce

1; for Lemma read Lemna.

15; for verticellatus read verticillatus.
34; for County. read County,

9; for Var. read var.

11; for vernicosum read vernicosus.
20; for £ read 4.

5; for Cryptogamma read Cryptogramma.
24; for verticellata read verticillata.
35; for Kunth read Knuth.

10; for Kunth read Knuth.
31; for Kunth read Knuth.

5; for Kunth read Knuth.

24; for Tricupis read Tricuspis.
18; for Hubm. read Humb.
3; for Sinott read Sinnott.

. 14, no. 167, including pages 209 to 228, was issued 9 December, 1912.

1912]

Index

243

INDEX TO VOLUME 14.

New scientific names are printed in full face type.

Abutilon Theophrasti, 206.

Acer carolinianum, 81; Drummondii,
81; Negundo, 80; rubrum, 19.

Achillea Ptarmica, 164.

Acnida cannabina, 176.

Acorus Calamus, 26.

Aesculus austrina, 81.

Agropyron repens, 92, 179.

Agrostis, 180; alba, 180, var. vul-
garis, 92; perennans, 20.

Alchemilla, 229-232; alpestris, 234;
alpina, 229, 230, and A. vulgaris
in North America, 229; filicaulis,
232, forma vestita, 233; glomeru-
lans, 233; minor, 233, * filicaulis,
233; obtusa, var. comosa, 233;
officinalis, 231; pratensis, 232, 233;
vulgaris, 230-232, in North Amer-
ica, 229, 6 alpestris, 234, * alpestris,
234, var. comosa, 233, euvulgaris,
b. pratensis, 232, var. filicaulis,
232, * filicaulis, 233, * glomerulans,
233, var. grandis, 234, e minor,
233, subsp. sylvestris, 8 glomeru-
lans, 233, var. vestita, 233, * ves-
tita, 233.

Aletris farinosa, 28.

Alfalfa, 194.

Algae of a marshy Pond, 113, of the
Rideau, Ontario, Notes on the, 236.

Alicularia scalaris, 12.

Alnus mollis, 75; rugosa, 21.

Alopecurus, 178.

Amblystegium vacillans, 52.

Amelanchier, 117-121, 123, 125,
129, 132-136, 239, 241; alabamen-
sis, 132, 240; alnifolia, 125, 143;
arguta, 129, 158; Bartramiana,
129, 132, 135-138, 145, 148, 158,
200; Botryapium, 127, 147, 150,
154; canadensis, 122-124, 130-132,
135, 137, 139, 142, 150, 152-156,
240, var. Botryapium 123, 154,
a Botryapium, 150, var. ob-
longifolia, 150, 6 oblongifolia,
128, 147, var. obovalis, 150, var.
rotundifolia, 138, y rotundifolia,
138, var. spicata, 138, var. tomen-
tula, 122, 150, ¢ oligocarpa, 158;

Cusickii, 127; erecta, 125, 126;
florida, 126, 127, 137, 140, 143, 145;
humilis, 126, 128, 131, 132, 135,
137, 139-142, 144, 145, 161, 239; in
eastern North America, The Genus,
117; intermedia, 124, 127, 147,
150; laevis, 122-124, 126, 131, 132,
135, 137-139, 145, 148, 149, 151,
153, 154, 156, 241, forma nitida,
155, var. nitida, 158; nantucket-
ense, 134; Notes on, 239, oblongi-
folia, 122, 124, 127, 128, 130, 133-
135, 137, 139, 144, 145, 147,
149, 151-153, 240, 241, var. micro-
petala, 132-134; obovalis, 127,130,
147, 148; oligocarpa, 128, 129,
158; ovalis, 123, 124, 127, 144, 147,
B subcordata, 131, 150; rotundi-
folia, 138; sanguinea, 125, 126,
131, 135, 137, 138, 140, 142, 144,
145, 161, 235, 240, var. gaspensis,
139-141, forma grandiflora, 139,
141; saxatilis, 132; spicata, 123,
127, 138, 141, 144; stolonifera,
122, 124-127, 130, 132-135, 137,
144, 148.

American Station for
verticillatum, 207.

Ammophila arenaria, 20, 178, 183.

a catenula, 114; flos-aquae,
236.

Anacamptodon splachnoides, 52.

Andropogon alopecuroides, 166; fur-
catus, 182, 184; glomeratus, 20;
halepensis, 180; scoparius, 19.

Anemone cylindriea, 241.

Annual field Meeting of the Vermont
Botanical Club, Seventeenth, 204;
winter Meeting of the Vermont
Botanical Club, Seventeenth, 161.

Anoectangium lapponicum, 48; Mou-
geotii, 48.

Anthelia, 223.

Anthoceros, 223, carolinianus, 223,
224; crispulus, 1, 16, 17; levis,
224; multifidus, 17; punctatus, 1,
16, 17, « crispulus, 16, 8 multifidus,
16

Illecebrum

Anthoxanthum, 178; giganteum, 166.

244

Aphanothece microscopica, 114, 236;
saxicola, 114.

Aralia spinosa, 81.

Arctium Lappa, 164; minus, 164,
206; nemorosum, 164.

Aristida purpurascens, 20.

Aronia alnifolia, 126, 127, 143; ar-

borea, 150; Botryapium, 150;
latifolia, 131; ovalis, 127, 147;
praecox, 129; sanguinea, 138;
subcordata, 131, 150.

Arrhenatherum, 182; elatius, 177,
179, 183.

Artemisia caudata, 20, 79; Stelleri-
ana, 20.

Arum virginicum, 103.

Arundinaria tecta, 81.

Asarum canadense, 75.

Asclepias amplexicaulis, 21, 79; in-
carnata, var. pulchra, 26; tuberosa,
91. i

Ash, A purple-fruited, 192.

_ Asperella, 187; hystrix, 187.
Aspidium simulatum, 19.
Asplenium acrostichoides, 240.
Asprella, 187; Hystrix, 188.

Aster laevis, 21; nemoralis, 24; pu-
niceus, var. lucidus, 55; specta-
bilis, 21.

Astragalus contortuplicatus, 56, on
Wool-waste, 56.

Atriplex arenaria, 19; patula, 20.

Avena, 183; sativa, 179.

Azalea, 101.

Baptisia tinctoria, 22.

Barberry, 207, found at Sherborn,
Massachusetts, A seedless, 207.

— oct, 211, 212; Hatcheri,

Barbula, 47.

Bartlett, H. H., A Flora of the New
Jersey Pine Barrens, 94.

Bartonia virginica, 79.

Batchelder, C. F., Two Grasses new
to New Hampshire, 175.

Batchelder, Frederick William, 41.

Bazzania trierenata, 17.

Berberis vulgaris, 207, var. asperma,
207.

Berchemia scandens, 81.

Berteroa incana, 20.

Betula lenta, 80; nigra, 73, 235;
populifolia, 19, 235.

Bidens connata, 26.

Bissell, C. H., A new Variety of Les-
pedeza capitata, 91.

Bladderwort, 204.

Blake, S. F., The Forms of Peltandra

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

virginica, 102; Reports on the

Flora of the Boston District, — XV, -

107; Sisymbrium officinale in

three States, 190.

Blakeslee, A. F., [Notice of Work],

79.

Blephariglottis Canbyi, 96.

Blewitt, A. E., Introduced Plants
new to Connecticut, 163.

Blueberry, 135.

Blunt-spiked Variety of Carex sco-
paria, 115.

Boston District, Reports on the Flora
of the, — XIV, 76; XV, 107.

Botanical and other Papers of the
Wilkes Exploring Expedition, 57; ©
Club, Field Excursions of the New
England, 71, Club, seventeenth
annual field Meeting of the Ver-
mont, 204, Seventeenth annual
winter Meeting of the Vermont,
161; Club, Vermont, summer
Meeting, 162; Society, Josselyn,
162.

Bowman, I., [Notice of Work], 70.

Bowman’s Forest Physiography, 70.

Brachiaria digitarioides, 168.

Brachythecium acuminatum, 52.

Bradleya macrostachys, 81.

Brassenia Schreberi, 31.

Brassica alba, 164.

Bromus altissimus, 55; incanus, 55.

Brunnichia cirrhosa, 81.

Bush, B. F., The geographic Origin
of Crataegus viridis L., 81.

Calamagrostis, 175; canadensis, 182;
cinnoides, 20; inexpansa, 175.

Calothrix stagnalis, 114.

Calypogeia Neesiana, 17, 18; sphag-
nicola, 224; tenuis, 18, 224.

Campanula uniflora, 88.

Cape'Cod, The pond Flora of, 25.

Carex, 21, 29, 76, 107; albolutescens,
29; Bicknellii, 55; bullata, var.

Greenii, 21; Crawei, 72; hirta,
111; hormathodes, 29; lanugi-
nosa, 76; laxiculmis, 76, var.

copulata, 76; laxiflora, 76, var.
blanda, 76, var. gracillima, 77, var.
latifolia, 77, var. leptonervia, 77,
yar. patulifolia, 245" 107, Vär.
varians, 77; lenticularis, 77;
leporina, 77; leptalea, 77; lepta-
lea Harper, 96; limosa, 77;
livida 77; lupuliformis, 176; lu-
pulina, 77, var. pedunculata, 77;
lupulina X lurida, 77; lurida, 29,
78; maritima, 78; mirabilis, 78.

1912]

vær. perlonga, 78; Muhlenbergii,
78, var. enervis, 78; muricata,
78; novae-angliae, 78; Oederi,
107, var. pumila, 107; oligosperma,
107; pallescens, 107; panicea,
107; pedunculata, 107; penn-
sylvanica, 107, var. lucorum, 107;
plantaginea, 75; platyphylla, 107;

polygama, 108; prasina, 108;
Pseudo-Cyperus, 108; ptycho-
carpa, 108; retroflexa, 108; re-

trorsa, 78; riparia, 108; rosea,
108, var. minor, 108, var. radiata,
108; rostrata, 108, 112, var.
utriculata, 108; rupestris, 88;
salina, var. cuspidata, 108, var.
kattegatensis, 108, var. katte-
gatensis X stricta, 108; scabrata,
109; scirpoides, 109, var. capilla-
cea, 109; scoparia, 109, 115, A
blunt-spiked Variety of, 115, var.
condensa, 109, var. moniliformis,
109, 116, var. subturbinata, 116;
seorsa, 109; setacea, var. am-
bigua, 109; siccata, 109; silicea,
109; sparganioides, 109; squar-
rosa, 109; stellulata, 110, var.
angustata, 110, var. cephalantha,
110, var. excelsior, 110; sterilis,
110; stipata, 110; straminea, 110;
stricta, 109, 110, var. angustata,

110, var. curtissima, 110, var.
decora, 110; tenella, 110; tetanica,
var. Woodii, 110; tribuloides,
110, 115, 116, var. reducta, 110.
var. turbata, 110, 115; tricho-
carpa, 110, 111; trisperma, 111,

var. Billingsii, 21, 111; Tucker-
mani, 111, 112; umbellata, 112,
var. brevirostris, 112, var. tonsa,
112; varia, 112, var. colorata, 112;
vesicaria, 111, 112, var. jejuna,
112, var. monile, 112; vestita, 112,
var. Kennedyi, 112; virescens, 112,
var. Swanii, 112; vulgaris, 109; vul-
pinoidea, 112; Willdenowii, 112.
Cassia Chamaecrista, 91; nictitans,

28.

Castalia, 31; odorata, 26.

Catalpa speciosa, 81.

Caulerpa falcifolia, 59; Pickeringii,
9

59.
Caulophyllum thalictroides, 75.
Cephalanthus occidentalis, 21.
Cephalozia, 223; asperifolia, 222,
223; asprella, 222; bifida, 220;
byssacea, 221; connivens, 17;
divaricata, 221, var. scabra, 222,
B Starkii, 221; fluitans, 224;

Index

245

lunulaefolia, 18; serriflora, 18;
Starkii, 221.

Cephaloziella, 220, 221; bifida, 220-
222; byssacea, 221, 222, var.
asperifolia, 222; divaricata, 221,
222; Douinii, 222; elachista, 18,
224; Hampeana, 17, 18, 221, 222;
myriantha, 18; papillosa, 222,
223, var. scabra, 223; Starkii, 221;
Sullivantii, 224.

Cerastium alpinum, 87.

Chaetosphaeridium globosum, 115.

Chamaecyparis, 21, 22; thyoides, 19.

Chamberlain, E. B., A Sedum new
to North America, 227.

Characium Naegelii, 114.

Chelone, 225; glabra, 225, 226, A
northeastern Variety of, 225, var.
dilatata, 226, var. lanceolata, 226;
obliqua, 226.

Chenopodium, 206.

Chickasaw Plum, 198.

Chiloscyphus, 209, 214, 217, as-
cendens, 209, 210, 212-216, 220;
fragilis, 209, 217-220, var. cal-
careus, 218, var. subterrestris,
218; lophocoleoides, 213, 216;
Nordstedtii, 209; . pallescens, 209,
210, 213-218, 220; polyanthus,
209, 213, 214, 216-220, var.
erectus, 217, var. fragilis, 217, var.
grandicalyx, 214, var. rivularis,
217, B rivularis, 219, var. sub-
mersus, 218, forma subterrestris,
219, var. Sullivantii, 217, 218;
rivularis, 209, 219, 220, var. sub-
teres, 220, forma subterrestris, 220.

Chlamydomonas communis, 114.

Chlorodesmis, 58-60; comosa, 59.

Chlorophyceae, 114, 236.

Chondrus uncialis, 59.

Chrysopsis faleata, 28.

Cladium mariscoides, 31.

Cladonia fimbriata, forma simplex,
89; furcata, var. racemosa, 89;
rangifera, 89; reticulata, 89; sylva-
tiea, 89; verticillata, 89.

Cladoniaceae, 89.

Cladophora fracta, 115, 237.

Clarke, C. H., A Suggestion for
summer Observations, 177.

Clematis verticillaris, 75.

Clethra alnifolia, 21.

Climacium americanum, ^51, 52;
dendroides, 51, 52.

Coelastrum microporum, 115, 237.

Coelosphaerium Kuetzingianum, 236.

Coleochaete orbicularis, 237; soluta,
237.

246

Coleochila Taylori, 224.

Collins, F. S., The botanical and
other Papers of the Wilkes Ex-
ploring Expedition, 57.

Collins, J. F., [Notice of work], 163.

Cololejeunea Biddlecomiae, 224.

Comandra livida, 72.

Connecticut, Introduced Plants new
to, 163; Mosses, Notes on,— III,
45; Salix serissima in southern,
80; Station for Ilex mollis, 205.

Corema, 95; Conradii, 94.

Coreopsis rosea, 29.

Cornus florida, 83.

Crataegus, 81, 83, 86, 163; amoena,
130, 150; Marshallii, 81; race-
mosa, 130, 150; spicata, 123;
. viridis, 81-86, The geographic
Origin of, 81.

Crinodendron, 185.

Crotalaria, 30, 32; sagittalis, 29.

Crucigenia rectangularis, 115.

Cryptogramma Stelleri, 75.

Cushman, J. A., Reports on the
Flora of the Boston District,—
XIV, 76, XV, 107.

Cyanophyceae, 114, 236.

Cylindrocapsa geminella, 115.

Cyperaceae, 36, 76, 107.

Cyperus, 22; dentatus, 31; diandrus,
28; Grayii, 22, in Essex County,
Massachusetts, A second Station
for, 22; Houghtonii, 40, A third
Station in Vermont for, 40.

Dactylis glomerata, 92, 180.
Danthonia spicata, 92, 182, 184:
Dasya plumosa, 58.

Deane, W., Festuca ovina L., var.
duriuseula (L.) Koch in Shelburne,
New Hampshire, 92; A further
Note on Euphorbia Cyperissias in
Fruit, 193; Linum catharticum in
Maine, 56; A pink-flowered Form
of Lupinus perennis, 237; Reports
on the Flora of the Boston District,
— XIV, 76, XV, 107.

Decodon verticillatus, 26.

Dentaria diphylla, 75; laciniata, 75.

Derbesia, 59.

Deschampsia flexuosa, 182.

Desmodium grandiflorum, 73.

Dianthus plumarius, 20.

vo canadensis, 75; Cucullaria,

Dichothrix Horsfordii, 236.

Dicranum fulvum, 52; montanum,
52.

Dictyota bidentata, 59.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Digitaria humifusa, 180, 183; @san-
guinalis, 168, 180, 183.

Diospyros virginiana, 83.

Dirca palustris, 75.

Distichlis spicata, 184.

Dracocephalum thymiflorum, 56.

Drepanocladus aduncus, 49; graci-
lescens, 49; Kneiffii, 49, 50; pseu-
dofluitans, 49, 50; scorpioides, 51;
Sendtneri, 50, var. Wilsoni, 50;
subaduncus, 49, 50; vernicosus, 51;
Wilsoni, 50.

Drosera filiformis, 29, 30; longifolia,
29; rotundifolia, 29.

Dryas integrifolia, 88, 230; tenella,
230.

Dulichium arundinaceum, 31.

Duxbury, Massachusetts, Further
Notes on the Flora of, 90; Notes
on the Flora of, 18.

Eames, A. J., Regarding Viola pedata,
forma rosea, 22.

Early Collection of Salix balsamifera,
6

Echinochloa, 167; crusgalli, 167, 180,
183.

Ectocarpus hamulosus, 58, 59; nam-
ulosus, 58.

Elaeocarpaceae, 185.

Elakatothrix americana, 115.

Eleocharis acicularis, 31; melano-
carpa. 29; Robbinsii, 31.

Elm, Slippery, 80.

Elodium Blandowii, 49; paludosum,

49.

Elymus, 187; australis, 55; cana-
densis, 179; hystrix, 187; virgi-
nicus, 179, 183.

Elymus $ Gymnostichum, 187.
Emerton, J. H., The N. E. Federation
of Natural History Societies, 76.

Encalypta ciliata, 52.

English Oak, 20, 90.

Epigaea, 235.

Epilobium palustre, 55.

Equisetum pratense, 75.

Erianthus alopecuroides, 166; divari-
catus, 166; giganteus, 166; sac-
charoides, 166.

Eriocaulon septangulare, 31.

Eriophorum virginicum, 31.

Errata, 242.

Essay, Prize, 116.

Essex County, Massachusetts, A
second Station for Cyperus Grayii
in, 22; Some Panicums of, 36.

Euonymus americanus, 81.

Eupatorium leucolepis, 175; pur-

1912]

pureum, var. foliosum, 226, var.
maculatum, 206; urticaefolium, 241.
Euphorbia, 195; Cyperissias, 93,
193, 194, 196, in Fruit, A further
Note on, 193.
Euthamia graminifolia Nuttallii, 96.
Evans, A. W., Notes on New England
Hepaticae,— IX, 1, X, 209.

Federation of Natural History So-
cieties, New England, 76.

Fellows, D. W., Josselyn Botanical
Society, 162.

Fernald, M. L., Alchemilla alpina
and A. vulgaris in North America,
229; A blunt-spiked Variety of
Carex scoparia, 115; Bowman’s
Forest Physiography, 70; An early
Collection of Salix balsamifera, 69;
Field Excursions of the New Eng-
land Botanical Club, 71; Galium
brevipes in Minnesota, 175; An
illustrated Key to the Trees, 163;
The inland Variety of Spiraea to-
mentosa, 188; New England Trees
in Winter, 79; A new Variety of
Juncus baltieus, 35; A new Variety
of Lespedeza capitata, 91; A
northeastern Variety of Chelone
glabra, 225; A purple-fruited Ash,
192; Salix serissima in southern
Connecticut, 80; Sclerolepis uni-
flora in Massachusetts, 23; A
second Station for Cyperus Grayii
in Essex County, Massachusetts,
22; Two local Floras, 78; Two
rare Junci in eastern Massachusetts
55; Viola renifolia and V. Brain-
erdii, 86; Xanthium strumarium
in Massachusetts, 239.

Festuca, 92; elatior, 179, 183; nu-
tans, 168; obtusa, 168; ovina, 92,
var. duriuscula, 92, 93, in Shel-
burne, New Hampshire, 92, var.
duriuscula, subvar. trachyphylla,
93, var. glauca, 93; rubra, 92.

Field Excursions of the New England
Botanical Club, 71.

Fimbristylis capillaris, 176; Frankii,
29

Fissidens bryoides, forma inconstans,
52; exiguus, 45; incurvus, 45, 46;
minutulus, 45; obtusifolius, 46;
viridulus, 45, 46, var. Lylei, 45, 46.

Fletcher, E. F., Astragalus contortu-
plicatus on Wool-waste, 56.

Flora of Cape Cod, The pond, 25;
of Duxbury, Massachusetts, Fur-
ther Notes on the, 90; of Duxbury,

Index

247

Massachusetts, Notes on the, 18;
of the Boston District,— XIV, 76,
XV, 107; of the New Jersey Pine
Barrens, 94.

Floyd, F. G., Field Excursions of the
New England Botanical Club, 71.

Flynn, N. F., [Notice of Work], 78;
Seventeenth annual field Meeting
of the Vermont Botanical Club,
204; Seventeenth annual winter
Meeting of the Vermont Botanical
Club, 161; A third Station in Ver-
mont for Cyperus Houghtonii, 40.

Forest Physiography, Bowman’s, 70.

Forms of Peltandra virginica, 102.

Fossombrona angulosa, 224; salina,
224.

Fraxinus americana, 83, 192, var.
iodocarpa, 192; profunda, 81.

Fucus vermicularis, 58.

Fuirena squarrosa, 29, 32.

Further Notes on Euphorbia Cyperis-
sias in Fruit, 193; Notes on the
Flora of Duxbury, Massachusetts,
90.

Galium, 199, 200; brevipes, 175, 176,
in Minnesota, 175; Claytoni, 200;
labradoricum, 199, 200, in Pennsyl-
vania, 199; pilosum, 21; tinctor-
ium, 200; trifidum, 206, at Wel-
lesley, Massachusetts, 205.

Gelidium unilaterale, 59.

Gentiana crinita, 21.

Genus Amelanchier in eastern North
America, 117.

Geographie Origin of Crataegus viri-
dis L., 81.

Gerardia purpurea, 29.

Gigartina exasperata, 58; mollis, 58.

Gleditsia aquatica, 81.

Gloeotaenium Loitlesbergianum, 115.

Gloiococcus mucosus, 115, 237.

Glyceria acutiflora, 181, 184; aqua-
tica, 180; borealis, 45, 181; cana-
densis, 181, 184; elongata, 186;
fluitans, 180; grandis, 181, 184;
melicaria, 156; pallida, 181, 182,
184; Torreyana, 186, 187.

Gonium pectorale, 114.

Gracilaria filiformis, 59.

Gramineae, 20, 36, 165; of the sev-
enth Edition of Gray’s Manual,
Nomenclatorial Changes required
by some, 165, 184.

Grasses new to New Hampshire, Two,
175.

Gratiola, 30; aurea, 28.

Grays Manual, Nomenclatural

248

Changes required by some Grami-
neae of the seventh Edition of,
165, 184.

Griffin, D. L, Vermont Botanical
Club, Summer Meeting, 162.

Grimaldia fragrans, 6.

Grimmia, 52; apocarpa, 52;
ferta, 52.

Groton, Massachusetts, Rare Plants
in, 234.

Gymnogongrus dendroides, 59; ver-
micularis, 58.

Gymnostichum, 187; Hystrix, 188.

Gymnostomum, 46; rupestre, 46, 47.

Gyrostachys Beckii, 96.

con-

Habenaria blephariglottis, 204.

Helianthus annuus, 206.

Hemicarpha, 30; micrantha, 29.

Hepatica acutiloba, 75; triloba, 235.

Hepaticae, Notes on New England,—
IN TX, 200.

Hervey, E. W., [Notice of Work], 79.

Heterokonatae, 114.

Heteroscyphus, 214.

Hibiscus Trionum, 206.

Hicoria aquatica, 81; villosa, 83.

Hieracium aurantiacum, 91; cana-
dense, 21; Gronovii, 21; venosum,
Zi.

Hierochloe odorata, 20.

Hill, E. J., The sand Plum in In-
diana, 196.

Hippuris vulgaris, 24.

Holly, 91.

Homalocenchrus, 187.

Hordeum murinum, 163.

Howe, R. H. Jr., Some Lichens from
Nantucket Island, Massachusetts,

88.

Hubbard, F. T., Nomenclatorial
Changes required by some Grami-
neae of the seventh Edition of
Gray's Manual, 165, 184; Some
Panicums of Essex County, Massa-
chusetts, 36.

Hudsonia tomentosa, 20.

Hunnewell, F. W. 2d, Galium tri-
fidum at Wellesley, Massachusetts,
206.

Hydrodictyon reticulatum, 237.

= apa 47; curvirostre, 46,
47.

Hypericum canadense, 28; virgin-
icum, 28, 30.

Hypnea Coulteri, 59.

Hypriea Coulteri, 59.

Hystrix, 187; Hystrix, 188; patula,
188.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Ilex, 205; glabra, 19, 21; laevigata,
21; mollis, A Connecticut Station
for, 205; opaca, 19, 21, 81, 91;
verticillata, 21.

Ilecebrum verticillatum, 207, An.
American Station for, 207.

Illustrated Key to the Trees, 163.

Ilysanthes, 24.

Impatiens biflora, 26.

Indiana, The sand Plum in, 196.

Inland Variety of Spiraea tomentosa,.
188.

Introduced Plants new to Connecti-
cut, 163.

Isachne miliacea, 170.

Itea virginica, 81.

Jarvis, C. D., [Notice of Work], 79.
Josselyn Botanical Society, 162.
Juncaceae, 55.

Junci in eastern Massachusetts,
Two rare, 55.

Juncus balticus, anew Variety of, 35,
var. melanogenus, 35, var. mon-
tanus, 36; brachycarpus, 55, 56;
canadensis, 31; effusus, var. con-
glomeratus, 95, var. decipiens, 55,
56; marginatus, 31; militaris, 30;
pelocarpus, 31.

Jungermannia ascendens, 212; as-
perifolia, 223; bifida, 220, 221;
byssacea, 221, 222; divaricata,
221, 222; fragilis, 217; Hatcheri,
210; Helleriana, 224; multifida,
17; obtusa, 212; pallescens, $
rivularis, 219, scalaris, 11; sphe-
nocarpa, 12; Starkii, 221, 222.

Kalmia latifolia, 91.

Kennedy, G. G., Quercus imbricaria
Michx. in Massachusetts, 34.

Kingman, C. C, An American
Station for Illecebrum verticilla-
tum, 207.

Kirk, G. L., Solidago calcicola in
Vermont, 54.

Klugh, A. B., The Algae of a marshy
Pond, 113; Notes on the Algae
of the Rideau, Ontario, 236.

Knowlton, C. H , Field Excursions of
the New England Botanical Club,
71; New Stations for Paspalum

psammophilum, 174; Notes on
the Flora of Duxbury, Massa-
chusetts, 18; Rare Plants in

Groton, Massachusetts, 234; Re-
ports on the Flora of the Boston
District,— XIV, 76, X, 107.

1912]

Lachnanthes tinctoria, 29.

Lactuca, 191.

Ladies! Tresses, 91.

Lappula virginiana, 235.

Lasiacis divaricata, 170.

Lathyrus maritimus, 22.

Laurel, Mountain, 91.

Lechea maritima, 20.

Leersia, 187.

Leguminosae, 22.

Leicolea, 211.

Leiophyllum buxifolium, 95.

Leitneria floridana, 81.

Lejeunea cavifolia, 17, 224; echinata,
224; serpyllifolia, 224.

Lemna perpusilla, 22.

Lepidozia setacea, 224; sylvatica, 18.

Leptoloma cognatum, 55.

Lespedeza, 91; angustifolia, 72, 91;
capitata, 22, 91, 92, A new Variety
of, 91, var. longifolia, 91, var.
stenophylla, 92; hirta, 22; longi-
folia, 91; Nuttallii, 22.

Letharia thamnodes, 89.

Leucodon brachypus, 49;
49; sciuroides, 48, 49.

Leucolejeunea clypeata, 17.

Leucospatha, 102, 103.

Leucothoe racemosa, 19, 21.

Liagora hirta, 59.

julaceus,

Lichens from Nantucket Island,
Massachusetts, 88.

Lilaeopsis lineata, 176.

Linaria genistaefolia, 234; minor,

204; vulgaris, 235.

Linum, 56; catharticum, 56, in
Maine, 56; virginianum, 28.

Liquidambar Styraciflua, 81.

Lobelia Dortmanna, 26, 30; Kalmii,
199.

Long, B., Galium labradorieum in
Pennsylvania, 199.

Lonicera canadensis, 75.

Loomis, M. L., A seedless Barberry
found at Sherborn, Massachusetts,
207.

Lophocolea minor, 215, 224.

Lophozia, 211; alpestris, 18; at-
tenuata, 211; badensis, 211; bar-
bata, 212; Baueriana, 210, 211;
excisa, 17, 18; harpanthoides, 211;
Hatcheri, 210, 211; heterocolpa,
211, 212; inflata, 13; Kaurini,
211; marchica, 224, 225; Muel-
lei, 211, 212; obtusa, 212;
porphyroleuca, 18.

oe palustris, 26; polycarpa,
176.

Lunt, J. R., Succisa pratensis in
Massachusetts, 174. .

Index

249

Lupinus perennis, 79, 91, 237, A
pink-flowered Form of, 237, forma
rosea, 237.

Luzula saltuensis, 75.

Lycopodium, 30; carolinianum, 95;
inundatum, var. Bigelovii, 28;
sitchense, 72.

a .rubellus, 30; sessilifolius,

9.

Lyonia ligustrina, 135, 149.

Lysimachia terrestris, 29, 30.

Maine Catalogue, Plants new to the,
176; Linum catharticum in, 56.

Malus microcarpa, 131.

Malva Alcea, var. fastigiata, 204.

Marasmius oreades, 53.

Mare’s Tail, 24.

Massachusetts, Further Notes on
the Flora of Duxbury, 90; Galium
trifidum at Wellesley, 205; Morels
in October in, 53; Notes on the
Flora of Duxbury, 18; An Occur-
rence of Nicotiana rustica in,
206; Quercus imbricaria Michx,
in, 34; Rare. Plants in Groton,
234; Sclerolepis uniflora ‘in, 23; A
second Station for Cyperus Grayti
in Essex County, 22; A seedless
Barberry found at Sherborn, 207;
Some Lichens from Nantucket
Island, 88; Some Panicums of
Essex County, 36; Succisa pra-
tensis in, 174; Two rare Junci
in eastern, 55; Xanthium stru-
marium in, 239.

May, G. B., Further Notes on the
Flora of Duxbury, Massachusetts
90.

Medicago sativa, 194.

Melilotus alba, 90.

Mesophylla scalaris, 12.

Mespilus arborea, 127, 131, 147, 150,
152; canadensis, 121, 122, 130,
131, 150, var. cordata, 125, 8 cor-
data, 130, 150, « obovalis, 130, 147,
var. oligocarpa, 125, 6 oligocarpa,
128, 158, y rotundifolia, 124, 125,
138; nivea, 130, 150.

Metzgeria pubescens, 18.

Microcystis marginata, 236.

Milk Vetch, 56.

Mimulus Langsdorfii, 55.

Minnesota, Galium brevipes in, 175.

Mitella diphylla, 75.

Molinia caerulea, 55.

Montia lamprosperma, 72.

Morchella conica, 53, 54.

Morels in October in Massachusetts,
53.

250

Mosses, Notes on Connecticut,— III,
45

Mougeotia sphaerocarpa, 114.

Mountain Laurel, 91.

Muhlenbergia foliosa, 55.

Mustard, White, 164.

Mylia anomala, 225; Taylori, 224.

Myriophyllum humile, 26; tenellum,
31, 202. R

Myurella julacea, 52.

Nantucket Island, Massachusetts,
Some Lichens from, 88; Tillaea in,
201. .

Nardia crenulata, 12; Geoseyphus,
12; scalaris, 1, 11—13, var. insecta,

Neesiella pilosa, 210.

Nemopanthus fascicularis, 21.

Nephrocytium Agardhianum, 114,
236.

New England Botanical Club, Field
Excursions of, 71; Federation of
Natural History Societies, 76;
Hepaticae, Notes on,— IX, 1, X,
209: Trees in Winter, 79.

New Hampshire, Festuca ovina L.,
var. duriuscula (L.) Koch in Shel-
Muse, 92; Two Grasses new to,

75.

New Jersey Pine Barrens, A Flora
of the, 94.

New Stations for Rubus idaeus, var.
anomalus, 205; Stations for Pas-
palum psammophilum, 174; Vari-
ety of Juncus balticus, 35; Variety
of Lespedeza capitata, 91; Variety
of Rudbeckia subtomentosa, 164.

Nichols, G. E., Notes on Connecticut
Mosses,— III, 45.

Nicotiana rustica, 206, in Massachu-
setts, an Occurrence of, 206.

Nomenclatorial Changes required by
some Gramineae of the seventh
pei of Gray's Manual, 165,
184.

North America, Alchemilla alpina
and A. vulgaris in, 229; The Genus
Amelanchier in eastern, 117; A
Sedum new to, 227.

North Carolina, Rhododendron caro-
linianum, a new Rhododendron
from, 97.

Northeastern Variety of Chelone
glabra, 225.

Norton, A. H., Plants apparently
new to the Maine Catalogue, 176.
Nostoc expansum, 58, 59; sphaeri-

cum, 114.

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Notes on Amelanchier, 239, on Con-
necticut Mosses,— III, 45; on New
England Hepatieae,— IX, 1, X,
209; on the Algae of the Rideau,
Ontario, 236; on the Flora of
Duxbury, Massachusetts, 18.

Notheia, 59, 60; anomala, 59.

Nymphaea advena, 26, 31.

Nymphoides lacunosum, 26, 30.

Nyssa aquatica, 81; sylvatica, 80.

Oak, English, 20, 90.

Oats, 179.

Occurrence of Nicotiana rustica in
Massachusetts, 206.

Odontochisma, 1, 14; denudatum, 1,
13, 15, 16, var. elongatum, 13, 14;
elongatum, 13-16; Macounii, 13,
15, 16.

Oenothera pratensis, 55.

Onosmodium, 163.

Ontario, Notes on the Algae of the
Rideau, 236.

Ophiocytium cochleare, 114; parvu-
lum, 114.
Oscillatoria formosa, 114; limosa,

4.

Osmorhiza divaricata, 72.

Owen, M. L., Frederick William
Batchelder, 41; Tillaea in Nan--
tucket, 201.

Oxybaphus nyctagineus, 20, 90.

Pallavicinia Flotowiana, 224.

Pandorina morum, 114.

Panicoideae, 180.

Panicularia elongata, 187; melicaria,
187.

Panicum, 36, 175, 182; agrostoides.
40, 182; Ashei, 39, 40, 173; Bos-
cii, 167; capillare, 39, 182, 184;
clandestinum, 40; columbianum,
38, 40, 171, 172, var. thinium, 172;
Commonsianum Addisonii, 96;
commutatum, 175; Curtisii, 168;
debile, 168; depauperatum, 40,
169, 170; dichotomiflorum, 39,
172; dichotomum, 40, 173, var.
fasciculatum, 171; dimidiatum,
167; dissectum, 167; divaricatum,
168, 170; dumus, 169; elongatum,

168; fasciculatum, 171; hemito-
mum, 167; heterophyllum, 171,
172, var. thinium, 172; hua-

chucae, var. fasciculatum, 171,
var. silvicola, 40, 171; implicatum,
40; italieum, 168; languidum, 37,
40; latifolium, 169, 182, 184; leuco-
thrix, 170; linearifolium, 40; luci-

De

1912]

dum, 36, 40; macrocarpon, 184;
maculatum, 169, 170; margina-
tum, var. strictum, 169; melicar-
ium, 186; microcarpon, 172; min-
utulum, 170, 171; multiflorum,
172; oricola, 39, 40, 72; pilosum,
171, 172; polyanthes, 172; pro-
cumbens, 173; proliferum, 39;
prostratum, 173; reptans, 173;
Scribnerianum, 40, 184; sphaero-
carpon, 40, 172; spretum, 40;
stipitatum, 168, 169; strictum,
169, 170; subvillosum, 40; tennes-
seense, 37, 40; tsugetorum, 38, 40;
umbrosum, 173; unciphyllium, var.
thinium, 172; verrucosum, 168;
villosum, 173; virgatum, 139, 182;
Walteri, 167; Wrightianum, 29,
170, 171, 175; yadkinense, 169, 170.

Panieums of Essex County, Massa-
chusetts, Some, 36.

Parmelia Borreri, var. reducta, 89;
caperata, 89; perlata, 89, 90;
perforata, var. hypotropa, S9.

Parmeliaceae, 89.

Parnassia caroliniana, 241.

Partridge Pea, 91.

Paspalum, 174; Muhlenbergii, 20,
1/4; psammophilum, 174, New
Stations for, 174; setaceum, 20.

Pea, Partridge, 91.

Pediastrum Boryanum, 115, 237;
duplex, 237; tetras, 115, 237.

Pedicularis flammea, 88.

Pellia Neesiana, 224.

Peltandra, 95, 102; alba, 102, 103;
angustifolia, 103, 106; canadensis,
104; hastata, 103, 105; hetero-
phylla, 103, 106; latifolia, 104;
sagittifolia, 102, 103; undulata,
104; virginica, 104, Forms of, 102,
var. angustifolia, 103, 104, forma
angustifolia, 106, forma brachy-
ota, 105, 106, forma hastifolia,
105, 106, var. heterophylla, 103,
106; forma heterophylla, 106,
forma latifolia, 104, 106, forma
rotundata, 104, 106.

Pennsylvania, Galium labradoricum
in, 199.

Perkins, G. H., Vermont Botanical
Club, Summer Meeting, 162.

Phalaris, 178.

Phegopteris hexagonoptera, 240.

Phleum, 178; pratense, 92.

Phoradendron flavescens, 81.

Phragmites communis, 20.

Physcia hispida, 90; parietina, 89;
tribacea, 90.

Index

251

Picea mariana, 80.

Pine Barrens, A Flora of the New
Jersey, 94.

Pink-flowered Form of Lupinus per-
ennis, 237.

Pinus Banksiana, 79; resinosa, 79;
rigida, 79, 89; sylvestris, 79.

Planera aquatica, 81.

Plants apparently new to the Maine
Catalogue, 176; in Groton, Massa-
chusetts, Rare, 234; new to Con-
neetieut, Introduced, 163.

Pleurisy-root, 91.

Pleurogyne rotata, 230.

Plum, Chickasaw, 198.

Poa, 178; alpina, 87; annua, 177,
178, 181, 183; coerulescens, 185;
elongata, 186; flava, 185. 186;
quinquefida, 185, 186; seslerioides,
185, 186: Torreyana, 186.

Poacoideae, 180.

Polygala cruciata, 29; polygama, 28,
79

Polygonella articulata, 21, 79.

Polygonum arifolium, 21; Careyi,
28; tomentosum, 55.

Polytrichum alpinum, 52; piliferum,
47.

Pond Flora of Cape Cod, 25.
Pontederia, 31; cordata, 26.
Populus alba, 20; heterophylla, 81.
Porella rivularis, 18.

Potamogeton, 26; amplifolius, 236,
237; Robbinsii, 26.

Potentilla fruticosa, 235, 240, 241.

Preston, H. W., [Notice of Work], .
163.

Prionolobus, 223.

Prize Essay, 116.

Proserpinaca palustris, 31;
nata, 31.

Prunus, 196, 198; americana, 196,
197; angustifolia, 197, 198, var.
Watsoni, 196; cuneata, 135; mari-
tima, 20; Watsoni, 196.

Psedera quinquefolia, 21.

Purple-fruited Ash, 192.

Pyrus Bartramiana, 128, 129, 158;
Botryapium, 122, 150, 153, 154;
Neumanniana, 128, 131, 132; ova-
lis, 123, 127, 144, 147; sanguinea,
125, 138; Wangenheimiana, 128,
131.

pecti-

Quercus imbricaria Michx. in Massa-
chusetts, 34; lyrata, 81; mary-
landica, 83; Michauxii, 81; Phellos,
81; Robur, 20, 90; tinctoria, 89,
90.

252

Racomitrium fasciculare, 48; sude-
ticum, 48.

Radula obconiea, 18; tenax, 17, 224.

Ramalina dilacerata, 89; rigida, 89.

Range Extensions of Rhamnus
Frangula and Sporobolus asperi-
folius, 227.

Rare Plants in Groton, Massachu-
setts, 234.

Regarding Viola pedata, forma rosea,

22.

Rehder, A. Rhododendron carolin-
ianum, a new Rhododendron from
North Carolina, 97.

Reports on the Flora of the Boston
District, — XIV, 76, XV, 107.

Rhabdoweisia, 46.

Rhamnus Frangula, 227, and Sporo-
bolus asperifolius, Range Exten-
sions of, 227.

Rhaphidium faleatum aciculare, 114.

Rhexia, 24; virginiea, 28.

Rhododendron, 97, 98, 101; caro-
linianum, 99-101, a new Rhodo-
dendron from North Carolina, 97;
catawbiense, 97, 98; Chapmanii,
102; Cuthberti, 99-101; ferru-
gineum, 97; maximum, 95, 97, 98,
101; minus, 98-101, forma Har-
bisonii, 102; punctatum, 97-101;
viscosum, 21.'

Rhodymenia pertusa, 59; Wilkesii,
58, 59.

Rhus, 21; copallina, 21; glabra, 21;
Toxicodendron, 21; typhina, 21;
Vernix, 21.

Ribes americanum, 241.

Riecardia multifida, 17;
18; pinguis, 18.

Riccia, 1, 6; americana, 4-6; ar-
vensis, l-4, 8, 9, 11, var. hirta,
8; Austini, 1, 4-7, 10, 224; bifurca,
3, 4; dictyospora, 1, 6, 7; glauca,
4; glaucescens, 10; hirta, 1, 8, 9;
lamellosa, 4—6, 224, var. americana,
4; Lescuriana, 1, 4, 8, 10, 11, var.
cruciata, 10, var. trichotoma, 10;
Micheli, 11; nigrella, 7; soro-
carpa, 1, 4, 6, 7, 10; trichocarpa,
8, 9.

Rideau, Ontario, Notes on the Algae
of the, 236.

Rivularia incrustata, 236;
114; pisum, 114, 236.
Robinia Pseudo-Acacia, 80.
Rubus, 120, 121, 133, 191; idaeus,
var. anomalus, 205, var. anomalus,
A new Station for, 205; villosus

Enslenii, 96.

palmata.

natans,

Rhodora

. Rynchospora alba, 31;

[DECEMBER

Rudbeckia, 164; hirta, 23; sub-
tomentosa, 164, A new Variety of,
164, var. Craigii, 164.

Rumex, 204.

glomerata,

28; macrostachya, 29, 30.

Sabatia, 30; gracilis, 30, 32; dode-
candra, 29, 32.

Sagittaria Engelmanniana, 30; lati-
folia, 26, 31, 103; teres, 31.

Salicornia ambigua, 19; europaea,
19; mucronata, 19.

Salix, 79, 163; alba, var. vitellina,
79; balsamifera, 69, 70, 79, An
early Collection of, 69; candida, 77,
199; discolor, 79; lucida, 79, 80;
nigra, 79; pentandra, 79; rostrata,
79; serissima, 72, 80, in southern
Connecticut, 80; vestita, 87; vim-
inalis, 79.

Salsola Kali, 20, var. tenuifolia, 20.

Salvia, 163; verticillata, 163.

Sambucus canadensis, 206.

Sand Plum in Indiana, 196.

Sanguisorba canadensis, 241.

Sargent, C. S., A Connecticut Sta-
tion for Ilex mollis, 205.

Sassafras variifolium, 83.

Saxifraga caespitosa, 87; nivalis, 88.

Scapania apiculata, 224; curta, 224;
subalpina, 224.

Scenedesmus bijuga, 115, 237; qua-
dricauda, 237.

Schizaea, 95; pusilla, 94.

Schwetschkeopsis denticulata, 52.

Scirpus americanus, 26, 30, 236;
cyperinus, 21, var. Andrewsii, 21;
Peckii, 204; planifolius, 176;
ma var. setosus, 55; validus,

Seleria reticularis, 29, 32.

Sclerolepis, 23, 24; uniflora, 175, in
Massachusetts, 23.

Scytonema crispum, 114.

Second Station for Cyperus Grayii
n Essex County, Massachusetts,

Sedum, 227, 228; acre, 228; anophyl-
-= 228; new to North America,

Seedless Barberry found at Sherborn,
Massachusetts, 207.

Senecio obovatus, 73.

Setaria glauca, 180; italica, 168;
pilosa, 171; verticillata, 180, 183.

Shelburne, New Hampshire, Festuca
ovina L., var. duriuscula (L.)
Koch in, 92.

1912]

A seed-
8t - 207.

Sherborn, Massachusetts,
less Barberry found
Sherff, E. E., A new Variety
Rudbeckia subtomentosa, 164;
Range Extension of Rhamnus
Frangula and Sporobolus asperi-

folius, 227.

Sherman, J. W., Morels in October
in Massachusetts, 53.

Silene noctiflora, 204.

Sinnott, E. W., The pond Flora of
Cape Cod, 25.

Sisymbrium officinale, 190-192, in
three States, 190, var. leiocarpum,
190, 191; Sophia, 56.

Sisyrinchium mucronatum, 55.

Sium cicutaefolium, 31.

Slippery Elm, 80.

Smilax glauca, 21; rotundifolia, 21.

Sneezeweed, 164.

Solidago calcicola, 55, in Vermont,
54; Elliottii, 19, 21; macro-
phylla, 55, 73; odora, 21; rugosa,
var. villosa, 226; tenuifolia, 19, 21,
29.

Sorastrum spinulosum, 115.

Sparganium americanum, var. andro-
cladum, 26, 31; lucidum, 30.

Spartina, 178; glabra alterniflora, 176.

Sphagnoecetis communis, 13.

Sphagnum, 13, 29, 30.

Sphenolobus exsectus, 17;
anus, 18, 224.

Spiderwort, 163.

Spiraea ferruginea, 189; glomerata,
189; parvifolia, 189; rosea, 189,
190; salicifolia, 189; tomentosa,
188-190, The inland Variety of,
188, var. rosea, 190.

Spiranthes cernua, 91; gracilis, 91;
lucida, 240; simplex, 91.

Spirogyra crassa, 114; Weberi, 236.

Sporobolus asper, 20; asperifolius,
227, Range Extension of, 227.

Stachys hyssopifolia, 29, 32.

Stellaria uliginosa, 149.

Stenostachys, 187.

Stenotaphrum dimidiatum, 167Z.

Sticta pulmonaria, 90. Yu

Stone, W., [Notice of Work], 94.

Styrax americana, 81.

Suaeda linearis, 19; maritima, 19.

Succisa pratensis, 174, in Massa-
chusetts, 174.

Suggestions for summer Observa-
tions, 177.

Swertia pusilla, 230.

Helleri-

Taxodium distichum, 81.

Index

253

Telochistes chrysophthalmus, 89.

Tetraedron enorme, 115; minimum,
114, 237; regulare, 115, 237.

Third Station in Vermont for Cyperus
Houghtonii, 40.

Thlaspi arvense, 56.

Thuidium abietinum, 49, 52.

Tilia americana, 80.

Tillaea, 201, 202; aquatica, 201; in
Nantucket, 201; simplex, 201, 202;
Vaillantii, 201.

Tobacco, Wild, 206.

Tolypothrix tenius, 114.

Tortula, 47, 52; montana, 47, 52;
mucronifolia, 47; muralis, 47; 52;
papillosa, 47; ruralis, 47, 48.

Tradescantia reflexa, 163.

Trees, Illustrated Key to the, 163;
in Winter, New England, 79.

Tricholoma personatum, 53.

Tricuspis, 185, 186; flava, 186;
novaeboracensis, 185; novae-
borocensis, 185, 186; seslerioides,
185, 186; stricta, 186.

Tridens, 185, 186; flavus, 185, 186;
quinquefida, 186; strictus, 186.

Trigonanthus dentatus, 223.

Triodia, 185, 186; cuprea, 185, 186;
stricta, 186.

Triplasis, 186.

Tussilago Farfara, 75.

Two Grasses new to New Hamp-
shire, 175; local Floras, 78; rare
Junci in eastern Massachusetts, 55.

Typha angustifolia, 26; latifolia, 26,
206.

Ulmus fulva, 80, 83.

Umbrella-weed, 90.

Underwood, J. G., Vermont Botani-
cal Club, Summer Meeting, 162.

Uralepis cuprea, 185.

Usnea florida, 89.

Usneaceae, 89.

Utricularia biflora, 31; cornuta, 30,
204; purpurea, 31; vulgaris, var.
americana, 31.

Vaccinium, 135; corymbosum, 21.

Variety of Carex scoparia, A blunt-
spiked, 115; of Juncus balticus,
A new, 35; of Lespedeza capitata,
A new, 91; of Rudbeckia subto-
mentosa, A new, 164.

Vermont Botanical Club, Seven-
teenth annual field Meeting of the,
204; Botanical Club, Seventeenth
annual winter Meeting of the, 161;
Botanical Club, Summer Meeting,

3 1753 00341 3355

254

162; for Cyperus Houghtonii, A
third Station in, 40; Solidago cal-
cicola in, 54.

Vetch, Milk; 56.

Viburnum alnifolium, 75;
lum, 83.

Viola Brainerdii, 87. Viola renifolia
and, 86; pedata, forma rosea,
Regarding, 22; renifolia, 86, 87,
and V. Brainerdii, 86, var. Brain-
erdii, 88.

Vitis Labrusca, 21.

rufidu-

Waldsteinia fragarioides, 75.

Wellesley, Massachusetts,
trifidum, at, 205.

Wheeler, L. A., A new Station for
Rubus idaeus, var. anomalus, 205.

White Mustard, 164.

Wiegand, K. M., Alchemilla alpina
and A. vulgaris in North America,
229; <A blunt-spiked Variety of
Carex scoparia, 115; The Genus

Galium

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

Amelanchier in eastern North
America, 117; A new Variety of
Juncus balticus, 35; A northeast-
ern Variety of Chelone glabra, 225;
Notes on Amelanchier, 239.

Wild Tobacco, 206.

Wilkes Exploring Expedition, Botani-
cal and other Papers of the, 57.

Windsoria, 186; poaeformis,
stricta, 186.

Woodward, N. P., An Occurrence of
Nieotiana rustica in Massachu-
setts, 206.

Woodwardia areolata, 19; virginica,
79.

185;

Xanthium, 239; echinatum, 19;
strumarium, 239, in Massachu-
setts, 239.

Xyris caroliniana, 28; flexuosa, 29;
Smalliana, 31.

Zygnema pectinatum, 114.